ML101650629
| ML101650629 | |
| Person / Time | |
|---|---|
| Site: | Farley  |
| Issue date: | 06/07/2010 |
| From: | NRC/RGN-II |
| To: | Southern Nuclear Operating Co |
| References | |
| 50-348/10-301, 50-364/10-301 | |
| Download: ML101650629 (146) | |
Text
Page 1 of 7
- a. Simulator JPM CRO-065C Mod.
TITLE: Perform An Emergency Boration PROGRAM APPLICABLE: SOT SOCT OLT X
ACCEPTABLE EVALUATION METHOD:
X PERFORM EVALUATION LOCATION:
X SIMULATOR CONTROL ROOM PLANT PROJECTED TIME:
15 MIN SIMULATOR IC NUMBER:
JPM IC-217 ALTERNATE PATH X
TIME CRITICAL PRA TASK STANDARD: Required for successful completion of this JPM:
Correctly align emergency boration to the charging pump suction Complete step 4 RNO of ESP-O.1 Complete ESP-O. 1 attachment 2 to align the RWST to the charging pump suctions Examinee:
Overall JPM Performance:
Satisfactory Unsatisfactory D
Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)
EXAMINER:
Developer Name: C. Vince Richter Date: 10-27-09 NRC Approval SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3 FNP HL T-33 NRC exam JPM a.
Page 1 of7
- a. Simulator JPM CRO-065C Mod.
TITLE: Perform An Emergency Boration PROGRAM APPLICABLE: SOT SOCT OLT -.X ACCEPTABLE EVALUATION METHOD: --L PERFORM EVALUATION LOCATION: --LS1MULATOR CONTROL ROOM PLANT PROJECTED TIME:
15 MIN SIMULATOR IC NUMBER:
JPM IC-217 ALTERNATE PATH X TIME CRITICAL PRA TASK STANDARD: Required for successful completion of this JPM:
Correctly align emergency boration to the charging pump suction Complete step 4 RNO ofESP-O.1 Complete ESP-0.1 attachment 2 to align the R WST to the charging pump suctions Examinee:
Overall JPM Performance:
Satisfactory 0
Unsatisfactory 0 Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)
EXAMINER: ________________ __
Name: C. Vince Richter Date: 10-27-09 SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3
Page 2 of 7 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to PERFORM ESP-0.1, beginning at step 4. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
a.
Chemical and Volume Control System is in operation with 1A charging pump running.
b.
1A BAT is on service, lB BAT is in standby.
c.
Unit I is in Mode 3 at normal operating temperature.
d.
A Reactor Trip has occurred, and ESP-0.1, Reactor Trip Response, is in progress.
e.
The Shift Supervisor directs you to perform the actions of ESP-0.1, beginning at step 4.
f.
A pre-job brief is NOT required.
EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE)
START TIME Candidate will evaluate step 4 and determine there is one stuck rod. The RNO steps are below.
1.
Start IA or lB boric acid transfer pump.
1A or lB BAT Pump hand switch S / U taken to start and observes pump breaker indicator lights LIT.
NOTE:
NO flow will be observed after opening MOV8 104 due to a clogged Boric Acid filter, it is likely that the candidate may perform a variety of the following actions after completing element 2:
Start a second BAT Pump (Repeat of element 1).
Evaluate that the normal emergency flow path is NOT available and perform RNO step 4.2.2, align manual emergency boration flowpath (Element 3).
Continue with or without noticing the inability to obtain boric acid flow through Fl-i 10.
(Element 4)
May use AOP-27.0 guidance (STEP 2-NOTE: and align flow through FCVI 13A&B to attempt to establish a flow path), the actions of AOP-27 are consistent with these elements.
The Radside SO may be dispatched to investigate pumps, valves, local flow indicators or pressures. If so, the reports will be delayed 2 mins and consistent with fully functional pumps with elevated discharge pressures; NO flow indicated locally on Fl-i bA. If Boric Acid filter DP directed to be checked, then inform the Control room that the DIP is 35 psid.
- 2. Align normal emergency boration flow path.
Open EMERG BORATE TO CHG S / U PUMP SUCT Q1E2IMOV81O4 open and observes QIE21MOV8 104 red light is LIT.
Page 2 of7 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to PERFORM ESP-O.l, beginning at step 4. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
- a. Chemical and Volume Control System is in operation with lA charging pump running.
- b. 1 A BAT is on service, 1 B BAT is in standby.
- c. Unit 1 is in Mode 3 at normal operating temperature.
- d. A Reactor Trip has occurred, and ESP-O.l, Reactor Trip Response, is in progress.
- e. The Shift Supervisor directs you to perform the actions of ESP-O.l, beginning at step 4.
- f.
A pre-job brief is NOT required.
EVALUATION CHECKLIST ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
RESULTS:
(CIRCLE)
START TIME Candidate will evaluate step 4 and determine there is one stuck rod. The RNO steps are below.
- 1. Start lA or IB boric acid transfer pump.
lA or IB BAT Pump hand switch S I U NOTE:
taken to start and observes pump breaker indicator lights LIT.
NO flow will be observed after opening MOV81 04 due to a clogged Boric Acid filter, it is likely that the candidate may perform a variety of the following actions after completing element 2:
Start a second BAT Pump (Repeat of element 1).
Evaluate that the normal emergency flow path is NOT available and perform RNO step 4.2.2, align manual emergency boration flowpath (Element 3).
Continue with or without noticing the inability to obtain boric acid flow through FI-ll O.
(Element 4)
May use AOP-27.0 guidance (STEP 2-NOTE: and align flow through FCVI13A&B to attempt to establish a flow path), the actions of AOP-27 are consistent with these elements.
The Radside SO may be dispatched to investigate pumps, valves, local flow indicators or pressures. If so, the reports will be delayed 2 mins and consistent with fully functional pumps with elevated discharge pressures; NO flow indicated locally on FI -11 OA. If Boric Acid filter DP directed to be checked, then inform the Control room that the DIP is 35 psid.
- 2. Align normal emergency boration flow path.
Open EMERG BORATE TO CHG S I U PUMP SUCT QIE21MOV8104 open and observes QIE21MOV8104 red light is LIT.
Page 3 of 7 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE) 3.
IF determined that Normal emergency flowpath is Uses Gaitronics to contact Radside S I U NOT available then align manual emergency SO. Directs Opening of V185 per boration flowpath.
RNO step 4.2.2 of ESP-O. 1.
Directs Radside SO to open V185 IF!WHEN directed, CUE:
Radside SO acknowledges IF directed, then AFTER 2 mins:
CUE: Radside operator reports V185 is open.
OPENS FCV1 l3A (may also open OPENS FCV-1 13A and observes FCV1 13B while waiting on local actions Q1E21FCV1 l3A red light is lit per AOP-27)
NOTE:
Although not directed by this procedure, the candidate might raise Charging flow, and place PK-145 in manual at 50% demand prior to opening a letdown orifice isolation, to prevent Letdown pressure surges and temperature alarms (per operating procedure for letdown).
ARP-I.4 DEl, which will come into alarm if the actions above are not taken, and would direct the adjustment of charging flow, if addressed.
Evaluation of ARP-l.4 DE3, if alarmed due to not establishing adequate charging flow, may result in the candidate isolating letdown. If so, the candidate should continue with establishing Emergency Boration without letdown aligned. Letdown may be aligned later in ESP-0. 1 at STEP 9.
Either step 4 or 5 is critical, both are not required.
4.
Verify 45 gpm letdown orifice in service.
OPEN LTDN ORIF ISO 45 GPM S I U Q1E21HV8149A and observes QIE21HV8149A red light is LIT.
OR 5.
Verify 60 gprn letdown orifice in service.
OPEN LTDN ORIF ISO 60 GPM S I U Q1E21HV8I49B or C and observes Q1E2IHV8149B or C red light is LIT.
EVALUATION CHECKLIST ELEMENTS:
- 3. IF determined that Normal emergency flowpath is NOT available then align manual emergency boration flowpath.
Directs Radside SO to open V185 OPENS FCVl13A (may also open FCVl13B while waiting on local actions per AOP-27)
Page 30f7 STANDARDS:
Uses Gaitronics to contact Radside SO. Directs Opening ofV185 per RNO step 4.2.2 of ESP-O.l.
IF/WHEN directed, CUE:
Radside SO acknowledges IF directed, then AFTER 2 mins:
CUE: Radside operator reports V185 is open.
OPENS FCV-113A and observes QIE21FCVl13A red light is lit RESULTS:
(CIRCLE)
S / U NOTE:
- Although not directed by this procedure, the candidate might raise Charging flow, and place PK-145 in manual at 50% demand prior to opening a letdown orifice isolation, to prevent Letdown pressure surges and temperature alarms (per operating procedure for letdown).
- ARP-l.4 DEI, which will come into alarm if the actions above are not taken, and would direct the adjustment of charging flow, if addressed.
- Evaluation of ARP-l.4 DE3, if alarmed due to not establishing adequate charging flow, may result in the candidate isolating letdown. If so, the candidate should continue with establishing Emergency Boration without letdown aligned. Letdown may be aligned later in ESP-O.l at STEP 9.
Either step 4 or 5 is critical, both are not required.
- 4. Verify 45 gpm letdown orifice in service.
- 5. Verify 60 gpm letdown orifice in service.
OPEN LTDN ORIF ISO 45 GPM S / U QIE21HV8149A and observes QIE21HV8149A red light is LIT.
OPEN L TDN ORIF ISO 60 GPM S / U QIE21HV8149B or C and observes QIE21HV8149B or C red light is LIT.
Page 4 of 7 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE) 6.
Verify charging flow greater than 40 gpm.
Adjust charging flow to greater S / U than 40 gpm by manually opening FCV-122 and observes FI-122A reads >40 gpm.
- 7. Check emergency or manual emergency boration Check emergency & manual S / U flow greater than 30 gpm.
boration flow greater than 30 gpm and observes Fl-i 10 and/or Fl-i 13 indicate <30 gpm.
IF REQUESTED, Cue:
RADSIDE SO reports FI-11OA indicates 10 gpm.
NOTE:
Exarninee will determine Boration flow not adequate and commence verifying Boration flow path per Attachment 2.
Element 8 has two potential flowpaths dependent upon the actions taken above and the determination made by the candidate regarding the aligned flowpath. IF RNO column implemented, then element 8 may not be performed.
8.
Verify 1A CHG PUMP header valves open.
Verifies 1A CHG PUMP HDR S / U valves open and observes CHG PUMP SUCTION HDR ISO Q1E21MOV 8130A, 8130B, 8131A & 813 lB red lights are lit.
9.
Check boration flow adequate.
Determine that NO boration flow S / U from either BAT pump via either boration flowpath is available and observes Fl-I 10 and Fl-i 13 indicates 10 gpm.
IF REQUESTED, Cue:
RADSIDE SO reports FI-11OA indicates < 10 gpm.
EVALUATION CHECKLIST ELEMENTS:
- 6. Verify charging flow greater than 40 gpm.
- 7. Check emergency or manual emergency boration flow greater than 30 gpm.
Page 4 of7 RESULTS:
STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE)
Adjust charging flow to greater S / U than 40 gpm by manually opening FCV-122 and observes FI-122A reads >40 gpm.
Check emergency & manual S / U boration flow greater than 30 gpm and observes FI-II0 and/or FI-l13 indicate <30 gpm.
IF REQUESTED, Cue:
RADSIDE SO reports FI-llOA indicates::::: 10 gpm.
NOTE:
Examinee will determine Boration flow not adequate and commence verifying Boration flow path per Attachment 2.
Element 8 has two potential flowpaths dependent upon the actions taken above and the determination made by the candidate regarding the "aligned" flowpath. IF RNO column implemented, then element 8 may not be performed.
- 9. Check boration flow adequate.
Verifies lA CRG PUMP RDR valves open and observes CRG PUMP SUCTION RDR ISO QIE21MOV 8130A, 8130B, 8131A & 8131B red lights are lit.
Determine that NO boration flow from either BAT pump via either boration flowpath is available and observes FI-II0 and FI-II3 indicates :::::10 gpm.
IF REQUESTED, Cue:
RADSIDE SO reports FI-llOA indicates::::: 10 gpm.
S / U S / U
Page 5 of 7 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE)
- 10. Align charging pump suction to RWST.
Open RWST TO CHG PMP valves S I U Q1E21LCV1 158 & D, Close VCT OUTLET ISO Q1E21LCV1 l5C &
E and observes LCVI 15B & D red lights are LIT, LCVI 15C & E green lights are LIT.
- 11. Verify charging pump discharge flow path
Verify CHG PUMPS TO REGEN S / U ALIGNED.
HX Q1E21MOV81O7 &
MOV8 108 open and observes M0V8107 & 8108 red lights are LIT.
- 12. Verify only one charging line valve OPEN.
Verify RCS NORMAL CHG LINE S / U Q1E21HV8 146 OR RCS ALT CHG LINE Q1E21HV8147 OPEN and observes Q1E2IHV8 146 OR Q1E21HV8147 red light is LIT.
NOTE:
Element 13 is critical; Although the necessary adjustments may have been performed as early as Element 4 (while placing letdown in service).
- 13. Verify charging flow
- GREATER THAN 92 CHG FLOW FK 122 manually S / U gpm.
adjusted as necessary and observes FI-122A indicates >92 gpm.
STOP TIME Terminate when flow rate has been determined/verified adequate.
CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted with an asterisk (*) before the element number.
GENERAL
REFERENCES:
1.
FNP-1-ESP-0.1, Version 29.0 2.
Technical Specifications 3.
K/As: 024AA2.02 RO-3.9 SRO-4.4 024AA2.01 RO-3.8 SRO-4.1 FNP HLT-33 NRC exam JPM a.
EVALUATION CHECKLIST ELEMENTS:
- 10. Align charging pump suction to RWST.
- 11. Verify charging pump discharge flow path -
ALIGNED.
- 12. Verify only one charging line valve - OPEN.
Page 5 of7 RESULTS:
STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE)
Open RWST TO CHG PMP valves S / U Q1E21LCVl15B & D, Close VCT OUTLET ISO Q1E21LCVl15C &
E and observes LCVl15B & D red lights are LIT, LCVl15C & E green lights are LIT.
Verify CHG PUMPS TO REGEN S / U HX Q1E21MOVS107 &
MOVSIOS open and observes MOVS107 & S10S red lights are LIT.
Verify RCS NORMAL CHG LINE S / U Q1E21HVS146 OR RCS ALT CHG LINE Q1E21HVSl47 OPEN and observes Q 1 E21 HVS146 OR Q1E21HVS147 red light is LIT.
NOTE:
Element 13 is critical; Although the necessary adjustments may have been performed as early as Element 4 while lacin letdown in service.
- 13. Verify charging flow - GREATER THAN 92 gpm.
STOP TIME CHG FLOW FK 122 manually S / U adjusted as necessary and observes FI-122A indicates >92 gpm.
Terminate when flow rate has been determined/verified adequate.
CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted with an asterisk (*) before the element number.
GENERAL
REFERENCES:
- 1.
FNP-1-ESP-O.l, Version 29.0
- 2.
Technical Specifications
- 3.
K/As: 024AA2.02 024AA2.01 RO-3.9 RO-3.S SRO-4.4 SRO-4.1
Page 6 of7 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
1.
None Critical ELEMENT justification:
STEP Evaluation 1.
Not critical since this course of action will not be successful.
2.
Not critical since this course of action will not be successful.
3.
Aligning manual emergency makeup is an alternative path that could be taken, but is not critical since this course of action will not be successful.
Either step 4 or 5 will satisfy the letdown requirement.
4.
Verify 45 gprn letdown orifice in service is critical. This will determine the rate of boration since letdown will help remove water so the boration will be more effective. The examiner may allow the candidate to continue in the procedure to allow another opportunity to place letdown in service at step 9.
5.
Verify 60 gpm letdown orifice in service is critical since boration can continue without letdown.
6.
Not critical since this flow is not sufficient for the required supply. However this is the step at which the required flow is likely to be achieved.
7.
Not critical since this step is a check and improper evaluation alone does not constitute the critical step.
8.
Not critical since the valves are already open.
9.
Not critical: the transition is not critical but the decision how to do it is not critical.
10.
Critical: Align charging pump suction to RWST since these MOVs are closed and this is required to align boration flow to the chg pump suctions.
11.
not critical since these valves are open 12.
not critical since one of these valves are open 13.
Critical: Verify charging flow
- GREATER THAN 92 gpm is a critical step since charging flow is low at the beginning and there is no requirement until now to increase flow to > 92 gpm until this step.
COMMENTS:
IC SETUP information Setup will require the letdown system to be secured and charging in manual with flow taken to a minimum. BA filter will be clogged.
Mal-cvcl9 19 Stuck rod H-2 mal-rodl4l true See developed IC-217 FNP HL T-33 NRC exam JPM a.
GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
- 1. None Critical ELEMENT justification:
STEP
- 1.
- 2.
- 3.
Evaluation Not critical since this course of action will not be successful.
Not critical since this course of action will not be successful.
Aligning manual emergency makeup is an alternative path that could be taken, but is not critical since this course of action will not be successful.
Either step 4 or 5 will satisfy the letdown requirement.
Page 6 of7
- 4.
Verify 45 gpm letdown orifice in service is critical. This will determine the rate of boration since letdown will help remove water so the boration will be more
- 5.
effective. The examiner may allow the candidate to continue in the procedure to allow another opportunity to place letdown in service at step 9.
Verify 60 gpm letdown orifice in service is critical since boration can continue without letdown.
- 6.
Not critical since this flow is not sufficient for the required supply. However this is the step at which the required flow is likely to be achieved.
- 7.
Not critical since this step is a check and improper evaluation alone does not constitute the critical step.
- 8.
Not critical since the valves are already open.
- 9.
Not critical: the transition is not critical but the decision how to do it is not critical.
- 10. Critical: Align charging pump suction to RWST since these MOVs are closed and this is required to align boration flow to the chg pump suctions.
- 11. not critical since these valves are open
- 12. not critical since one of these valves are open
- 13. Critical: Verify charging flow - GREATER THAN 92 gpm is a critical step since charging flow is low at the beginning and there is no requirement until now to increase flow to > 92 gpm until this step.
COMMENTS:
IC SETUP information Setup will require the letdown system to be secured and charging in manual with flow taken to a minimum. BA filter will be clogged. Mal-cvc 19 19 Stuck rod H-2 mal-rodl41 true See developed IC-217
HANDOUT Pg 1 of 1 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to PERFORM ESP-O.1, beginning at step 4. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
- a. Chemical and Volume Control System is in operation with 1A charging pump running.
- b. 1A BAT is on service, lB BAT is in standby.
- c. Unit 1 is in Mode 3 at normal operating temperature.
- d. A Reactor Trip has occurred, and ESP-O.l, Reactor Trip Response, is in progress.
- e. The Shift Supervisor directs you to perform the actions of ESP-O.l, beginning at step 4.
- f. A pre-job brief is NOT required.
HANDOUT Pg I of I CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to PERFORM ESP-O.l, beginning at step 4. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
- a. Chemical and Volume Control System is in operation with IA charging pump running.
- b. lA BAT is on service, IB BAT is in standby.
- c. Unit I is in Mode 3 at normal operating temperature.
- d. A Reactor Trip has occurred, and ESP-O.I, Reactor Trip Response, is in progress.
- e. The Shift Supervisor directs you to perform the actions ofESP-O.I, beginning at step 4.
- f. A pre-job brief is NOT required.
Page 1 of 6
- b. Simulator JPM CRO-327A TITLE: Align the PRF System properly For A Large Break LOCA PROGRAM APPLICABLE: SOT SOCT OLT X
ACCEPTABLE EVALUATION METHOD:
X PERFORM EVALUATION LOCATION:
X SIMULATOR CONTROL ROOM PLANT PROJECTED TIME:
15 MIN SIMULATOR IC NUMBER:
IC-190 ALTERNATE PATH TIME CRITICAL PRA TASK STANDARD: Required for successful completion of this JPM:
Complete step 4.3 and 4.6 of SOP6O.O to secure B train of PRF and ensure the A train PRF is operating properly in the LOCA alignment Examinee:
Overall 3PM Performance:
Satisfactory 1
Unsatisfactory D
Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)
EXAMINER:
Developer Name: C. Vince Richter Date: 1O-27O9 NRC Approval SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3 FNP HLT-33 NRC exam JPM b.
Page 1 of6
- b. Simulator JPM CRO-327A TITLE: Align the PRF System properly For A Large Break LOCA PROGRAM APPLICABLE: SOT SOCT OL T ~
ACCEPTABLE EV ALUA TION METHOD: ~
PERFORM EVALUATION LOCATION: --L SIMULATOR CONTROL ROOM PLANT PROJECTED TIME:
15 MIN SIMULATOR IC NUMBER:
IC-190 ALTERNATE PATH TIME CRITICAL
- PRA, TASK STANDARD: Required for successful completion of this JPM:
Complete step 4.3 and 4.6 of SOP-60.0 to secure B train of PRF and ensure the A train PRF is operating properly in the LOCA alignment Examinee:
Overall JPM Performance:
Satisfactory 0
Unsatisfactorv 0 Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)
EXAMINER: ________________ __
Name: C. Vince Richter Date: 10-27-09 SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3
Page 2 of 6 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to ALIGN THE PRF SYSTEM PROPERLY FOR A LARGE BREAK LOCA. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
a.
A safety injection has occurred due to a large break LOCA.
b.
Containment pressure is approximately 21 psig.
c.
All steps of EEP-1 through step 14.4 have been completed.
d.
You are directed to verify at least one train of PRF in operation per step 14.5.
e.
The shift supervisor directs that the A Train be left in service.
f.
A pre-job brief is not required.
EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
(CIRCLE)
ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
START TIME NOTE:
The B train will be shutdown in this task due to the SS directing the A train to be left in service per the initial conditions. Procedurally, either train may be shutdown as needed 4.3 or 4.4. The intent of securing one train of PRF if both are running is to limit total PRF effluent to the vent stack to the minimum possible.
1.
Verify closed SFP to 1A PRF supply damper Q1V48HV3538A.
2.
Verify closed SFP to lB PRF supply damper Q1V48HV3538B.
3.
Verify Phase B reset as indicated by MLB-3 1.1 and 6.1. (lights are LIT) 4.
Place lB PRF exhaust fan in automatic by placing the handswitch to STOP and release.
Handswitch for HV3538A taken to the closed position and observes Indication for HV3538A changes from red to green.
Handswitch for HV3538B taken to the closed position and observes Indication for HV3538B changes from red to green.
Phase B pushbuttons pushed and observes MLB-3 1.1 and 6.1 not lit.
Handswitch for lB PRF exhaust fan taken to STOP position and released and observes lB PRF exhaust fan green light lit.
S/U S/U S/U S/U FNP HLT-33 NRC exam JPM b.
Page 2 of6 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to ALIGN THE PRF SYSTEM PROPERLY FOR A LARGE BREAK LOCA. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
- a.
A safety injection has occurred due to a large break LOCA.
- b. Containment pressure is approximately 21 psig.
- c.
All steps ofEEP-l through step 14.4 have been completed.
- d. You are directed to verify at least one train of PRF in operation per step 14.5.
- e. The shift supervisor directs that the A Train be left in service.
- f.
A pre-job brief is not required.
EVALUATION CHECKLIST ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
START TIME RESULTS:
(CIRCLE)
NOTE:
The B train will be shutdown in this task due to the SS directing the A train to be left in service per the initial conditions. Procedurally, either train may be shutdown as needed 4.3 or 4.4. The intent of securing one train of PRF if both are running is to limit total PRF effluent to the vent stack to the minimum possible.
- 1.
Verify closed SFP to lA PRF supply damper Handswitch for HV3538A taken to S / U Ql V48HV3538A.
the closed position and observes Indication for HV3538A changes from red to green.
- 2.
Verify closed SFP to 1 B PRF supply damper Handswitch for HV3538B taken to S / U Ql V48HV3538B.
the closed position and observes Indication for HV3538B changes from red to green.
- 3.
Verify Phase B reset as indicated by MLB-3 Phase B pushbuttons pushed and S / U 1.1 and 6.1. (lights are LIT) observes MLB-3 1.1 and 6.1 not lit.
- 4.
Place 1 B PRF exhaust fan in automatic by Handswitch for 1 B PRF exhaust S / U placing the handswitch to STOP and release.
fan taken to STOP position and released and observes IB PRF exhaust fan green light lit.
Page 3 of 6 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE) 5.
Place lB PRF recirculation fan in automatic Handswitch for lB PRF S / U by placing the handswitch to STOP and recirculation fan taken to STOP release.
position and released and observes lB PRF recirculation fan green light lit.
6.
Place lB PRF RECIRC FAN EXH DMPR lB PRF RECIRC FAN EXH 5/ U Q1E15HV3356B handswitch to AUTO.
DMPR HV3356B handswitch verified to be in AUTO and observes HV3356B is in AUTO.
7.
Close lB PRF RECIRC FAN RECIRC lB PRF RECIRC FAN RECIRC S / U DMPR Q1E15MOV3361B and return switch DMPR M0V3361B handswitch to AUTO.
taken to CLOSE, observes HV3361B green light lit, and then places handswitch in AUTO.
8.
Close lB PRF SUCTION DMPR lB PRF SUCTION DMPR S / U Q1E15MOV3362B and return switch to MOV3362B handswitch taken to AUTO.
CLOSE, observes MOV3362B green light lit, and then places handswitch in AUTO.
9.
Verify closed SFP to lA PRF supply damper Indication for HV3538A checked S / U Q1V48HV3538A.
and observes indication for HV3538A is green.
10.
Verify closed SFP to lB PRF supply damper Indication for HV3538B checked S / U Q1V48HV3538B.
and observes indication for HV3538B is green.
11.
Verify Phase B reset as indicated by MLB-3 MLB-3 1.1 and 6.1 lights checked S / U 1.1 and 6.1.
and observes MLB-3 1.1 and 6.1 not lit.
12.
Verify open 1A PRF suction damper Indication for MOV3362A S / U Q1E15MOV3362A.
checked and observes indication for MOV3362A is red.
Page 3 of6 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE)
- 5.
Place IB PRF recirculation fan in automatic Handswitch for 1 B PRF S/U by placing the handswitch to STOP and recirculation fan taken to STOP release.
position and released and observes 1 B PRF recirculation fan green light lit.
- 6.
Place IB PRF RECIRC FAN EXH DMPR IB PRF RECIRC FAN EXH S /U QIE15HV3356B handswitch to AUTO.
DMPR HV3356B handswitch verified to be in AUTO and observes HV3356B is in AUTO.
- 7.
Close IB PRF RECIRC FAN RECIRC 1 B PRF RECIRC FAN RECIRC S /U DMPR QIE15MOV3361B and return switch DMPR MOV3361B handswitch to AUTO.
taken to CLOSE, observes HV3361B green light lit, and then places handswitch in AUTO.
- 8.
Close IB PRF SUCTION DMPR IB PRF SUCTION DMPR S /U QIE15MOV3362B and return switch to MOV3362B handswitch taken to AUTO.
CLOSE, observes MOV3362B green light lit, and then places handswitch in AUTO.
- 9.
Verify closed SFP to lA PRF supply damper Indication for HV3538A checked S/U Q 1 V 48HV3538A.
and observes indication for HV3538A is green.
- 10.
Verify closed SFP to IB PRF supply damper Indication for HV3538B checked S / U Ql V48HV3538B.
and observes indication for HV3538B is green.
- 11.
Verify Phase B reset as indicated by MLB-3 MLB-3 1.1 and 6.1 lights checked S/U 1.1 and 6.1.
and observes MLB-3 1.1 and 6.1 not lit.
- 12.
Verify open lA PRF suction damper Indication for MOV3362A S /U QIE15MOV3362A.
checked and observes indication for MOV3362A is red.
Page 4 of 6 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE) 13.
Verify 1A PRF recirculation fan started.
Indication checked for 1A PRF S / U recirculation fan and observes red light lit for 1A PRF recirculation fan.
14.
Verify open 1A PRF recirculation fan exhaust Indication checked for IA PRF S / U damper Q1 El 5HV3 3 56A.
recirculation fan damper HV3356A and observes indication for HV3356A is red.
15.
Verify 1A PRF exhaust fan started.
Indication checked for 1A PRF S /U exhaust fan and observes red light lit for 1A PRF exhaust fan.
16.
Verify open 1A PRF exhaust fan discharge Indication checked for 1A PRF S / U damper Q1E15HV3357A.
exhaust fan damper HV3357A and observes indication for HV3357A is red.
17.
Check penetration room pressure.
Observes PENE RM TO ATMOS S / U AP PDI 3367A and observes PD13367A indicates more negative than -0.5 WC.
STOP TIME Terminate when penetration room pressure is checked.
CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted with an asterisk (*) before the element number.
GENERAL
REFERENCES:
I.
FNP-1-EEP-1, Version 29.0 2.
FNP-I-SOP-60.0, Version 31 3.
PRA/IPE Human Reliability Analysis Notebook operator actions 3.6.10 and 3.6.11 4.
K/As: 073G2.3.l1 RO-3.8 SRO-4.3 FNP HLT-33 NRC exam JPM b.
Page 4 of6 EVALUATION CHECKLIST ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
- 13.
- 14.
- 15.
- 16.
- 17.
Verify lA PRF recirculation fan statied.
Indication checked for 1 A PRF recirculation fan and observes red light lit for lA PRF recirculation fan.
Verify open lA PRF recirculation fan exhaust Indication checked for 1A PRF damper QIE15HV3356A.
recirculation fan damper HV3356A and observes indication for HV3356A is red.
Verify lA PRF exhaust fan started.
Verify open 1A PRF exhaust fan discharge damper QIEI5HV3357A.
Check penetration room pressure.
STOP TIME Indication checked for lA PRF exhaust fan and observes red light lit for 1 A PRF exhaust fan.
Indication checked for 1 A PRF exhaust fan damper HV3357A and observes indication for HV3357 A is red.
Observes PENE RM TO ATMOS ilP PDI 3367 A and observes PDI3367 A indicates more negative than -0.5" WC.
Terminate when penetration room pressure is checked.
RESULTS:
(CIRCLE)
S IU S/U S/U S IU S/U CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted with an asterisk (*) before the element number.
GENERAL
REFERENCES:
- 1.
FNP-I-EEP-l, Version 29.0
- 2.
FNP-1-S0P-60.0, Version 31
- 3.
PRA/IPE Human Reliability Analysis Notebook operator actions 3.6.10 and 3.6.11
- 4.
K/As: 073G2.3.11 RO-3.8 SRO-4.3
Page 5 of 6 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
1.
None Critical ELEMENT justification:
STEP Evaluation 1.
Critical: Closing SFP to 1A PRF supply damper HV3538A ensures the proper alignment for a LB LOCA and is a critical task.
Leaving this valve open would cause less flow from the PPRs and not filtrate the proper air flow.
2.
Critical: Closing SFP to lB PRF supply damper HV3538B ensures the proper alignment for a LB LOCA and is a critical task.
Leaving this valve open would cause less flow from the PPRs and not filtrate the proper air flow.
3.
Critical: Resetting Phase B is a critical task since this allows the re-alignment and subsequent securing of one train of PRF.
4.
Critical: The intent of securing one train of PRF is to limit the total PRF effluent to the plant vent stack to the minimum possible. The following steps are critical to ensure the system is aligned properly.
Secure the lB PRF exhaust fan is a critical task.
5.
Critical: Secure the lB PRF recirc fan is a critical task.
6.
This step is not critical since the valve is in the correct position already.
7.
Critical: Closing 336 lB is a critical task 8.
Critical: Closing 3362B is a critical task Steps 9-17 are not critical since the system is already in the proper alignment and is 9-17 being checked to ensure that alignment is correct.
COMMENTS:
Page 5 of6 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
- 1. None Critical ELEMENT justification:
STEP
- 1.
- 2.
- 3.
- 4.
- 5.
- 6.
- 7.
- 8.
9-17 Evaluation Critical: Closing SFP to lA PRF supply damper HV3538A ensures the proper alignment for a LB LOCA and is a critical task. Leaving this valve open would cause less flow from the PPRs and not filtrate the proper air flow.
Critical: Closing SFP to IB PRF supply damper HV3538B ensures the proper alignment for a LB LOCA and is a critical task. Leaving this valve open would cause less flow from the PPRs and not filtrate the proper air flow.
Critical: Resetting Phase B is a critical task since this allows the re-alignment and subsequent securing of one train of PRF.
Critical: The intent of securing one train ofPRF is to limit the total PRF effluent to the plant vent stack to the minimum possible. The following steps are critical to ensure the system is aligned properly.
Secure the iB PRF exhaust fan is a critical task.
Critical: Secure the 1 B PRF recirc fan is a critical task.
This step is not critical since the valve is in the correct position already.
Critical: Closing 3361B is a critical task Critical: Closing 3362B is a critical task Steps 9-17 are not critical since the system is already in the proper alignment and is being checked to ensure that alignment is correct.
COMMENTS:
HANDOUT Pg 1 of 1 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to ALIGN THE PRF SYSTEM PROPERLY FOR A LARGE BREAK LOCA. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
a.
A safety injection has occurred due to a large break LOCA.
b.
Containment pressure is approximately 21 psig.
c.
All steps of EEP-1 through step 14.4 have been completed.
d.
You are directed to verify at least one train of PRF in operation per step 14.5.
e.
The shift supervisor directs that the A Train be left in service.
f.
A pre-job brief is not required.
HANDOUT Pg 1 of 1 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to ALIGN THE PRF SYSTEM PROPERLY FOR A LARGE BREAK LOCA. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
- a.
A safety injection has occurred due to a large break LOCA.
- b. Containment pressure is approximately 21 psig.
- c.
All steps ofEEP-l through step 14.4 have been completed.
- d. You are directed to verify at least one train ofPRF in operation per step 14.5.
- e. The shift supervisor directs that the A Train be left in service.
- f.
A pre-job brief is not required.
Page 1 of 6
- c. Simulator JPM CRO-333E Mod.
TITLE: Perform The Required Actions For Transfer to Simultaneous Cold Leg and Hot Leg Recirculation PROGRAM APPLICABLE: SOT SOCT OLT X
ACCEPTABLE EVALUATION METHOD:
X PERFORM EVALUATION LOCATION:
X SIMULATOR X
CONTROL ROOM PLANT PROJECTED TIME:
15 MIN SIMULATOR IC NUMBER:
IC-218 ALTERNATE PATH X
TIME CRITICAL PRA This is the only Simultaneous Hot and Cold leg Emergency recirc JPM that does not align hot and cold leg recirc with ESP-1.4.
TASK STANDARD: Required for successful completion of this JPM:
Align A Train HHSI for cold leg recirculation (due to HOT leg recirc being unavailable)
Align BOTH Trains of LHSI aligned to the cold legs Report to the TSC for evaluation that no HOT leg recirc was accomplished Place STA page on MCB IPC screen Examinee:
Overall JPM Performance:
Satisfactory
Unsatisfactory D
Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)
EXAMINER:
Developer Name: C. Vince Richter Date: 10-27-09 NRC Approval SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3 FNP HLT-33 NRC exam JPM c.
Page 1 of6
- c. Simulator JPM CRO-333E Mod.
TITLE: Perform The Required Actions For Transfer to Simultaneous Cold Leg and Hot Leg Recirculation PROGRAM APPLICABLE: SOT SOCT OLT --X ACCEPTABLE EVALUATION METHOD: --.2L PERFORM EVALUATION LOCATION: ~SIMULATOR ~CONTROLROOM PROJECTED TIME:
15 MIN SIMULATOR IC NUMBER:
IC-21S AL TERNATE PATH ~
TIME CRITICAL PRA PLANT This is the only Simultaneous Hot and Cold leg Emergency recirc JPM that does not align hot and cold leg recirc with ESP-l.4.
TASK STANDARD: Required for successful completion of this JPM:
Align A Train HHSI for cold leg recirculation (due to HOT leg recirc being unavailable)
Align BOTH Trains of LHSI aligned to the cold legs Report to the TSC for evaluation that no HOT leg recirc was accomplished Place STA page on MCB IPC screen Examinee:
Overall JPM Performance:
Satisfactory D
Unsatisfactory D Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)
EXAMINER: ________________ __
Name: C. Vince Richter Date: 10-27-09 SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3
Page 2 of 6 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to PERFORM THE REQUIRED ACTIONS FOR TRANSFER TO SIMULTANEOUS COLD LEG AND HOT LEG RECIRCULATION. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
a.
A safety injection is in progress following a Large Break LOCA.
b.
The 1A and lB RHR pumps and the 1A and 1C charging pumps are running in the cold leg recirculation alignment.
c.
Seven and one-half hours have passed since the LOCA event started.
d.
The lB Chg Pump is aligned to A Train.
e.
You are directed by Shift Supervisor to align ECCS for Transfer To Simultaneous Cold Leg and Hot Leg Recirculation starting at Step 1 of ESP-l.4.
f.
A pre-job brief is not required.
EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE)
START TIME 1.
Close A(B) RHR HX TO RCS COLD LEGS Handswitch for M0V8888A & B S / U ISO Q1EI 1M0V8888A and 8888B.
are taken to CLOSE and observes M0V8888A & B green lights lit.
2.
Open RHR TO RCS HOT LEGS XCON Handswitch for M0V8887A & B S / U Q1E1 1M0V8887A and 8887B.
are taken to OPEN and observes M0V8887A & B red lights lit.
3.
Open RHR TO RCS HOT LEGS ISO Handswitch for MOV8889 taken S / U Q1E1 1MOV8889.
to OPEN and observes MOV 8889 green light lit, valve remains closed.
4.
Close RHR TO RCS HOT LEGS XCON Handswitch for M0V8887A & B S / U Q1E1 1MOV8887A and 8887B.
are taken to CLOSE and observes M0V8887A & B green lights lit, valves are closed.
5.
Verify closed RHR TO RCS HOT LEGS ISO Light for M0V8889 checked and S / U Q1E1 1M0V8889.
observes M0V8889 green light lit.
6.
Open A and B RHR HX TO RCS COLD Handswitch for MOV8888A & B S / U LEGS ISO QIE1 1M0V8888A and 8888B.
are taken to OPEN and observes MOV8888A & B red lights lit.
Page 2 of6 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to PERFORM THE REQUIRED ACTIONS FOR TRANSFER TO SIMULTANEOUS COLD LEG AND HOT LEG RECIRCULATION. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
- a. A safety injection is in progress following a Large Break LOCA.
- b. The IA and IB RHR pumps and the IA and IC charging pumps are running in the cold leg recirculation alignment.
- c. Seven and one-half hours have passed since the LOCA event started.
- d. The IB Chg Pump is aligned to A Train.
- e. You are directed by Shift Supervisor to align ECCS for Transfer To Simultaneous Cold Leg and Hot Leg Recirculation starting at Step I of ESP-I.4.
- f.
A pre-job brief is not required.
EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE)
START TIME
- 1.
Close A(B) RHR HX TO RCS COLD LEGS Handswitch for MOV8888A & B S I U ISO QIEIIMOV8888A and 8888B.
are taken to CLOSE and observes MOV8888A & B green lights lit.
- 2.
Open RHR TO RCS HOT LEGS XCON Handswitch for MOV8887 A & B S/U QIEIIMOV8887A and 8887B.
are taken to OPEN and observes MOV8887 A & B red lights lit.
- 3.
Open RHR TO RCS HOT LEGS ISO Handswitch for MOV8889 taken S I U QIEIIMOV8889.
to OPEN and observes MOV 8889 green light lit, valve remains closed.
- 4.
Close RHR TO RCS HOT LEGS XCON Handswitch for MOV8887 A & B S I U QIEIIMOV8887A and 8887B.
are taken to CLOSE and observes MOV8887A & B green lights lit, valves are closed.
- 5.
Verify closed RHR TO RCS HOT LEGS ISO Light for MOV8889 checked and S I U QIEIIMOV8889.
observes MOV8889 green light lit.
- 6.
Open A and B RHR HX TO RCS COLD Handswitch for MOV8888A & B S/U LEGS ISO QIEIIMOV8888A and 8888B.
are taken to OPEN and observes MOV8888A & B red lights lit.
Page 3 of 6 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE) 7.
Stop 1A Chg Pump.
Handswitch for 1A Chg Pump S / U taken to OFF and observes 1A Chg Pump amps go to 0 and green light lit.
8.
Close HHSI TO RCS CL ISO valves Handswitch for HHSI TO RCS CL S / U Q1E21MOV88O3A and B.
ISO valves MOV88O3A & B taken to CLOSE and observes M0V8803A & B green lights lit.
9.
Open CHG PUMP RECIRC TO HOT LEGS Handswitch for M0V8886 taken S / U valve Q1E21M0V8886.
to OPEN and observes MOV8886 has no power available lights lit.
10.
Open HHSI TO RCS CL ISO valves Handswitch for HHSI TO RCS CL S / U Q1E21MOV88O3A OR B.
ISO valves M0V8803A OR B taken to OPEN and observes M0V8803A OR B red light lit.
11.
Start either 1A or lB Chg Pump.
Handswitch for 1A or lB Chg S / U Pump taken to START and observes Pump red light lit, amps increase.
12.
Stop 1C Chg Pump.
Handswitch for 1C Chg Pump S / U taken to OFF and observes 1 C Chg Pump amps go to 0 and green light lit.
13.
Close CHG PUMP RECIRC TO RCS COLD Handswitch for MOV8885 taken S / U LEGS valve Q1E21M0V8885.
to CLOSE and observes MOV8885 green light lit.
14.
Open CHG PUMP RECIRC TO RCS HOT Handswitch for M0V8884 taken S / U LEGS valve Q1E21M0V8884.
to OPEN and observes M0V8884 red light lit.
15.
Start IC Chg Pump.
Handswitch for 1C Chg Pump S / U taken to START and observes 1 C CHG PUMP not running, green light lit.
Page 3 of6 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE)
- 7.
Stop 1 A Chg Pump.
Handswitch for lA Chg Pump S I U taken to OFF and observes lA Chg Pump amps go to "0" and green light lit.
- 8.
Close HHSI TO RCS CL ISO valves Handswitch for HHSI TO RCS CL S/U QIE21MOV8803A and B.
ISO valves MOV8803A & B taken to CLOSE and observes MOV8803A & B green lights lit.
- 9.
Open CHG PUMP RECIRC TO HOT LEGS Handswitch for MOV8886 taken S I U valve QIE2IMOV8886.
to OPEN and observes MOV8886 has no power available lights lit.
- 10.
Open HHSI TO RCS CL ISO valves Handswitch for HHSI TO RCS CL S I U QIE2IMOV8803A OR B.
ISO valves MOV8803A OR B taken to OPEN and observes MOV8803A OR B red light lit.
- 11.
Start either IA or IB Chg Pump.
Handswitch for IA or IB Chg S/U Pump taken to START and observes Pump red light lit, amps increase.
- 12.
Stop 1 C Chg Pump.
Handswitch for 1 C Chg Pump S I U taken to OFF and observes 1 C Chg Pump amps go to "0" and green light lit.
- 13.
Close CHG PUMP RECIRC TO RCS COLD Handswitch for MOV8885 taken S I U LEGS valve QIE2IMOV8885.
to CLOSE and observes MOV8885 green light lit.
- 14.
Open CHG PUMP RECIRC TO RCS HOT Handswitch for MOV8884 taken S I U LEGS valve QIE21MOV8884.
to OPEN and observes MOV8884 red light lit.
- 15.
Start 1 C Chg Pump.
Handswitch for 1 C Chg Pump S I U taken to START and observes 1 C CHG PUMP not running, green light lit.
Page 4 of 6 EVALUATION CHECKLIST ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
RESULTS:
(CIRCLE) 16.
Close CHG PUMP RECIRC TO RCS HOT LEGS valve Q1E21MOV8884.
17.
Open CHG PUMP RECIRC TO RCS COLD LEGS valve Q1E21MOV8885.
18.
Check at least one train of LHSI aligned to the hot legs and at least one train HHSI aligned to cold legs OR at least one train of LHSI aligned to cold legs and at least one train HHSI aligned to hot legs.
19.
Consult TSC since simultaneous cold and hot leg recirculation has not been established.
Light for M0V8884 checked and S / U observes M0V8884 green light lit.
Handswitch for MOV8885 taken S / U to OPEN and observes MOV 8885 red light lit.
Alignment checked for proper LHSI and HHSI line-up and observes LHSI aligned to cold legs and one Train of HHSI is aligned for cold legs.
TSC called or SS informed informed that simultaneous cold and hot leg recirculation has not been established. (CUE: TSC/SS acknowledges)
CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted with an asterisk (*) before the element number.
GENERAL
REFERENCES:
- 1. FNP-1-ESP-1.4, REV. 14.0 RO-4.4 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
S/U S/U STOP TIME Terminate 1PM when TSC called.
EVALUATION CHECKLIST ELEMENTS:
- 16.
- 17.
- 18.
- 19.
Close CHG PUMP RECIRC TO RCS HOT LEGS valve QIE21MOV8884.
Open CHG PUMP RECIRC TO RCS COLD LEGS valve QIE21MOV8885.
Check at least one train of LHSI aligned to the hot legs and at least one train HHSI aligned to cold legs OR at least one train of LHSI aligned to cold legs and at least one train HHSI aligned to hot legs.
Consult TSC since simultaneous cold and hot leg recirculation has not been established.
STOP TIME I Terminate JPM when TSC called.
Page 4 of6 STANDARDS:
RESULTS:
(CIRCLE)
Light for MOV8884 checked and S I U observes MOV8884 green light lit.
Handswitch for MOV8885 taken S I U to OPEN and observes MOV 8885 red light lit.
Alignment checked for proper S I U LHSI and HHSI line-up and observes LHSI aligned to cold legs and one Train of HHSI is aligned for cold legs.
TSC called or SS informed S I U informed that simultaneous cold and hot leg recirculation has not been established. (CUE: TSC/SS acknowledges)
CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted with an asterisk (*) before the element number.
GENERAL
REFERENCES:
- 1. FNP-I-ESP-l.4, REV. 14.0
- 2. K/As: 006 A4.07 RO-4.4 SRO-4.4 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
None
Page 5 of 6 Critical ELEMENT justification:
STEP Evaluation 1.
Closing M0V8888A and 8888B is not critical since these valves will be re-opened in subsequent steps due to the failure inserted.
2.
Opening M0V8887A and 8887B is not critical since these valves will be closed in subsequent steps due to the failure inserted.
3.
Not critical since this valve is failed and will not open.
4.
Critical:
Closing MOV8887A and 8887B is critical if these valves were opened above. These valves being open will cross connect the LHSI trains and in the case of a rupture or leak in one train the other trains operability would be compromised.
5.
Verifying 8889 closed is not critical since it is closed and will not open.
6.
Critical: Opening M0V8888A and 8888B is critical if these valves were closed in previous steps since opening these valves will allow placing LHSI on recirc on the cold legs.
7.
Critical: Stopping the 1A CHG pump is critical to allow proper alignment of the HHSI system 8.
Closing HHSI TO RCS CL ISO valves Q1E21MOV88O3A and B is not critical since the failure will have these valves opened in subsequent steps.
9.
Opening M0V8886 is not critical since the valve has no power supplied to it.
10.
Critical: Opening HHSI TO RCS CL ISO valves Q1E2IMOV88O3A OR B is critical if these valves were closed in the previous steps to provide flow to the core on cold leg recirc.
11.
Critical: Starting the 1A or lB chg pump is critical since this will provide cold leg recirc to the core.
12.
Critical: Stopping the 1C chg pump is critical since if this were not done pump damage could result in subsequent steps that isolate discharge flow.
13.
Closing M0V8885 is not critical since it is a B train valve and the IC Chg pump (also B train) will not restart.
14.
Opening M0V8884 is not critical since it is a B train valve and the 1C Chg pump (also B train) will not restart.
15.
Restarting the 1C Chg pump is not critical since the pump will not start.
16.
Closing M0V8884 is not critical since it is a B train valve and the 1C Chg pump (also B train) will not restart.
17.
Opening M0V8885 is not critical since it is a B train valve and the 1C Chg pump (also B train) will not restart.
18.
not critical Checking the proper alignment and determining that HOT leg alignment has not been accomplished is not critical since this is not in the control of the candidate.
19.
Critical: Calling the TSC/SS is critical since the TSC will make the determination on how to get hot leg recirc restored so boron does not plate out in the top of the core and restrict flow. This is procedurally guided.
COMMENTS:The alternate path has RHR TO RCS HOT LEGS ISO M0V88$9 will not open (c.rhSS$9 cr2) and IC Ill ISI pump will not start (tr icvp0i < 0.01 command irniccvpO cdco2).
Remove power from M0V8886 (ccvh88$6cp2).
FNP HL T -33 NRC exam ]PM c.
Page 5 of6 Critical ELEMENT justification:
STEP Evaluation
- 1.
Closing MOV8888A and 8888B is not critical since these valves will be re-opened in subsequent steps due to the failure inserted.
- 2.
Opening MOV8887 A and 8887B is not critical since these valves will be closed in subsequent steps due to the failure inserted.
- 3.
Not critical since this valve is failed and will not open.
- 4.
Critical: Closing MOV8887 A and 8887B is critical if these valves were opened above. These valves being open will cross connect the LHSI trains and in the case of a rupture or leak in one train the other trains operability would be compromised.
- 5.
Verifying 8889 closed is not critical since it is closed and will not open.
- 6.
Critical: Opening MOV8888A and 8888B is critical if these valves were closed in previous steps since opening these valves will allow placing LHSI on recirc on the cold legs.
- 7.
Critical: Stopping the lA CHG pump is critical to allow proper alignment of the HHSI system
- 8.
Closing HHSI TO RCS CL ISO valves Q1E21MOV8803A and B is not critical since the failure will have these valves opened in subsequent steps.
- 9.
Opening MOV8886 is not critical since the valve has no power supplied to it.
- 10. Critical: Opening HHSI TO RCS CL ISO valves Q1E21MOV8803A OR B is critical if these valves were closed in the previous steps to provide flow to the core on cold leg recirc.
- 11. Critical: Starting the 1A or 1B chg pump is critical since this will provide cold leg recirc to the core.
- 12. Critical: Stopping the 1 C chg pump is critical since if this were not done pump damage could result in subsequent steps that isolate discharge flow.
- 13. Closing MOV8885 is not critical since it is a B train valve and the 1 C Chg pump (also B train) will not restart.
- 14. Opening MOV8884 is not critical since it is a B train valve and the 1 C Chg pump (also B train) will not restart.
- 15. Restarting the 1 C Chg pump is not critical since the pump will not start.
- 16.
Closing MOV8884 is not critical since it is a B train valve and the 1 C Chg pump (also B train) will not restart.
- 17. Opening MOV8885 is not critical since it is a B train valve and the 1 C Chg pump (also B train) will not restart.
- 18. not critical Checking the proper alignment and determining that HOT leg alignment has not been accomplished is not critical since this is not in the control of the candidate.
- 19. Critical: Calling the TSC/SS is critical since the TSC will make the determination on how to get hot leg recirc restored so boron does not plate out in the top of the core and restrict flow. This is procedurally guided.
COMMENTS:The alternate path has RHR TO ReS HOT LEGS ISO MOV8889 will not open (crh8889 __ cr2) and I C rIllSl pLImp will not start (trg I icvpOl < 0.01 command imf ccvpO I d_co2).
Remove power from MOV8886 (ccvh8886_cp2).
HANDOUT Pg 1 of 1 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to PERFORM THE REQUIRED ACTIONS FOR TRANSFER TO SIMULTANEOUS COLD LEG AND HOT LEG RECIRCULATION. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
a.
A safety injection is in progress following a Large Break LOCA.
b.
The 1A and lB RHR pumps and the 1A and IC charging pumps are running in the cold leg recirculation alignment.
c.
Seven and one-half hours have passed since the LOCA event started.
d.
The lB Chg Pump is aligned to A Train.
e.
You are directed by Shift Supervisor to align ECCS for Transfer To Simultaneous Cold Leg and Hot Leg Recirculation starting at Step 1 of ESP-1.4.
f.
A pre-job brief is not required.
HANDOUT Pg 1 of 1 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to PERFORM THE REQUIRED ACTIONS FOR TRANSFER TO SIMULTANEOUS COLD LEG AND HOT LEG RECIRCULATION. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
- a. A safety injection is in progress following a Large Break LOCA.
- b. The lA and IB RHR pumps and the lA and 1 C charging pumps are running in the cold leg recirculation alignment.
- c. Seven and one-half hours have passed since the LOCA event started.
- d. The 1 B Chg Pump is aligned to A Train.
- e. You are directed by Shift Supervisor to align ECCS for Transfer To Simultaneous Cold Leg and Hot Leg Recirculation starting at Step 1 ofESP-1.4.
- f.
A pre-job brief is not required.
Page 1 of 6 ci. Simulator JPM CRO-047A TITLE: Perform The Required Actions In Response To RCP Seal Failures PROGRAM APPLICABLE: SOT SOCT OLT X
ACCEPTABLE EVALUATION METHOD:
X PERFORM EVALUATION LOCATION:
X SIMULATOR PROJECTED TIME:
10 MIN SIMULATOR IC NUMBER:
IC-128 ALTER1ATE PATH X
TIME CRITICAL PRA TASK STANDARD: Required for successful completion of this JPM:
Initiate a reactor trip in response to a 1 C RCP seal failure.
Secure the 1CRCP.
Close the 1C RCP #1 seal leakoff valve.
SEAL FAILURE IS ALREADY INSERTED WHEN SIMULATOR OPERATOR GOES TO RUN. There is a delay of 15 seconds. (MALI C I MAL-CVC27C 7 0 15)
Examinee:
Overall JPM Performance:
Satisfactory Unsatisfactory D
Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)
EXAMINER:
Developer Name: C. Vince Richter Date: 10-27-09 NRC Approval SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3 FNP HL T-33 NRC exam JPM d.
- d. Simulator JPM CRO-047A TITLE: Perform The Required Actions In Response To RCP Seal Failures PROGRAM APPLICABLE: SOT SOCT OLT ~
ACCEPTABLE EVALUATION METHOD: --L PERFORM EVALUATION LOCATION:...x.. SIMULATOR PROJECTED TIME:
10 MIN SIMULATOR IC NUMBER:
IC-128 ALTERNATE PATH ~
TIME CRITICAL PRA TASK STANDARD: Required for successful completion of this JPM:
Initiate a reactor trip in response to a 1 C RCP seal failure.
Secure the 1 C RCP.
Close the 1 C RCP # 1 seal leakoff valve.
Page 1 of 6 SEAL FAILURE IS ALREADY INSERTED WHEN SIMULATOR OPERATOR GOES TO RUN. There is a delay of 15 seconds. (MALI C I MAL-CVC27C 7 0 15)
Examinee:
Overall JPM Performance:
Satisfactory 0
Unsatisfactory 0 Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)
EXAMINER: ________________ __
Name: C. Vince Richter Date: 10-27-09 SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3
Page 2 of 6 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to RESPOND TO PLANT CONDITIONS. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
a.
Plant is in Mode 1 at 100% power.
b.
The Unit Operator is at the Service Water Structure and the Shift Supervisor has gone to the restroom.
EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE)
START TIME NOTE TO EVALUATOR: SEAL FAILURE IS ALREADY INSERTED WHEN SIMULATOR OPERATOR GOES TO RUN. There is a delay of 15 seconds.
Check MCB instrumentation lAW DC2 to Checks FR-i 54A and observes S / U determine if an instrument failure has FR-154A blue pen indicates 9.0 occurred or if a seal problem has developed.
gpm, red and green pens indicate 3.0 gpm.
Checks FI-i56B, FI-155B and Fl-S / U 154B and observes FI-156B, Fl 155B and FI-154B all indicate> 1 gpm.
Checks PI-i56A, 155A and 154A.
S / U and observes PI-i56A and PT 155A and PI-154A all read >400 psig.
Checks FI-i3OA, FI-127A and Fl-S / U 124A and observes FI-124A reads 9.2 gpm, FI-130A reads 7.5 gpm, and FI-127A reads 7.5 gpm.
Checks Lower Seal Water Bearing
/ U Temperature and Seal Water Outlet temperature computer points and observes NO significant increase in temperature trends identified at this time.
Page 2 of 6 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to RESPOND TO PLANT CONDITIONS. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
- a.
Plant is in Mode 1 at 100% power.
- b.
The Unit Operator is at the Service Water Structure and the Shift Supervisor has gone to the restroom.
EVALUATION CHECKLIST ELEMENTS:
START TIME STANDARDS:
RESULTS:
(CIRCLE)
NOTE TO EVALUATOR: SEAL FAILURE IS ALREADY INSERTED WHEN SIMULATOR OPERATOR GOES TO RUN. There is a delay of 15 seconds.
- 1.
Check MCB instrumentation lAW DC2 to determine if an instrument failure has occurred or if a seal problem has developed.
Checks FR-154A and observes FR-154A blue pen indicates ~ 9.0 gpm, red and green pens indicate ~
3.0 gpm.
Checks FI-156B, FI-155B and FI-154B and observes FI-156B, FI-155B and FI-154B all indicate> I gpm.
Checks PI-156A, 155A and 154A.
and observes PI-156A and PI-155A and PI-154A all read >400 psig.
Checks FI-130A, FI-127A and FI-124A and observes FI-124A reads
~ 9.2 gpm, FI-130A reads ~ 7.5 gpm, and FI-127A reads ~ 7.5 gpm.
Checks Lower Seal Water Bearing Temperature and Seal Water Outlet temperature computer points and observes NO significant increase in temperature trends identified at this time.
SIU S I U S I U S/U S I U
Page 3 of 6 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE) 2.
Determines that indications of a seal failure Transitions to AOP-4. 1.
S / U exist.
3.
Check #1 Seal leakoff less than 5 gpm.
Identifies 1C RCP #1 seal leakoff S I U flow> 5 gpm and observes C RCP
- 1 seal leakoff is 9 gpm.
4.
Check #1 Seal leakoff greater than 6 gpm.
Identifies 1C RCP #1 seal leakoff S / U flow> 6 gpm and observes IC RCP #1 seal leakoff is 9 gpm.
5.
Check #1 Seal leakoff less than 8 gpm.
Identifies 1C RCP #1 seal leakoff S / U flow> 8 gpm and observes 1 C RCP #1 seal leakoff is 9 gpm.
6.
Manually trip the reactor.
Manual reactor trip handswitch S / U taken to TRIP position and observes the reactor is tripped.
7.
Performs actions of EEP-O, Reactor Trip Or Safety Injection.
a.
Check reactor tripped.
All reactor trip and reactor trip S / U bypass breakers checked OPEN and observes All reactor trip and bypass breakers are open.
Check nuclear power Falling and observes Nuclear power is falling.
b.
Check turbine TRIPPED.
TSLB2 14-1, 14-2, 14-3, and S / U 14.4 checked and observes TSLB2 14-1, 14-2, 14-3, and 14.4 lights lit.
c.
Check power to 4160 V ESF Power available lights for F & K S / U busses.
checked and observes power available lights are lit. Power available lights for G & L checked and observes power available lights are lit.
EVALUATION CHECKLIST ELEMENTS:
- 2.
- 3.
- 4.
- 5.
- 6.
Determines that indications of a seal failure exist.
Check # 1 Seal leakoff less than 5 gpm.
Check # 1 Seal leakoff greater than 6 gpm.
Check # 1 Sealleakoff less than 8 gpm.
Manually trip the reactor.
- 7.
Performs actions of EEP-O, Reactor Trip Or Safety Injection.
- a.
- b.
- c.
Check reactor tripped.
Check turbine - TRIPPED.
Check power to 4160 V ESF busses.
Page 3 of 6 STANDARDS:
Transitions to AOP-4.1.
RESULTS:
(CIRCLE)
S / U Identifies lC RCP #1 sealleakoff S / U flow> 5 gpm and observes C RCP
- 1 seal leakoff is ~ 9 gpm.
Identifies 1 C RCP # 1 seal leakoff S / U flow> 6 gpm and observes 1 C RCP # 1 seal leakoff is ~ 9 gpm.
Identifies 1 C RCP # 1 sealleakoff S / U flow> 8 gpm and observes 1 C RCP # 1 seal leakoff is ~ 9 gpm.
Manual reactor trip handswitch taken to TRIP position and observes the reactor is tripped.
S / U All reactor trip and reactor trip S / U bypass breakers checked - OPEN and observes All reactor trip and bypass breakers are open.
Check nuclear power Falling and observes Nuclear power is falling.
TSLB2 1, 14-2, 14-3, and S / U 14.4 checked and observes TSLB2 1, 14-2, 14-3, and 14.4 lights lit.
Power available lights for F & K S / U checked and observes power available lights are lit. Power available lights for G & L checked and observes power available lights are lit.
Page 4 of 6 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE) d.
Verify operating diesel generators Diesel running indication checked S I U are being supplied from at least and observes no diesels are one SW pump.
running.
e.
Check SI status.
Check any SI actuated indication S / U and observes no SI actuation indicated.
f.
Check SI required.
TSLB bistables and parameters for S / U SI checked and observes SI not required.
NOTE TO EVALUATOR: INDIVIDUAL MAY MENTION THAT TRANSITION TO ESP 0.1, REACTOR TRIP RESPONSE IS REQUIRED BUT SHOULD THEN COMPLETE THE REMAINDER OF THE STEPS IN AOP-4.1.
8.
Secure 1C RCP.
1C RCP handswitch taken to stop S / U and observes IC RCP breaker indication green light lit, amps = 0.
9.
Close 1C RCPNo. 1 seal leakoff valve HV-HV8141C handswitch taken to S / U 8141C.
CLOSE and observes HV8I4IC green light is lit.
STOP TIME Terminate JPM when 8141C is closed.
CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted with an asterisk (*) before the element number.
EVALUATION CHECKLIST ELEMENTS:
- d.
- e.
- f.
Verify operating diesel generators are being supplied from at least one SW pump.
Check SI status.
Check SI required.
STANDARDS:
Page 4 of 6 RESULTS:
(CIRCLE)
Diesel running indication checked S / U and observes no diesels are running.
Check any SI actuated indication S / U and observes no SI actuation indicated.
TSLB bistables and parameters for S / U SI checked and observes SI not required.
NOTE TO EVALUATOR: INDIVIDUAL MAY MENTION THAT TRANSITION TO ESP-0.1, REACTOR TRIP RESPONSE IS REQUIRED BUT SHOULD THEN COMPLETE THE REMAINDER OF THE STEPS IN AOP-4.1.
- 8.
- 9.
Secure 1 C RCP.
Close 1 C RCP No. 1 sealleakoff valve HV-8141C.
STOP TIME I Terminate JPM when 8141C is closed.
1 C RCP handswitch taken to stop S / U and observes 1 C RCP breaker indication green light lit, amps = O.
HV8141 C handswitch taken to CLOSE and observes HV8141 C green light is lit.
S / U CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted with an asterisk (*) before the element number.
Page 5 of 6 GENERAL
REFERENCES:
1.
FNP-1-AOP-4.1, Version 5 2.
FNP-1-ARP-1.4, version 48 3.
K/As: 015 AA1.22 RO-4.0 SRO-4.2 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
None Critical ELEMENT justification:
STEP Evaluation 1.
Check MCB instrumentation JAW DC2 to determine if an instrument failure has occurred or if a seal problem has developed is not critical since an instrument failure does not exist.
2.
Not Critical since the procedure selection is irrelevant. If the candidate tripped the reactor and RCP then the task could e completed properly without the correct procedure.
3.
Steps 3 4 are not critical since the step could be performed incorrectly and the task done correctly.
4.
not critical 5.
Not Critical since the candidate could perform the actions correctly without the proper flow rate diagnosis.
6.
Critical: This is a critical task since the 1C RCP has a seal problem and requires the reactor to be tripped and the 1 C RCP to be secured and the seal isolated.
7.
Performing the actions of EEP-0, Reactor Trip Or Safety Injection, is not critical since the reactor trips, the main turbine trips, electrical power is available and no DGs started and no SI is called for.
8.
Critical:
Securing 1C RCP is critical to prevent a SB LOCA and further degradation of the RCS.
9.
Critical: Closing 1C RCP No. 1 seal leakoff valve HV-8141C is critical to stop the seal from further degradation.
COMMENTS:
SEAL FAILURE IS ALREADY INSERTED WHEN SIMULATOR OPERATOR GOES TO RUN. There is a delay of 15 seconds. (MAL/ C / MAL-CVC27C 7 0 15)
GENERAL
REFERENCES:
Page 5 of 6
- 1.
FNP-I-AOP-4.l, Version 5
- 2.
FNP-I-ARP-1.4, version 48
- 3.
K/As: 015 AA1.22 RO-4.0 SRO-4.2 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
None Critical ELEMENT justification:
STEP
- 1.
- 2.
- 3.
- 4.
- 5.
- 6.
- 7.
- 8.
- 9.
Evaluation Check MCB instrumentation IA W DC2 to determine if an instrument failure has occurred or if a seal problem has developed is not critical since an instrument failure does not exist.
Not Critical since the procedure selection is irrelevant. If the candidate tripped the reactor and RCP then the task could e completed properly without the correct procedure.
Steps 3 - 4 are not critical since the step could be performed incorrectly and the task done correctly.
not critical Not Critical since the candidate could perform the actions correctly without the proper flow rate diagnosis.
Critical: This is a critical task since the 1 C RCP has a seal problem and requires the reactor to be tripped and the 1 C RCP to be secured and the seal isolated.
Performing the actions of EEP-O, Reactor Trip Or Safety Injection, is not critical since the reactor trips, the main turbine trips, electrical power is available and no DGs started and no SI is called for.
Critical: Securing 1 C RCP is critical to prevent a SB LOCA and further degradation of the RCS.
Critical: Closing 1 C RCP No. 1 seal leakoff valve HV -8141 C is critical to stop the seal from further degradation.
COMMENTS:
SEAL FAILURE IS ALREADY INSERTED WHEN SIMULATOR OPERATOR GOES TO RUN. There is a delay of 15 seconds. (MALI C I MAL-CVC27C 7 0 15)
HANDOUT Pg 1 of I CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to RESPOND TO PLANT CONDITIONS. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
a.
Plant is in Mode 1 at 100% power.
b.
The Unit Operator is at the Service Water Structure and the Shift Supervisor has gone to the restroom.
HANDOUT Pg 1 of 1 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to RESPOND TO PLANT CONDITIONS. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
- a.
Plant is in Mode 1 at 100% power.
- b.
The Unit Operator is at the Service Water Structure and the Shift Supervisor has gone to the restroom.
Page 1 of 6
- e. Simulator 3PM CRO-133A TITLE: Start Up The Containment Cooling System PROGRAM APPLICABLE: SOT SOCT OLT X
ACCEPTABLE EVALUATION METHOD:
X PERFORM EVALUATION LOCATION:
X SIMULATOR PROJECTED TIME:
25 MIN SIMULATOR IC NUMBER:
IC-220 ALTERNATE PATH TIME CRITICAL PRA TASK STANDARD: Required for successful completion of this JPM, using SOP-12.1 section 4.1:
Start up the containment cooling system Examinee:
Overall JPM Performance:
Satisfactory
Unsatisfactory D
Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)
EXAMINER:
Developer Name: C. Vince Richter Date: 10-27-09 NRC Approval SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3 FNP HL T-33 NRC exam JPM e.
- e. Simulator JPM CRO-133A TITLE: Start Up The Containment Cooling System PROGRAM APPLICABLE: SOT SOCT OL T --.K ACCEPTABLE EVALUATION METHOD: --L PERFORM EVALUATION LOCATION: -.X... SIMULATOR PROJECTED TIME:
25 MIN SIMULATOR IC NUMBER:
IC-220 ALTERNATE PATH TIME CRITICAL PRA Page 1 of 6 TASK STANDARD: Required for successful completion of this JPM, using SOP-12.1 section 4.1 :
Start up the containment cooling system Examinee:
Overall JPM Performance:
Satisfactory 0
U nsatisfactorv 0 Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)
EXAMINER: ________________ __
Name: C. Vince Richter Date: 10-27-09 SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3
Page 2 of 6 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to START UP THE CONTAINMENT COOLING SYSTEM. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
a.
The unit is in Mode 5.
b.
Repairs and modifications to the Containment Air Cooling System have been completed.
c.
Testing has been completed satisfactory.
d.
All preparations have been completed.
e.
The shift supervisor has directed you to start up the containment cooling system per SOP-12.1 section 4.1.
Start ALL of the CTMT CLR FANs in FAST speed.
Start ALL of the CTMT DOME RECIRC FANs in HIGH speed.
EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE)
START TIME 1.
Open the service water containment cooler Takes handswitch for SW TO S I U inlet valves Q1P16MOV3OI9A, B, C and D CTMT CLR CLR 1A, B, C, and D (Q1P16VOIOA, B, C and D).
AND CTMTFPS MOV3OI9A, B, C, and D to open & observes MOV3O19A, B, C, & D red lights are lit.
2.
Open the service water containment cooler Takes handswitch for SW FROM S / U outlet valves Q1P16MOV344IA, B, C, & D.
IA, B, C, and D Q1P16MOV344IA, B, C, and D to open & observes M0V3441A, B, C, and D red lights are lit.
3.
Open the service water containment cooler Takes handswitch for 1A, B, C, S I U discharge valves Q1PI6MOV3O23A, B, C, and D CTMT CLR SW DISCH and D (Q1P16VO44A, B, C, and D.)
Q1PI6MOV3O23A, B, C, and D to open & observes MOV3O23A, B, C, and D red lights are lit.
4.
Verify service water flow through A&B Verifies service water flow S / U containment coolers 2000 gpm.
through A&B containment coolers 2000 gpm on FI-3013A and 301 4A.
Page 2 of 6 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to START UP THE CONTAINMENT COOLING SYSTEM. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
- a. The unit is in Mode 5.
- b. Repairs and modifications to the Containment Air Cooling System have been completed.
- c. Testing has been completed satisfactory.
- d. All preparations have been completed.
- e. The shift supervisor has directed you to start up the containment cooling system per SOP-12.1 section 4.1.
Start ALL of the CTMT CLR FANs in FAST speed.
Start ALL of the CTMT DOME RECIRC FANs in HIGH speed.
EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE)
START TIME
- 1.
Open the service water containment cooler Takes handswitch for SW TO S I U inlet valves QIPI6MOV3019A, B, C and D CTMT CLR CLR lA, B, C, and D (QIPI6VOIOA, B, C and D).
AND CTMT FPS MOV3019A, B, C, and D to open & observes MOV3019A, B, C, & D red lights are lit.
- 2.
Open the service water containment cooler Takes handswitch for SW FROM S I U outlet valves QIPI6MOV344IA, B, C, & D.
lA, B, C, and D QIPI6MOV344IA, B, C, and D to open & observes MOV344IA, B, C, and D red lights are lit.
- 3.
Open the service water containment cooler Takes handswitch for lA, B, C, S/U discharge valves QIPI6MOV3023A, B, C, and D CTMT CLR SW DISCH and D (QIPI6V044A, B, C, and D.)
QIP16MOV3023A, B, C, and D to open & observes MOV3023A, B, C, and D red lights are lit.
- 4.
Verify service water flow through A&B Verifies service water flow S IU containment coolers ~ 2000 gpm.
through A&B containment coolers
~2000 gpm on FI-3013A and 3014A.
Page 3 of 6 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE) 5.
Verify service water flow through C&D Verifies service water flow S I U containment coolers 2675 gprn.
through C&D containment coolers 2675 gpm on F1-3013B and Fl-301 4B.
6.
Start containment coolers 1A, IB, 1C and ID Starts containment coolers IA, IB, S / U in FAST speed.
IC and 1D in FAST speed by turning switches HOO1A, B, C, and D to start.
7.
Verify CTMT CLR 1A, IB, 1C, 1D DISCH Verify CTMT CLR IA, 1B, IC, S I U 3186A, B, C, and D and OPEN light ID DISCH 3186A, B, C, and D illuminated, and OPEN and observes RED OPEN light illuminated.
8.
Place containment dome recirculation fans Places containment dome S / U 1A, 1B, IC, and 1D in HIGH speed.
recirculation fans 1A, IB, IC, and 1D in HIGH speed by turning switches MOO1A, B, C, and D to HIGH & observes RED running lights lit.
9.
Operate the containment dome recirculation Operates all of the containment S / U fans and containment coolers as necessary to dome recirculation fans to maintain CTMT temperature < 120°F.
maintain containment temperature
<120°F.
10.
Open 1A and lB RX CAV CLG DMPR Open HV3999A and B by taking S / U Q1E12HV3999A and B (Q1E12VOO1A and the hand switches to the open B).
position & observes HV3999A and B RED lights stays LIT and GREEN lights remain OFF.
STOP TIME Terminate when 1A and lB reactor cavity cooling dampers are open.
CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted with an asterisk (*) before the element number.
GENERAL
REFERENCES:
1.
FNP-1-SOP-12.1, Version 37.0 FNP HL T-33 NRC exam JPM e.
Page 3 of 6 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE)
- 5.
Verify service water flow through C&D Verifies service water flow S I U containment coolers;::: 2675 gpm.
through C&D containment coolers
- 2675 gpm on FI-3013B and FI-30l4B.
- 6.
Start containment coolers lA, lB, IC and ID Starts containment coolers I A, I B, S I U in FAST speed.
lC and ID in FAST speed by turning switches HOOlA, B, C, and D to start.
- 7.
Verify CTMT CLR lA, IB, IC, ID DISCH Verify CTMT CLR lA, IB, IC, S I U 3l86A, B, C, and D and OPEN light lD DISCH 3186A, B, C, and D illuminated.
and OPEN and observes RED OPEN light illuminated.
- 8.
Place containment dome recirculation fans Places containment dome S I U lA, IB, I C, and lD in HIGH speed.
recirculation fans lA, IB, I C, and ID in HIGH speed by turning switches MOOIA, B, C, and D to HIGH & observes RED running lights lit.
- 9.
Operate the containment dome recirculation Operates all of the containment S/U fans and containment coolers as necessary to dome recirculation fans to maintain CTMT temperature < 120°F.
maintain containment temperature
< 120°F.
- 10.
Open IA and IB RX CAY CLG DMPR Open HV3999A and B by taking S I U QlEI2HV3999A and B (QlE12VOOIA and the hand switches to the open B).
position & observes HV3999A and B RED lights stays LIT and GREEN lights remain OFF.
STOP TIME Terminate when lA and IB reactor cavity cooling dampers are open.
CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted with an asterisk (*) before the element number.
GENERAL
REFERENCES:
- 1. FNP-l-SOP-12.l, Version 37.0
Page 4 of 6 2.
KAs: 022A4.O1 RO-3.6 SRO-3.6 022A4.03 RO-3.2 SRO-3.2 FNP HL T-33 NRC exam JPM e.
Page 4 of 6
- 2. KAs: 022A4.01 RO-3.6 SRO-3.6 022A4.03 RO-3.2 SRO-3.2
Page 5 of 6 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
None Critical ELEMENT lustification:
STEP Evaluation 1.
Critical: Opening M0V3019 A-D is a critical task since these valves are closed and are required to be open to obtain the required flow rate.
2.
Critical: Opening M0V3441 A-D is a critical task since these valves are closed and are required to be open to obtain the required flow rate.
3.
Critical: Opening M0V3023 A-D is a critical task since these valves are closed and are required to be open to obtain the required flow rate.
4.
Steps 4 and 5 are not critical since the flow will be in the required range due to the valve manipulations above.
5.
not critical, since the flow will be adequate whether checked or not.
6.
Critical: Starting the ctmt coolers is critical since they are secured and are required to be running in FAST per the task standard.
7.
Verifying these dampers open is not critical since they open when the coolers are turned on.
8.
Critical: Starting the ctmt dome recirc fans is critical since they are secured and are required to be running.
9.
This step is not critical since it verifies the actions of the above steps are complete and ctmt temperature is < 120 deg F.
10.
Critical: This is a critical step since these dampers are closed and provides cool air from the containment air cooling plenum to be discharged into the cavity around the reactor vessel via damper HV-3999A and B for cooling.
COMMENTS:
Page 5 of 6 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
None Critical ELEMENT justification:
STEP
- 1.
- 2.
- 3.
- 4.
- 5.
- 6.
- 7.
Evaluation Critical: Opening MOV30 19 A-D is a critical task since these valves are closed and are required to be open to obtain the required flow rate.
Critical: Opening MOV3441 A-D is a critical task since these valves are closed and are required to be open to obtain the required flow rate.
Critical: Opening MOV3023 A-D is a critical task since these valves are closed and are required to be open to obtain the required flow rate.
Steps 4 and 5 are not critical since the flow will be in the required range due to the valve manipulations above.
not critical, since the flow will be adequate whether checked or not.
Critical: Starting the ctmt coolers is critical since they are secured and are required to be running in FAST per the task standard.
Verifying these dampers open is not critical since they open when the coolers are turned on.
- 8.
Critical: Starting the ctmt dome recirc fans is critical since they are secured and are required to be running.
- 9.
This step is not critical since it verifies the actions of the above steps are complete and ctmt temperature is < 120 deg F.
- 10. Critical: This is a critical step since these dampers are closed and provides cool air from the containment air cooling plenum to be discharged into the cavity around the reactor vessel via damper HV-3999A and B for cooling.
COMMENTS:
HANDOUT Pg 1 of I CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to START UP THE CONTAINMENT COOLING SYSTEM. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
a.
The unit is in Mode 5.
b.
Repairs and modifications to the Containment Air Cooling System have been completed.
c.
Testing has been completed satisfactory.
d.
All preparations have been completed.
e.
The shift supervisor has directed you to start up the containment cooling system per SOP-12.1 section 4.1.
Start ALL of the CTMT CLR FANs in FAST speed.
Start ALL of the CTMT DOME RECIRC FANs in HIGH speed.
HANDOUT Pg 1 of 1 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to START UP THE CONTAINMENT COOLING SYSTEM. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
- a. The unit is in Mode 5.
- b. Repairs and modifications to the Containment Air Cooling System have been completed.
- c. Testing has been completed satisfactory.
- d. All preparations have been completed.
- e. The shift supervisor has directed you to start up the containment cooling system per SOP-12.1 section 4.1.
Stati ALL of the CTMT CLR FANs in FAST speed.
Start ALL of the CTMT DOME RECIRC FANs in HIGH speed.
Page 1 of 6
- f. Simulator JPM CRO-359 Mod.
TITLE: Start 1C DG from the EPB and align it to supply the iF 4160v Bus, Then Start the 1A Charging Pump And Support Equipment PROGRAM APPLICABLE: SOT SOCT OLT X
ACCEPTABLE EVALUATION METHOD:
X PERFORM EVALUATION LOCATION:
X SIMULATOR PROJECTED TIME:
10 MIN SIMULATOR IC NUMBER:
IC-219 ALTERNATE PATH X
TIME CRITICAL PRAX SETUP instructions:
Place the 1-2A DG MSS in MODE 3 and HOLD tags on the MSS and both 1-2A DG output breakers.
TASK STANDARD: Required for successful completion of this JPM:
Start the 1 C DG per AOP-5.1, Contingency Electrical Alignments and align it to Unit 1.
Perform an emergency shutdown on the 1 C DG (due to SW pumps being unavailable for I C DG cooling while running and aligned to Unit 1).
Examinee:
Overall JPM Performance:
Satisfactory Unsatisfactory D
Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)
EXAMINER:
Developer Name: C. Vince Richter Date: 10-27-09 NRC Approval SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3 FNP HL T-33 NRC exam JPM f.
Page 1 of 6
- f. Simulator JPM CRO-359 Mod.
TITLE: Start IC DG from the EPB and align it to supply the IF 4160v Bus, Then Start the IA Charging Pump And Support Equipment PROGRAM APPLICABLE: SOT SOCT OL T.-X ACCEPTABLE EVALUATION METHOD: ~
PERFORM EVALUATION LOCATION: ~
SIMULATOR PROJECTED TIME:
10 MIN SIMULATOR IC NUMBER:
IC-219 ALTERNATEPATHl TIMECRlTICAL PRA~
SETUP instructions:
Place the 1-2A DG MSS in MODE 3 and HOLD tags on the MSS and both 1-2A DG output breakers.
TASK STANDARD: Required for successful completion of this JPM:
Start the 1 C DG per AOP-5.1, Contingency Electrical Alignments and align it to Unit I.
Perform an emergency shutdown on the 1 C DG (due to SW pumps being unavailable for 1 C DG cooling while running and aligned to Unit I).
Examinee:
Overall JPM Performance:
Satisfactory 0
Unsatisfactory 0 Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)
EXAMINER: ________________ __
Name: C. Vince Richter Date: 10-27-09 SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3
Page 2 of 6 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to START 1C DG FROM THE EPB AND ALIGN IT TO SUPPLY THE iF 4160V BUS, THEN START THE 1A CHARGING PUMP AND SUPPORT EQUIPMENT.
The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
a.
Unit 1 has experienced a Loss of AC power to A Train.
b.
There are no faults on the bus.
c.
1-2A DG is tagged out.
d.
1 C Chg pump has tripped.
e.
1C DG failed to auto start.
f.
Unit 2 has no power to the 2K 41 60V Bus due to a fault.
g.
Step 1.6 of AOP-5.1, Contingency Electrical Alignments, to verify the load shed is complete.
h.
The Emergency Director has directed you to restore power to the IF 4160V AC Bus using 1C DG per AOP-5.1, starting at step 1.7.2, and when the iF 4160v Bus has power, start the 1A charging pump and supporting equipment.
i.
A pre-job brief is not required.
EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE)
START TIME 1.
Place 1C DG in Mode 2.
1C MSS placed in Mode 2.
S / U 2.
Verify open Unit 2 SW TO/FROM DG Asks Unit 2 UO if Unit 2 SW S / U BLDG
- A HDR Q2P16V519/537.
TO/FROM DG BLDG
- A HDR (Unit 2 MCB)
Q2P16V519/537 are open.
(CUE: V519 and 537 are open) 3.
Verify open 1C DIESEL Checks V525 and 533 and S / U GENERATOR SW SUPP TO/FROM observes no lights LIT.
Unit 2 Q1P16V525/533.
4.
Depress 1C DG start pushbutton.
1C DG start pushbutton depressed S / U and DG speed increases.
5.
Verify 1C DG frequency 58
- 62 Hz.
IC DG frequency checked and is S / U between 58 62 Hz.
6.
Verify IC DG voltage 4.0 kV 4.3 kV.
1 C DG voltage checked and is S / U between 4.0 kV 4.3 kV.
NOTE:
DHO7 will close automatically after starting and aligning IC DG (step 1.7) to UNIT 1(step 1.8)
DF13 will close automatically after the 1H bus is energized if NO SI signal present on the sequencer.
Page 2 of 6 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to START I C DG FROM THE EPB AND ALIGN IT TO SUPPLY THE IF 4I60V BUS, THEN START THE IA CHARGING PUMP AND SUPPORT EQUIPMENT.
The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
- a. Unit 1 has experienced a Loss of AC power to A Train.
- b. There are no faults on the bus.
- c.
I-2A DO is tagged out.
- d. 1 C Chg pump has tripped.
- e. 1 C DO failed to auto start.
- f.
Unit 2 has no power to the 2K 4I60V Bus due to a fault.
- g. Step 1.6 of AOP-5.I, Contingency Electrical Alignments, to verify the load shed is complete.
- h.
The Emergency Director has directed you to restore power to the IF 4I60V AC Bus using I C DO per AOP-5.1, starting at step 1.7.2, and when the IF 4I60v Bus has power, start the IA charging pump and supporting equipment.
- i.
A pre-job brief is not required.
EVALUATION CHECKLIST ELEMENTS:
- 1.
- 2.
- 3.
- 4.
- 5.
- 6.
START TIME Place 1 C DO in Mode 2.
Verify open Unit 2 SW TO/FROM DG BLDG - A HDR Q2P16V519/537.
(Unit 2 MCB)
Verify open 1 C DIESEL GENERA TOR SW SUPP TO/FROM Unit 2 QIP16V525/533.
Depress 1 C DO start pushbutton.
Verify IC DO frequency 58 - 62 Hz.
Verify I C DO voltage 4.0 kV - 4.3 kV.
RESULTS:
STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE) 1 C MSS placed in Mode 2.
S / U Asks Unit 2 UO if Unit 2 SW S / U TO/FROM DG BLDG - A HDR Q2P16V519/537 are open.
(CUE: V5I9 and 537 are open)
Checks V525 and 533 and S / U observes no lights LIT.
1 C DO start pushbutton depressed S / U and DO speed increases.
I C DO frequency checked and is S / U between 58 - 62 Hz.
I C DO voltage checked and is S / U between 4.0 kV - 4.3 kV.
NOTE:
DH07 will close automatically after starting and aligning IC DO (step 1.7) to UNIT I(step 1.8)
DF13 will close automatically after the IH bus is energized if NO SI signal present on the sequencer.
Page 3 of 6 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE) 7.
Place 1C DG UNIT SELECTOR Places key in USS and selects S / U SWITCH in UNIT 1.
UNIT 1.
8.
Place the SYNCH switch in MAN and The output breaker DHO7 is closed S / U
[verify] CLOSE the output breaker DHO7.
and the red light is observed to be LIT.
9.
Place Unit 1 1C DC OUTPUT BKR Places the SYNCH SWITCH in OFF S I U DHO7 SYNCH SWITCH in OFF.
and removes the key NOTE:
AOP-5.1 step 1.12 (DF13 synch switch operation), step 1.13 (Close DF13) and step 1.14 (DFI3 synch switch in OFF) are procedurally directed, but DF13 automatically closes and synch switch operation is only required for manually closing this breaker. These steps are not required due to plant response for these conditions.
DFO2-l will trip open when DHO7 is closed since DFI3-l is closed and a fault exists on the 1K bus. This will ensure no SW flow to the 1C DG and the DG will have to be secured.
10.
Verify breaker DFO2-1 closed, (IF 4160 V iF to 1K 4l60V bus tie breaker S / U bus tie to 1K).
DFO2 checked closed and the green light is lit, DFO2 is open and an AMBER fault light will be observed.
The following EPB alarm will be in: WE1, 2, 3,4 and WD1, 2,3.
11.
Secure the IC diesel per the plaque on the Obtains Attachment 1 and S / U EPB. WE4 will send the operator to AOP-10 commences emergency shutdown.
which will secure the DG per Attachment 1 of AOP-10.
12.
Verify SI-RESET, MLB-1 1-1 not lit Observes MLB-l 1-1 and MLB-1 S / U MLB-1 11-1 not lit.
11-1 not lit.
13.
Place the affected diesel generator MODE Checks MSS in Mode 2 position.
S I U SELECTOR SWITCH to MODE 2.
14.
Depress affected diesel generator DIESEL Observes the DIESEL EMERG S I U EMERG START RESET pushbutton.
START RESET light go out.
15.
Depress affected diesel generator STOP Observes the Diesel STOP light is S I U pushbutton.
lit.
Page 3 of 6 EVALUATION CHECKLIST ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
RESULTS:
(CIRCLE)
- 7.
- 8.
- 9.
Place 1 C DG UNIT SELECTOR SWITCH in UNIT 1.
Place the SYNCH switch in MAN and
[verify] CLOSE the output breaker DH07.
Place Unit 1 lC DG OUTPUT BKR DH07 SYNCH SWITCH in OFF.
Places key in USS and selects S I U UNIT 1.
The output breaker DH07 is closed S I U and the red light is observed to be LIT.
Places the SYNCH SWITCH in OFF S I U and removes the key NOTE:
AOP-5.l step 1.12 (DF13 synch switch operation), step 1.13 (Close DF13) and step 1.14 (DF 13 synch switch in OFF) are procedurally directed, but DF 13 automatically closes and synch switch operation is only required for manually closing this breaker. These steps are not required due to plant response for these conditions.
DF02-1 will trip open when DH07 is closed since DF13-1 is closed and a fault exists on the 1K bus. This will ensure no SW flow to the 1 C DO and the DO will have to be secured.
- 10.
Verify breaker DF02-1 closed, (IF 4160 V bus tie to lK).
IF to lK 4160V bus tie breaker DF02 checked closed and the green light is lit, DF02 is open and an AMBER fault light will be observed.
S I U
- 11.
- 12.
- 13.
- 14.
- 15.
Secure the 1 C diesel per the plaque on the EPB. WE4 will send the operator to AOP-I0 which will secure the DO per Attachment 1 of AOP-10.
Verify SI-RESET, MLB-l 1-1 not lit MLB-l 11-1 not lit.
Place the affected diesel generator MODE SELECTOR SWITCH to MODE 2.
Depress affected diesel generator DIESEL EMERO START RESET pushbutton.
Depress affected diesel generator STOP pushbutton.
The following EPB alarm will be in: WEI, 2, 3, 4 and WDl, 2, 3.
Obtains Attachment 1 and commences emergency shutdown.
Observes MLB-l 1-1 and MLB-l 11-1 not lit.
Checks MSS in Mode 2 position.
Observes the DIESEL EMERO START RESET light go out.
Observes the Diesel STOP light is lit.
S I U S/U S I U S I U S I U
Page 4 of 6 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
(CIRCLE)
ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
16.
Place affected diesel generator MODE Places the DG MSS in Mode 3 S / U SELECTOR SWITCH to MODE 3.
position.
17.
Depress affected diesel generator DIESEL Depresses the DIESEL EMERG S / U EMERG START RESET pushbutton.
START RESET pushbutton again.
STOP TIME Terminate JPM when DIESEL EMERG START RESET pushbutton depressed.
CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted with an asterisk (*) before the element number.
GENERAL
REFERENCES:
1.
K/As 055EA1.02 RO-4.3 SRO-4.4 055EA1.06 RO-4.1 SRO-4.6 055EA2.03 RO-3.9 SRO-4.7 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
None Critical ELEMENT justification:
STEP Evaluation 1.
Critical: Placing the I C DG in Mode 2 is a critical step to be able to start the I C DG.
2.
Verify open Unit 2 SW TO/FROM DG BLDG
- A HDR Q2P16V519/537 (Unit 2 MCB) is not critical since these valves are open.
3.
Verify open 1C DIESEL GENERATOR SW SUPP TO/FROM Unit 2 Q1P16V525/533 not critical since these valves are open and de-energized.
4.
Critical: Depressing the 1C DG start pushbutton is a critical step in order to start the IC DG.
5.
Steps 5-6 not critical since these actions occur automatically when the DG comes up to speed.
6.
not critical 7.
Place 1C DG UNIT SELECTOR S\\VITCH in UNIT 1 is not critical since under these plant conditions there is no consequence. HOWEVER, this action will keep the IC DG aligned to unit I on subsequent Unit 2 events.
8.
not critical since the breaker closes on the sequencer.
9.
Place Unit 1
1C DG OUTPUT BKR DHO7 SYNCH SWITCH in OFF is not critical since this has no adverse affects to the plant.
10.
not critical Verifying the breaker DFO2-1 closed is not critical.
Page 4 of 6 EVALUATION CHECKLIST ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
RESULTS:
(CIRCLE)
- 16.
Place affected diesel generator MODE SELECTOR SWITCH to MODE 3.
Places the DG MSS in Mode 3 position.
S I U
- 17.
Depress affected diesel generator DIESEL Depresses the DIESEL EMERG S I U EMERG START RESET pushbutton.
START RESET pushbutton again.
STOP TIME I Terminate JPM when DIESEL EMERG START RESET pushbutton depressed.
CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted with an asterisk (*) before the element number.
GENERAL
REFERENCES:
- 1.
- 2.
K/As 055EA1.02 055EA1.06 055EA2.03 RO-4.3 RO-4.1 RO-3.9 SRO-4.4 SRO-4.6 SRO-4.7 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
None Critical ELEMENT justification:
STEP
- 1.
- 2.
- 3.
- 4.
- 5.
- 6.
- 7.
- 8.
- 9.
Evaluation Critical: Placing the 1 C DG in Mode 2 is a critical step to be able to start the 1 C DG.
Verify open Unit 2 SW TO/FROM DG BLDG - A HDR Q2PI6V5I9/537 (Unit 2 MCB) is not critical since these valves are open.
Verify open IC DIESEL GENERATOR SW SUPP TO/FROM Unit 2 QIPI6V525/533 not critical since these valves are open and de-energized.
Critical: Depressing the 1 C DG start pushbutton is a critical step in order to start the IC DG.
Steps 5-6 not critical since these actions occur automatically when the DG comes up to speed.
not critical Place IC DG UNIT SELECTOR SWITCH in UNIT I is not critical since under these plant conditions there is no consequence. HOWEVER, this action will keep the IC DG aligned to unit I on subsequent Unit 2 events.
not critical since the breaker closes on the sequencer.
Place Unit I IC DG OUTPUT BKR DH07 SYNCH SWITCH in OFF is not critical since this has no adverse affects to the plant.
- 10. not critical Verifying the breaker DF02-I closed is not critical.
Page 5 of 6 11.
Pulling Attachment 1 or the plaque is not critical as long as the 1 C DG is secured properly.
12.
Verify SPRESET is not critical since there is no SI signal.
13.
Placing the MSS in Mode 2 is not critical since the switch is already in Mode 2.
14.
Depressing the diesel generator DIESEL EMERG START RESET pushbutton is not critical in order to secure the DG since an emergency start signal is not present.
15.
Critical: Pressing the stop pushbutton is critical in order for the DG to stop.
16.
Critical: Placing the MSS in mode 3 is critical to keep the DG from restarting.
17.
Depressing the DIESEL EMERG START RESET pushbutton again is not critical for this condition.
COMMENTS:
IC SETUP DATA 1-2A DG tagged out overcurrent trip on DFO1 (cbkldfOld_cclO closed).
This JPM starts the 1 C DG per AOP-5.1 and aligns it to unit 1 A Train 4160v bus. 1 B DG will be running on B Train and the 1C HHSI pump will be tripped (ccvpOlc_d_co2). A Train will be on service.
Unit 2 A Train 2K 4160V bus is de-energized (cbk2dfO2_cc5 closed).
A fault on DFO2 which will come in when DHO7 breaker closes (cbkldfo2_co2). The IC DG will have to be shutdown lAW attachment 1 or EPB Plaque due to no SW flow.
This would be the board normal alignment for the conditions given.
Page 5 of 6
- 11. Pulling Attachment 1 or the plaque is not critical as long as the 1 C DO is secured properly.
- 12. Verify SI-RESET is not critical since there is no SI signal.
- 13. Placing the MSS in Mode 2 is not critical since the switch is already in Mode 2.
- 14. Depressing the diesel generator DIESEL EMERO START RESET pushbutton is not critical in order to secure the DO since an emergency start signal is not present.
- 15. Critical: Pressing the stop pushbutton is critical in order for the DO to stop.
- 16. Critical: Placing the MSS in mode 3 is critical to keep the DO from restarting.
- 17. Depressing the DIESEL EMERO START RESET pushbutton again is not critical for this condition.
COMMENTS:
IC SETUP DATA 1-2A DG tagged out - overcurrent trip on DF01 (cbk1df01_d_cc10 closed).
This JPM starts the 1 C DG per AOP-5.1 and aligns it to unit 1 A Train 4160v bus. 1 B DG will be running on B Train and the 1 C HHSI pump will be tripped (ccvp01 c_d_co2). A Train will be on service.
Unit 2 A Train 2K 4160V bus is de-energized (cbk2df02_cc5 closed). A fault on DF02 which will come in when DH07 breaker closes (cbk1dfo2_co2). The 1C DG will have to be shutdown lAW attachment 1 or EPB Plaque due to no SW flow.
This would be the board normal alignment for the conditions given.
HANDOUT Pg 1 of I CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to START 1C DG FROM THE EPB AND ALIGN IT TO SUPPLY THE iF 4160V BUS, THEN START THE 1A CHARGING PUMP AND SUPPORT EQUIPMENT.
The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
a.
Unit 1 has experienced a Loss of AC power to A Train.
b.
There are no faults on the bus.
c.
1-2A DG is tagged out.
d.
1 C Chg pump has tripped.
e.
1C DG failed to auto start.
f.
Unit 2 has no power to the 2K 4160V Bus due to a fault.
g.
Step 1.6 of AOP-5.l, Contingency Electrical Alignments, to verify the load shed is complete.
h.
The Emergency Director has directed you to restore power to the iF 4160V AC Bus using 1C DG per AOP-5.1, starting at step 1.7.2, and when the iF 4160v Bus has power, start the IA charging pump and supporting equipment.
i.
A pre-job brief is not required.
HANDOUT Pg 1 of 1 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to START IC DG FROM THE EPB AND ALIGN IT TO SUPPLY THE IF 4I60V BUS, THEN START THE IA CHARGING PUMP AND SUPPORT EQUIPMENT.
The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
- a. Unit 1 has experienced a Loss of AC power to A Train.
- b. There are no faults on the bus.
- c. 1-2A DO is tagged out.
- d. 1 C Chg pump has tripped.
- e. 1 C DO failed to auto start.
- f.
Unit 2 has no power to the 2K 4160V Bus due to a fault.
- g. Step 1.6 of AOP-S.l, Contingency Electrical Alignments, to verify the load shed is complete.
- h.
The Emergency Director has directed you to restore power to the IF 4160V AC Bus using lC DO per AOP-S.l, starting at step 1.7.2, and when the IF 4160v Bus has power, start the lA charging pump and supporting equipment.
- 1.
A pre-job brief is not required.
Page 1 of 6
- g. Simulator JPM CRO-092 TITLE: Perform Corrective Actions In Response To a CCW pump trip PROGRAM APPLICABLE: SOT SOCT OLT X
ACCEPTABLE EVALUATION METHOD:
X PERFORM EVALUATION LOCATION:
X SIMULATOR PROJECTED TIME:
20 MIN SIMULATOR IC NUMBER:
IC-215 ALTERNATE PATH TIME CRITICAL PRA Base IC-4 Place HOLD tags on the 1A and lB chg pumps, All PRZR heaters and a CAUTION Tag on the lB RMW pump.
TASK STANDARD: Required for successful completion of this JPM:
Secure affected equipment in AOP-9.0 due to a loss of CCW.
Examinee:
Overall JPM Performance:
Satisfactory Unsatisfactory D
Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)
EXAMINER:
Developer Name: C. Vince Richter Date: 10-27-09 NRC Approval SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3 FNP HL T-33 NRC exam JPM g.
- g. Simulator JPM CRO-092 TITLE: Perform Corrective Actions In Response To a CCW pump trip PROGRAM APPLICABLE: SOT SOCT OLT ~
ACCEPTABLE EVALUATION METHOD: ~
PERFORM EVALUATION LOCATION: --X-SIMULATOR PROJECTED TIME:
20 MIN SIMULATOR IC NUMBER:
IC-21S ALTERNATE PATH TIME CRITICAL PRA Base IC-4 Page 1 of 6 Place HOLD tags on the lA and lB chg pumps, All PRZR heaters and a CAUTION Tag on the lB RMWpump.
TASK STANDARD: Required for successful completion of this JPM:
Secure affected equipment in AOP-9.0 due to a loss ofCCW.
Examinee:
Overall JPM Performance:
Satisfactory D
Unsatisfactory D Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)
EXAMINER: ________________ __
Name: C. Vince Richter Date: 10-27-09 SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3
Page 2 of 6 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to PERFORM CORRECTIVE ACTIONS IN RESPONSE TO A TRIP OF THE 1A CCW PUMP. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
a.
The Plant is in Mode 5, RCS temp <180°F, the pressurizer is solid and RCS pressure is 95 psig.
b.
A Train is the on-service CCW train.
c.
Both trains of RHR are running in the RCS cool down mode with Low Pressure Letdown aligned to A Train.
d.
1C Charging pump is running.
e.
1A and lB Charging pump breakers are racked out and tagged per UOP-2.2 step 5.39.
f.
The 1A CCW pump has just tripped.
g.
You are directed to perform the actions for AOP-9.0.
h.
A pre-job brief is not required.
EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE)
START TIME
- 1. Verify CCW pump started in affected train.
Checks IA CCW pump has S / U tripped. AA1 alarm is in and 1A CCW pump HS has an amber and green light lit.
lB CCW pump is aligned to the A Train.
- 2. Verify CCW pump started in non affected train.
Checks 1 C CCW pump running S / U and observes the red light lit with CCW flow in the loop.
- 3. Start charging pump in non affected train.
No pump available due to <180°F 5 / U and both 1A and lB chg pump is tagged out.
(If required CUE: SSS acknowledges need for racking in an A train Chg pump breaker)
Page 2 of 6 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to PERFORM CORRECTIVE ACTIONS IN RESPONSE TO A TRIP OF THE lA CCW PUMP. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
- a.
The Plant is in Mode 5, RCS temp <180°F, the pressurizer is solid and RCS pressure is 95 psig.
- b.
A Train is the on-service CCW train.
- c.
Both trains ofRHR are running in the RCS cool down mode with Low Pressure Letdown aligned to A Train.
- d.
1 C Charging pump is running.
- e.
IA and IB Charging pump breakers are racked out and tagged per UOP-2.2 step 5.39.
- f.
The IA CCW pump has just tripped.
- g.
You are directed to perform the actions for AOP-9.0.
- h.
A pre-job brief is not required.
EVALUATION CHECKLIST ELEMENTS:
START TIME
- 1. Verify CCW pump started in affected train.
- 2. Verify CCW pump started in non affected train.
- 3. Start charging pump in non affected train.
STANDARDS:
Checks 1 A CCW pump has tripped. AAI alarm is in and lA CCW pump HS has an amber and green light lit.
1 B CCW pump is aligned to the A Train.
Checks 1 C CCW pump running and observes the red light lit with CCW flow in the loop.
No pump available due to <180°F and both lA and IB chg pump is tagged out.
(If required CUE: SSS acknowledges need for racking in an A train Chg pump breaker)
RESULTS:
(CIRCLE)
S / U S / U S / U
Page 3 of 6 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE)
NOTE :
Element 4 may not be performed until after the ARP is referenced. AOP-9.O does not provide clear guidance to secure the 1C Chg pump since another Chg pump is not readily available. If not performed within AOP-9.0 then ARP response is expected to ensure the Charging pump is secured.
ENSURE that the Simulator operator does not Silence/Acknowledge EA3 alarm.
4.
Stop 1 C Charging pump. (either using AOP-9.0 or Hand switch for 1 C charging pump S / U ARP-1.5, EA3) taken to STOP. Observes 1C a.
IF Evaluates EA3 then: Dispatches an operator charging pump green light lit, 1 C to report 1 C Chg pump local temperatures.
charging pump amps, discharge pressure and FF422 indicate 0.
CUE: The 1C Chg pump LO temp is 165°F and rising.
b.
After report of temps 160°F, immediately secures the 1C Chg pump.
NOTE:
Evaluation of element 5 should lead to AOP-9.0, step 2 RNO, based on NOTE before step 2 that says, Adequate CCW flow means sufficient cooling is available to maintain acceptable temperatures. (i.e. charging pumps, RHR cooling, SFP cooling, RCPs etc.). If at this note the candidate continues on in the procedure then proceed to Element 10.
5.
Check CCW system adequate for continued plant Checks parameters for CCW S / U support:
cooling being adequate:
all parameters checked are as expected:
Check CCW flow adequate CCW flow on FI-3154C normal but charging pump temperatures are increasing.
RCP temp < 195°F RCP temps normal due to none running CCW pump not Cavitating 1 C CCW pump not cavitating Surge tank >13 LI-3096A & B are normal If Step 2 RNO applied, start here to complete task.
6.
Establish an operable charging pump in the non Request for SS to tag in 1A or lB S / U affected train.
Charging pump on the non affected train to recover a charging pump.
(CUE: IF requested then SSS acknowledges.)
EVALUATION CHECKLIST ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
Page 3 of 6 RESULTS:
(CIRCLE)
NOTE:
- Element 4 may not be performed until after the ARP is referenced. AOP-9.0 does not provide clear guidance to secure the 1 C Chg pump since another Chg pump is not readily available. If not performed within AOP-9.0 then ARP response is expected to ensure the Charging pump is secured.
ENSURE that the Simulator operator does not Silence/Acknowledge EA3 alarm.
- 4. Stop 1 C Charging pump. (either using AOP-9.0 or ARP-1.5, EA3)
- a.
IF Evaluates EA3 then: Dispatches an operator to report 1 C Chg pump local temperatures.
CUE: "The 1C Chg pump LO temp is 165°F and rising."
- b.
After report of temps 160°F, immediately secures the 1 C Chg pump.
Hand switch for 1 C charging pump taken to STOP. Observes lC charging pump green light lit, 1 C charging pump amps, discharge pressure and FI -122 indicate o.
S/U NOTE: Evaluation of element 5 should lead to AOP-9.0, step 2 RNO, based on NOTE before step 2 that says, "Adequate CCW flow means sufficient cooling is available to maintain acceptable temperatures. (i.e. charging pumps, RHR cooling, SFP cooling, RCP's etc.)." If at this note the candidate continues on in the procedure then proceed to Element 10.
- 5. Check CCW system adequate for continued plant support:
Check CCW flow adequate RCP temp < 195°F CCW pump not Cavitating Surge tank> 13" If Step 2 RNO applied, start here to complete task.
- 6. Establish an operable charging pump in the non affected train.
Checks parameters for CCW cooling being adequate:
all parameters checked are as expected:
CCW flow on FI-3154C normal but charging pump temperatures are increasing.
RCP temps normal due to none running 1 C CCW pump not cavitating LI-3096A & B are normal Request for SS to tag in lA or IB Charging pump on the non affected train to recover a charging pump.
(CUE: IF requested then SSS acknowledges.)
S / U S / U
Page 4 of 6 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE)
- 7. Request SSS to align Fire water per AOP-If a request for SSS to align Fire S / U 9.0, attachment ito the 1C Charging pump water per AOP-9.0, attachment 1, may be made.
to the 1 C Charging pump (CUE:
IF requested, then SSS acknowledges) 8.
Stop the affected RHR pump (1B).
Secures lB RHR pump, observes S / U green light lit, amps and FI-605B are 0.
9.
Enter AOP-12.
Declares need to enter AOP-12.
S / U (CUE: SS acknowledges. The extra Operator will perform AOP-12)
If Step 2 RNO not applied, start here to complete task.
- 10. Verify SW flow supplied to the A Train.
Checks FI3009CA and observes S / U flow is normal.
ii. Check the ON SERVICE Train affected.
Checks only B train affected.
S / U
- 12. Check both RHR pumps stopped.
Checks lights and flow for IA &
S / U lB RHR pumps running and observes the red lights lit for both pumps with flow.
- 13. Stop 1 B RHR pump.
Secures I B RHR pump, observes S / U green light lit, amps and FI-605B are 0.
- 14. Enter AOP-i2.
Declares need to enter AOP-12.
S / U (CUE: SS acknowledges. The extra Operator will perform AOP-12)
STOP TIME Terminate JPM when the lB RHR pump is secured or when AOP-12 is entered.
I CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted with an asterisk (*) before the element number.
EVALUATION CHECKLIST Page 4 of 6 RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE)
If a request for SSS to align Fire S I U water per AOP-9.0, attachment 1, to the 1 C Charging pump (CUE:
IF requested, then SSS acknowledges)
- 8. Stop the affected RHR pump (lB).
Secures 1 B RHR pump, observes S I U green light lit, amps and FI-60SB are O.
- 9. Enter AOP-12.
Declares need to enter AOP-12.
(CUE: SS acknowledges. The extra Operator will perform AOP-12)
If Step 2 RNO not applied, start here to complete task.
- 10. Verify SW flow supplied to the A Train.
Checks FI3009CA and observes flow is normal.
- 11. Check the ON SERVICE Train affected.
- 12. Check both RHR pumps stopped.
- 13. Stop IB RHR pump.
- 14. Enter AOP-12.
STOP TIME Checks only B train affected.
Checks lights and flow for 1 A &
1 B RHR pumps running and observes the red lights lit for both pumps with flow.
Secures 1 B RHR pump, observes green light lit, amps and FI-60SB are O.
Declares need to enter AOP-12.
(CUE: SS acknowledges. The extra Operator will perform AOP-12)
I Terminate JPM when the 1 B RHR pump is secured or when A 0 P -12 is entered.
S I U S/U S/U S I U S I U S I U CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted with an asterisk (*) before the element number.
Page 5 of 6 GENERAL
REFERENCES:
1.
FNP-1-AOP-9.0, version 22.0 2.
FNP-1-ARP-1.5, version 52.0 3.
K/As: 008A2.01 RO-3.3 SRO-3.6 026AA1.02 RO-3.2 SRO-3.3 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
None Critical ELEMENT justification:
STEP Evaluation 1.
2.
Elements 1-3 are not critical since no action is being taken.
3.
4.
Critical: Stopping the 1 C charging pump is a critical task since this protects a valuable safety related piece of equipment. This can be done within AOP-9 OR using the ARP.
5.
Elements 5 7 are not critical since these steps can not be done in the control room and will not take care of the situation.
6.
Not critical since in this mode it is not critical to get that charging pump back. The A Train RHR pump is running and will provide cooling and flow to the core.
7.
Not critical since aligning fire water would work but is not the proper course of action considering the mode and situation and racking in one charging pump on the other train would take care of the charging pump situation.
8.
Critical: Stopping the affected RHR pump (1B) is critical to protect the pump from overheating.
9.
not critical since there is no procedural steps that are required to be accomplished in AOP-12 to mitigate the event.
10.
not critical 11.
not critical 12.
not critical 13.
Critical: Stopping the affected RHR pump (1B) is critical to protect the pump from overheating.
14.
not critical since there is no procedural steps that are required to be accomplished in AOP-12 to mitigate the event.
COMMENTS:
Page 5 of 6 GENERAL
REFERENCES:
- 1.
FNP-I-AOP-9.0, version 22.0
- 2.
FNP-I-ARP-l.5, version 52.0
- 3.
KlAs: 008A2.01 026AAl.02 RO-3.3 RO-3.2 SRO-3.6 SRO-3.3 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
None Critical ELEMENT justification:
STEP
- 1.
- 2.
- 3.
- 4.
- 5.
- 6.
- 7.
- 8.
- 9.
Evaluation Elements 1-3 are not critical since no action is being taken.
Critical: Stopping the 1 C charging pump is a critical task since this protects a valuable safety related piece of equipment. This can be done within AOP-9 OR using the ARP.
Elements 5 - 7 are not critical since these steps can not be done in the control room and will not take care of the situation.
Not critical since in this mode it is not critical to get that charging pump back. The A Train RHR pump is running and will provide cooling and flow to the core.
Not critical since aligning fire water would work but is not the proper course of action considering the mode and situation and racking in one charging pump on the other train would take care of the charging pump situation.
Critical: Stopping the affected RHR pump (lB) is critical to protect the pump from overheating.
not critical since there is no procedural steps that are required to be accomplished in AOP-12 to mitigate the event.
- 10. not critical
- 11.
- 12.
l3.
not critical not critical Critical: Stopping the affected RHR pump (lB) is critical to protect the pump from overheating.
- 14. not critical since there is no procedural steps that are required to be accomplished in AOP-12 to mitigate the event.
COMMENTS:
HANDOUT Pg 1 of 1 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to PERFORM CORRECTIVE ACTIONS IN RESPONSE TO A TRIP OF THE 1A CCW PUMP. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
a.
The Plant is in Mode 5, RCS temp <180°F, the pressurizer is solid and RCS pressure is 95 psig.
b.
A Train is the on-service CCW train.
c.
Both trains of RHR are running in the RCS cool down mode with Low Pressure Letdown aligned to A Train.
d.
1C Charging pump is running.
e.
1A and lB Charging pump breakers are racked out and tagged per UOP-2.2 step 5.39.
f.
The lA CCW pump has just tripped.
g.
You are directed to perform the actions for AOP-9.0.
h.
A pre-job brief is not required.
HANDOUT Pg 1 of 1 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to PERFORM CORRECTIVE ACTIONS IN RESPONSE TO A TRIP OF THE IA CCW PUMP. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
- a.
The Plant is in Mode 5, RCS temp <180°F, the pressurizer is solid and RCS pressure is 95 psig.
- b.
A Train is the on-service CCW train.
- c.
Both trains ofRHR are running in the RCS cool down mode with Low Pressure Letdown aligned to A Train.
- d.
1 C Charging pump is running.
- e.
IA and IB Charging pump breakers are racked out and tagged per UOP-2.2 step 5.39.
- f.
The IA CCW pump has just tripped.
- g.
You are directed to perform the actions for AOP-9.0.
- h.
A pre-job brief is not required.
Page 1 of 8
- h. Simulator JPM CRO-406A TITLE: Verify CTMT Isolation Phase A Is Actuated And Aligned PROGRAM APPLICABLE: SOT SOCT OLT X
LOCT X
ACCEPTABLE EVALUATION METHOD:
X PERFORM ONLY EVALUATION LOCATION:
X SIMULATOR ONLY PROJECTED TIME:
25 MIN SIMULATOR IC NUMBER:
IC-212 ALTERNATE PATH X
TIME CRITICAL X
PRA X
TASK STANDARD: Required for successful completion of this JPM, using EEP-0 Attachment 2:
Verify CTMT Isolation Phase A Is Actuated And Aligned.
Time critical portions must be successfully completed within the time specified ( 20 minutes).
Examinee:
Overall JPM Performance:
Satisfactory Unsatisfactory D
Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)
EXAMINER:
Developer Howard Fitzwater Date: 3/24/2010 NRC Approval SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3 FNP HL T-33 NRC exam JPM h.
- h. Simulator JPM CRO-406A TITLE: Verify CTMT Isolation Phase "A" Is Actuated And Aligned PROGRAM APPLICABLE: SOT SOCT OLT ~
LOCT-.X ACCEPTABLE EVALUATION METHOD: ~
PERFORM ONLY EVALUATION LOCATION: ~SIMULATORONLY PROJECTED TIME:
25 MIN SIMULATOR IC NUMBER:
IC-212 ALTERNATEPATH~ TIMECRITICAL~ PRA X Page 1 of 8 TASK STANDARD: Required for successful completion of this JPM, using EEP-O Attachment 2:
Verify CTMT Isolation Phase "A" Is Actuated And Aligned.
Time critical portions must be successfully completed within the time specified (.::: 20 minutes).
Examinee:
Overall JPM Performance:
Satisfactory 0
Unsatisfactory 0 Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)
EXAMINER: ________________ __
Howard Fitzwater Date: 3124/2010 SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3
Page 2 of 8 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to VERIFY CTMT ISOLATION PHASE A IS ACTUATED AND ALIGNED. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
a.
A safety injection has occurred.
b.
EEP-0 is in progress.
c.
You are directed to verify Phase A Containment Isolation per Attachment 2, Step 11 of EEP-0.
d.
This JPM contains time critical elements.
e.
A pre-job brief is not required.
EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:
STANDARIS:
(CIRCLE)
START TIME Verif PHASE A CTMT ISO Check MLB2 1-1 and MLB2 11-1 lights LIT.
S / U actuated.
2.
Actuate train A CTMT ISO Train A CTMT ISO PHASE A handswitch
/
PHASE A.
placed to actuate.
NOTE:
PERFORMANCE OF SELECT COMPONENTS OF ELEMENT 4 IS TIME CRITICAL AND MUST BE PERFORMED IN <20 MINUTES.
o The following B train components will be NOT be capable of being isolated requiring the A train equivalent to be closed:
MLB 2 15-1, Q1E2IMOV8IOO RCP SEAL WTRRTN ISO MLB 2 19-3 QSV47HV3625 CONT RM HVAC SUPP (BOP)
Only one of the components in each flow path (each row below) is required within 20 mins, the remainder of the component alignment is not time critical. TIME CRITICAL COMONENTS ARE listed below and Annotated with # symbol in ELEMENT 4.
q A train j B train I system HV81 12
- closed HV8100(cannotbeclosed)
Seal Return (MCB)
FOOIA/3A (start)
FOO1B/3B (start) iA/B CONTRM FILTRATION RECIRC HV3622
- closed HV3623
- closed COMPUTER RM HVAC RTN (BOP)
HV3624
- closed HV3625 (can notbe closed)
FOO2A
- (start)
FOO2B
- (start)
HV3626
- closed HV3627
- closed COMPUTER RM HVAC SUPP HV3628
- closed HV3629
- closed CONT RM UTILITY EXH CRITICAL TIME START FNP HL T-33 NRC exam JPM h.
Page 2 of 8 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to VERIFY CTMT ISOLATION PHASE "A" IS ACTUATED AND ALIGNED. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
- a. A safety injection has occurred.
- b. EEP-O is in progress.
- c. You are directed to verify Phase 'A' Containment Isolation per Attachment 2, Step 11 ofEEP-O.
- d. This JPM contains time critical elements.
- e. A pre-job brief is not required.
EVALUATION CHECKLIST ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
RESULTS:
(CIRCLE)
- 1.
- 2.
START TIME Verify PHASE A CTMT ISO actuated.
Actuate train "A" CTMT ISO PHASEA.
Check MLB2 1-1 and MLB2 11-1 lights LIT.
Train "A" CTMT ISO PHASE A handswitch placed to actuate.
S I U S I U NOTE:
PERFORMANCE OF SELECT COMPONENTS OF ELEMENT 4 IS TIME CRITICAL AND MUST BE PERFORMED IN.:s 20 MINUTES.
,j o
The following B train components will be NOT be capable of being isolated requiring the A train equivalent to be closed:
MLB 215-1, QIE21MOV8100 RCP SEAL WTR RTN ISO MLB 219-3 QSV47HV3625 CONT RM HVAC SUPP (BOP)
Only one of the components in each flow path (each row below) is required within 20 mins, the remainder of the component alignment is not time critical. TIME CRITICAL COMONENTS ARE listed below and Annotated with # s mbol in ELEMENT 4.
A train B train system HV8112 - closed Seal Return (MCB)
FOOIA/3A (start)
FOOIB/3B (start) lA/B CONT RM FILTRATION RECIRC UNIT (BOP)
HV3622 - closed HV3623 - closed COMPUTER RM HVAC RTN (BOP)
HV3624 - closed CONT RM HV AC SUPP (BOP)
F002A - (start)
F002B - (start)
HV3626 - closed HV3627 - closed COMPUTER RM HV AC SUPP HV3628 - closed HV3629 - closed CONT RM UTILITY EXH CRITICAL TIME START
Page 3 of 8 EVALUATION CHECKLIST ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
3.
Check all MLB 2 lights lit.
Observes some MLB 2 lights NOT lit.
S / U NOTE:
All valves listed in Element 4 that can be operated are Critical tasks.
ONLY valves noted as (#) are time critical components.
- 4 Verifies Phase A CTMT For each light not lit, the handswitch for the S / U isolation using attachment 3.
component is taken to the required position to ensure MLB2 light LIT.
NOTE:
THE BELOW CHART IS INTENDED TO BE USED AS AN EXAMINER AIDE.
SHADED BOXES DESIGNATE THE INDICATING LIGHT IS INTIALLY LIT.
If all IvILB-2 lights for A train are lit and all but 2 lights for B train are lit then all of the elements are considered sat. the table is provided as an enhancement for the examiner for cueing the examinee and marking which components have been manipulated.
S 17 18 RESULTS:
(CIRCLE) 1 2
3 CT1ØT ISO PHASE A 4
CtOSED 2
fi CW&EO 372A CLOD C1.OSEO 7
I ui:
C1 CFD C1.OSED
- rnm Gt.OSEO 712 (1 (F CLOSED P1W57 LCEU h1A CLOSED ir cor r FII..T FAI 14%QH PY2N FN 31C8 CLOSED L
CLOSED CLO5ED CLOSJ cLcSD 322 CL(1SED CLOSED CLOLD CLO.U.D CLQE3)
- .:r CLOSED 14D CL.OSEO CLOSED 362 CLOSED 12 13 14 CONTNM L
1 ACE)
CLDSE
.LLb
.. 3 M..I 1AN N
WON O
32340 2
.:n c.
c.r:r:
CLOncI GLorico I5i ij)
- 3.u i nrn nrn r: ftJ.
ri nrr ri (rr cYrri CLo.t LOb FCM
- iii 2Fj7fl j
534?
DLC*shu CL)SLD CLOSE3 CiCFD CLO4FD CtO3Eb C:..uSD CLOSED CLOSED FNP HL T-33 NRC exam JPM h.
EVALUATION CHECKLIST ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
- 3.
Check all MLB 2 lights lit.
Observes some MLB 2 lights NOT lit.
NOTE:
All valves listed in Element 4 that can be operated are Critical tasks.
ONL Y valves noted as (#) are time critical components.
- 4.
Verifies Phase A CTMT isolation using attachment 3.
For each light not lit, the handswitch for the component is taken to the required position to ensure MLB2 light LIT.
NOTE:
THE BELOW CHART IS INTENDED TO BE USED AS AN EXAMINER AIDE.
SHADED BOXES DESIGNATE THE INDICATING LIGHT IS INTIALL Y LIT.
Page 3 of 8 RESULTS:
(CIRCLE)
S / U S / U If all MLB-2 lights for A train are lit and all but 2 lights for B train are lit then all of the elements are considered sat. the table is provided as an enhancement for the examiner for cueing the examinee and marking which components have been manipulated.
1~
lif COIITRfoI 1'11;.1 rAN
'ISOH
~3 3628 CLOSED
- 0 COlIIT Rt,;,
P<<tN I"IV'I 1.Eloo
Page 4 of 8 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE)
S / U Q1N12HV3234A 1-3 SW TO TURB BLDG ISO A TRN-Q1P16V515 S / U 1-4 SWTOTURBBLDGISOBTRN-Q1P16V517 S / U 2-1 CTMTATMOSTOR-11/121S0(BOP)-
S / U Q1E14HV3657 2-2 CTMTATMOSTOR-11/121S0(BOP)-
S / U Q1E14MOV366O 2-3 CTMTL\\P ISO (BOP)-Q1E14MOV3318B S / U 2-4 RX CAV CLG DMPR (BOP)-Q1E12HV3999A S / U 4-1 CHEM ADD TO IA SG ISO (BOP)
S / U Q1N25HV3772A 4-2 CHEM ADD TO lB SG ISO (BOP)-
S / U Q 1N25HV3772B 4-3 CHEM ADD TO IC SG ISO (BOP)-
S / U Q 1N25HV3772C 4-4 CCW FROM EXC LTDN/RCDT HXS-S / U Q1P17HV3443 5-1(#)
RCPSEALWTRRTNISO-QIE2IMOV8II2 S / U 5-2 LTDN ORIF ISO 45 GPM-Q1E2IHV8149A S / U 5-4 LTDNORIFISO6OGPM-Q1E21HV8149C S / U 6-2 CTMT SUMP DISCH (BOP)-Q1G21HV3377 S / U 6-3 CTMT SUMP RECIRC (BOP)
S / U Q1G21HV3380 FNP HL T-33 NRC exam JPM h.
Page 4 of 8 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE)
- 4.
CONTINUED 1-2 TDAPWP STM SUPP WARMUP ISO (BOP)-
S I U QIN12HV3234A 1-3 SW TO TURB BLDG ISO A TRN-QIPI6V515 S I U 1-4 SW TO TURB BLDG ISO B TRN-QIPI6V517 S I U 2-1 CTMT ATMOS TO R-11112 ISO (BOP)-
S/U QIE14HV3657 2-2 CTMT ATMOS TO R-11112 ISO (BOP)-
S I U QIE14MOV3660 2-3 CTMT ~P ISO (BOP)-QIEI4MOV3318B S/U 2-4 RX CAY CLG DMPR (BOP)-QIEI2HV3999A S I U 4-1 CHEM ADD TO lA SG ISO (BOP)
S I U Q 1 N25HV3 772A 4-2 CHEM ADD TO IB SG ISO (BOP)-
S I U QIN25HV3772B 4-3 CHEM ADD TO 1 C SG ISO (BOP)-
S I U QIN25HV3772C 4-4 CCW PROM EXC L TDN/RCDT HXS-S I U QIP17HV3443 5-1 (#)
RCP SEAL WTR RTN ISO-QIE21MOV8112 S I U 5-2 LTDN ORIP ISO 45 GPM-QIE21HV8149A S/U 5-4 LTDN ORIP ISO 60 GPM-QIE21HV8149C S/U 6-2 CTMT SUMP DISCH (BOP)-QIG21HV3377 S I U 6-3 CTMT SUMP RECIRC (BOP)
S I U QIG21HV3380
Page 5 of 8 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE)
- 4 CONTINUED 7-1 RCDTVENTLINEISO-Q1G21HV7126 S / U 8-1 (# OR 19-1) 1A CONT RM FILTRATION RECIRC UNIT S / U (BOP)-QSV49FOO1A/3A 8-3 RCS LOOPS 2 & 3 SAMPLE ISO (BOP)-
S / U Q1P15HV3765 9-1 (# or 20-1) 1A CONT RM PRZN FILTER UNIT (BOP)-
S / U QSV49FOO2A 10-1 (# or 19-2)
S / U QSV47HV3622 10-2 (#)
CONT RM HVAC SUPP (BOP)-Q5V47HV3624 S / U 10-3 (# or 20-2)
S / U QSV47HV3626 10-4 (# or 20-3)
S / U QSV49HV3628 BE$IN B TRAIN 15-1 (Unable To Close and RCP SEAL WTR RTN ISO Remain Closed)
Q1E21MOV8100 5 / U NOTE: Valve will stroke closed, but will IMMEDIATELY re-open.
19-1 (# or 8-1) lB CONT RM FILTRATION RECIRC UNIT (BOP)
S / U QSV49FOO1 BI3B 19-2 (#)
S / U Q5V47HV3623 19-3 (Unable to Close)
S / U QSV47HV3625 NOTE: Handswitch is disabled.
20-1 (# or 9-1) lB CONT RM PRZN FILTER UNIT (BOP)
S / U QSV49FOO2B 20-2 (# or 10-3)
S / U Q5V47HV3627 FNP HL T-33 NRC exam JPM h.
EVALUATION CHECKLIST ELEMENTS:
- 4.
CONTINUED 7-1 8-1 (# OR 19-1) 8-3 9-1 (# or 20-1) 10-1 (# or 19-2) 10-2 (#)
10-3 (# or 20-2) 10-4 (# or 20-3)
!!E£i:I~m~~m 15-1 (Unable To Close and Remain Closed) 19-1 (#or8-1) 19-2 (#)
19-3 (Unable to Close) 20-1 (# or 9-1) 20-2 (# or 10-3)
STANDARDS:
RCDT VENT LINE ISO-QIG21HV7126 lA CONT RM FIL TRA TION RECIRC UNIT (BOP)-QSV 49FOO lA/3A RCS LOOPS 2 & 3 SAMPLE ISO (BOP)-
QIP15HV3765 lA CONT RM PRZN FILTER UNIT (BOP)-
QSV49F002A COMPUTER RM HVAC RTN (BOP)-
QSV47HV3622 Page 5 of 8 RESULTS:
(CIRCLE)
S I U S I U S I U S/U S I U CONT RM HV AC SUPP (BOP)-QSV 4 7HV3624 S / U COMPUTER RM HV AC SUPP (BOP)-
QSV47HV3626 CONT RM UTILITY EXH (BOP)-
QSV 49HV3628 RCP SEAL WTR RTN ISO Q1E21MOV8100 NOTE: Valve will stroke closed, but will IMMEDIATELY re-open.
1B CONT RM FILTRATION RECIRC UNIT (BOP)
QSV49F001 B/3B COMPUTER RM HVAC RTN (BOP)
QSV47HV3623 CONT RM HVAC SUPP (BOP)
QSV47HV3625 NOTE: Handswitch is disabled.
1 B CONT RM PRZN FILTER UNIT (BOP)
QSV49F002B COMPUTER RM HVAC SUPP (BOP)
QSV47HV3627 S I U S I U S I U S I U S I U S I U S I U S / U
EVALUATION CHECKLIST Page 6 of 8 RESULTS:
(CIRCLE ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
20-3 (# or 10-4)
S I U QSV49HV3629 CRITICAL TIME STOP When at least ONE # valve closed STOP TIME / CRITICAL TIME STOP Terminate when all elements of the task have been completed.
CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted by an asterisk (*) before the element number.
GENERAL
REFERENCES:
1.
FNP-1-EEP-0, Version 37.0 2.
IPE/PRA Human Reliability Analysis Notebook List of Operator Actions 3.6.10 and 3.6.11 3.
K/As: 013A4.0l RO-4.5 SRO-4.8 FNP HL T-33 NRC exam JPM h.
EVALUATION CHECKLIST ELEMENTS:
20-3 (# or 10-4)
STANDARDS:
QSV49HV3629 CRITICAL TIME STOP When at least ONE # valve closed STOP TIME I CRITICAL TIME STOP Terminate when all elements of the task have been completed.
Page 6 of 8 RESULTS:
(CIRCLE)
S I U CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted by an asterisk (*) before the element number.
GENERAL
REFERENCES:
- 1.
FNP-I-EEP-O, Version 37.0
- 2.
IPE/PRA Human Reliability Analysis Notebook List of Operator Actions 3.6.10 and 3.6.11
- 3.
K/As: 013A4.01 RO-4.5 SRO-4.8
Page 7 of 8 GENERAL TOOLS AND EOUIPMENT:
None Critical ELEMENT justification:
ELEMENT Evaluation 1
NOT Critical: Actions not required to complete task successfully.
2 NOT Critical: Action will be unsuccessful, and thus not required to complete task successfully. An alternate path will be successful.
3 NOT Critical: Actions not required to complete task successfully.
4 Critical: Task completion:
A TRAIN: 2 fans must be started and 22 valves/dampers must be manually closed to complete actions which should have automatically occurred for a Phase A containment isolation.
B Train: 2 fans must be started and 3 valves/dampers manually closed which should have automatically occurred for a Phase A containment isolation.
TIME CRITICAL: DUE to failure of all components within one train to automatically isolate, the Components marked with # or its alternate must be closed within 20 mins.
At least ONE valve per train must be closed to satisfy the PRA 20 mm requirement-there are two B train components failed such that A train component must be operated to satisfy the isolation requirement.
COMMENTS:
GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
None Critical ELEMENT justification:
Evaluation ELEMENT 1
NOT Critical: Actions not required to complete task successfully.
Page 7 of 8 2
NOT Critical: Action will be unsuccessful, and thus not required to complete task successfully. An alternate path will be successful.
3 4
NOT Critical: Actions not required to complete task successfully.
Critical: Task completion:
A TRAIN: 2 fans must be started and 22 valves/dampers must be manually closed to complete actions which should have automatically occurred for a Phase A containment isolation.
B Train: 2 fans must be started and 3 valves/dampers manually closed which should have automatically occurred for a Phase A containment isolation.
TIME CRITICAL: DUE to failure of all components within one train to automatically isolate, the Components marked with # or its alternate must be closed within 20 mins.
At least ONE valve per train must be closed to satisfy the PRA 20 min requirement-there are two B train components failed such that A train component must be operated to satisfy the isolation requirement.
COMMENTS:
HANDOUT Page 1 of 1 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to VERIFY CTMT ISOLATION PHASE A IS ACTUATED AND ALIGNED. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
a.
A safety injection has occurred and only B train actuated.
b.
EEP-O is in progress.
c.
You are directed to verify Phase A Containment Isolation per Attachment 2, Step 11 of EEP-O.
d.
This JPM contains time critical elements.
e.
A pre-job brief is not required.
HANDOUT Page 1 of 1 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to VERIFY CTMT ISOLATION PHASE "A" IS ACTUATED AND ALIGNED. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
- a. A safety injection has occurred and only 'B' train actuated.
- b. EEP-O is in progress.
- c. You are directed to verify Phase' A' Containment Isolation per Attachment 2, Step 11 of EEP-O.
- d. This JPM contains time critical elements.
- e. A pre-job brief is not required.
Page 1 of 6
- i. In Plant JPM SO-386 TITLE: Commence A Waste Gas Release PROGRAM APPLICABLE: SOT X
SOCT OLT X
LOCT ACCEPTABLE EVALUATION METHOD:
X PERFORM X
SIMULATE DISCUSS EVALUATION LOCATION:
SIMULATOR CONTROL ROOM X
PLANT PROJECTED TIME:
30 MIN SIMULATOR IC NUMBER:
N/A ALTERNATE PATH TIME CRITICAL PRA JPM DIRECTIONS:
1.
This JPM may be performed on either unit. Unit Two values, when different, are in brackets after the Unit 1 numbers: Unit 1 numbers [Unit 2 numbers].
2.
Other directions provided in the body of JPM.
TASK STANDARD: Required for successful completion of this JPM, using FNP-1[2]-SOP-51.1:
Commence a #3 WGDT waste gas decay tank release.
Examinec:
Overall JPM Performance:
Satisfactory Unsatisfactory D
Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)
EXAMINER:
Developer Name: C. Vince Richter Date: 10-29-09 NRC Approval SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3 FNP HL T-33 NRC exam JPM i.
Page 1 of 6
- i. In Plant JPM SO-386 TITLE: Commence A Waste Gas Release PROGRAM APPLICABLE: SOT ~
SOCT OLT~ LOCT ACCEPTABLE EVALUATION METHOD:
X PERFORM ~SIMULATE DISCUSS EVALUATION LOCATION:
SIMULATOR CONTROL ROOM ~PLANT PROJECTED TIME:
30 MIN SIMULATOR IC NUMBER:
N/A ALTERNATE PATH TIME CRITICAL PRA JPM DIRECTIONS:
- 1. This JPM may be performed on either unit. Unit Two values, when different, are in brackets after the Unit 1 numbers: Unit 1 numbers [Unit 2 numbers].
- 2. Other directions provided in the body of JPM.
TASK STANDARD: Required for successful completion of this JPM, using FNP-1[2]-SOP-51.1:
Commence a #3 WGDT waste gas decay tank release.
Examinee:
Overall JPM Performance:
Satisfactory 0
Unsatisfactory 0 Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)
EXAMINER: ________________ __
Name: C. Vince Richter Date: 10-29-09 SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3
Page 2 of 6 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to COMMENCE A WASTE GAS RELEASE. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
a.
The plant is in Mode 1.
b.
The initial conditions of SOP-5 1.1 have been completed.
c.
- 3 WGDTis at 60 psig, and has been sampled and analyzed.
d.
A WGDT Batch Gaseous Waste Release Permit has been issued per CCP-208.
e.
The waste gas system is shut down per SOP-5 1.0.
f.
SOP-5 1.1 has been completed up to and including the test on process radiation monitor R-14 which has been tested and restored to normal.
g.
You are directed to complete SOP-5 1.1, starting at step 4.1.7, to release #3 WGDT.
EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE)
START TIME
- 1.
Open #3 WGDT outlet valve.
Q1[2]G22V019C TPNS number is S I U recorded in SOP-51.1 and opened by turning the handwheel counter clockwise. (CUE: VO19C is open.)
- 2.
Open bank A GDT bank outlet valve.
Ql[2]G22V017 TPNS number is S / U recorded in SOP-51.1 and opened by turning the handwheel counterclockwise.
(CUE: V017 is open.)
3.
Verify RCV-14 flow controller is set at zero RCV-14 flow controller is verified S / U position.
at zero demand. (CUE: RCV -14 indicates 0 demand.)
4.
Verify the plant vent pressure regulator Checks setpoint on plant vent S / U is set for 15 psi, pressure regulator Q1[2]G22V205.
(CUE: V205 setpoint indicator is set for 15 psi.)
Page 2 of 6 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to COMMENCE A WASTE GAS RELEASE. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
- a.
The plant is in Mode 1.
- b.
The initial conditions of SOP-51. 1 have been completed.
- c.
- 3 WGDTis at 60 psig, and has been sampled and analyzed.
- d.
A WGDT Batch Gaseous Waste Release Permit has been issued per CCP-208.
- e.
The waste gas system is shut down per SOP-51.0.
- f.
SOP-51. 1 has been completed up to and including the test on process radiation monitor R-14 which has been tested and restored to normal.
- g.
You are directed to complete SOP-51.1, starting at step 4.1.7, to release #3 WGDT.
EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE)
START TIME
- 1.
Open #3 WGDT outlet valve.
Q 1 [2]G22VO 19C TPNS number is S / U recorded in SOP-51. 1 and opened by turning the handwheel counter-clockwise. (CUE: V019C is open.)
- 2.
Open bank 'A' GDT bank outlet valve.
Ql [2]G22VOI7 TPNS number is S/U recorded in SOP-51. 1 and opened by turning the handwheel counterclockwise.
(CUE: V017 is open.)
- 3.
Verify RCV-14 flow controller is set at zero RCV-14 flow controller is verified S / U position.
at zero demand. (CUE: RCV -14 indicates '0' demand.)
- 4.
Verify the plant vent pressure regulator Checks setpoint on plant vent S / U is set for 15 psi.
pressure regulator Q1[2]G22V205.
(CUE: V205 setpoint indicator is set for 15 psi.)
Page 3 of 6 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE)
NOTE: STUDENT SHOULD DESCRIBE THE METHOD FOR OBTAINING A MASTER VALVE KEY: THE KEY IS AVAILABLE ON THE RADSIDE OPERATOR KEY RING OR IT MAY BE CHECKED OUT FROM SSS OFFICE (SOP-0.0, SECT. 14.0).
- 5 Using Master Valve key, unlock and open Q1[2]G22V089 is unlocked and S I U RCV-14 upstream isolation.
turned counterclockwise until opened.
(CUE: V089 is unlocked and open.)
- 6.
Open the RCV-14 downstream isolation.
Qi [21G22V207 is opened by S I U turning the handwheel counterclockwise.
(CUE: V207 is open.)
- 7 Turn GDT discharge valve to plant vent GDT discharge valve to plant vent S I U stack RCV-14 handswitch to open.
stack Q1[2]G22V206 handswitch is turned to open.
(CUE: The RCV-14 handswitch is in the open position.)
8.
Record start time and tank pressure in Start time and tank pressure are S / U SOP-5 1.1 and notify the Shift Radiochemist.
recorded in SOP-5 1.1. (CUE:
The current time is the start time and #3 WGDT pressure is 60 psig.)
Shift Radiochemist notified.
(CUE: Shift Radiochemist acknowledges Waste Gas release start time and pressure)
Ensure examinee identifies correct pressure indicator and range.
EVALUATION CHECKLIST ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
Page 3 of 6 RESULTS:
(CIRCLE)
NOTE: STUDENT SHOULD DESCRIBE THE METHOD FOR OBTAINING A MASTER VALVE KEY: THE KEY IS AVAILABLE ON THE RADSIDE OPERATOR KEY RING OR IT MAY BE CHECKED OUT FROM SSS OFFICE (SOP-O.O, SECT. 14.0).
- 5.
- 6.
- 7.
- 8.
Using Master Valve key, unlock and open RCV -14 upstream isolation.
Open the RCV -14 downstream isolation.
Turn GDT discharge valve to plant vent stack RCV -14 handswitch to open.
Record start time and tank pressure in SOP-51. 1 and notify the Shift Radiochemist.
Ql[2]G22V089 is unlocked and turned counterclockwise until opened.
(CUE: V089 is unlocked and open.)
Ql[2]G22V207 is opened by turning the handwheel counterclockwise.
(CUE: V207 is open.)
GDT discharge valve to plant vent stack Q 1 [2]G22V206 handswitch is turned to open.
(CUE: The RCV -14 handswitch is in the open position.)
Start time and tank pressure are recorded in SOP-51. 1. (CUE:
The current time is the start time and #3 WGDT pressure is 60 psig.)
Shift Radiochemist notified.
(CUE: Shift Radiochemist acknowledges Waste Gas release start time and pressure)
Ensure examinee identifies correct pressure indicator and range.
S/U S I U S I U S I U
Page 4 of 6 EVALUATION CHECKLIST ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
RESULTS:
(CIRCLE)
- 9*
Slowly open GDT discharge valve to plant vent RCV-14 using the Waste Gas Discharge Control HIK-014 on the Waste Gas Panel and verify R-14 count rate is less than R-14 setpoint and GDT #3 pressure is dropping slowly enough to ensure the release of the entire tank will take greater than 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br />.
10.
Monitor all GDT pressures during the release to ensure only #3 GDT pressure is dropping and no other tank pressures are rising.
GDT discharge valve to plant vent RCV-14 is slowly opened while verifying R-14 count rate is less than R-14 setpoint and #3 GDT pressure is dropping slow enough to ensure the release will take greater than 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br />.
(CUE: RCV-14 indicates full open, R-14 is less than the R-14 setpoint and #3 GDT pressure drops 1 psig every 5 minutes.)
All GDT pressures are monitored S / U to ensure #3 GDT is the only GDT which shows a pressure drop and no other tank pressures are rising.
(CUE: All other GDT pressures are remaining constant, #3 GDT pressure is dropping.)
Terminate JPM when all elements of this JPM are completed.
CUE: Another operator will monitor all GDT pressures and secure the release when complete.
CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted with an asterisk (*) preceding the element number.
S/U STOP TIME FNP HL T-33 NRC exam JPM i.
EVALUATION CHECKLIST ELEMENTS:
- 9.
- 10.
Slowly open GDT discharge valve to plant vent RCV -14 using the Waste Gas Discharge Control HIK-014 on the Waste Gas Panel and verify R-14 count rate is less than R-14 setpoint and GDT #3 pressure is dropping slowly enough to ensure the release of the entire tank will take greater than 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br />.
Monitor all GDT pressures during the release to ensure only #3 GDT pressure is dropping and no other tank pressures are rising.
STOP TIME STANDARDS:
Page 4 of 6 RESULTS:
(CIRCLE)
GDT discharge valve to plant vent S / U RCV-14 is slowly opened while verifying R -14 count rate is less than R-14 setpoint and #3 GDT pressure is dropping slow enough to ensure the release will take greater than 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br />.
(CUE: RCV -14 indicates full open, R-14 is less than the R-14 setpoint and #3 GDT pressure drops 1 psig every 5 minutes.)
All GDT pressures are monitored S / U to ensure #3 GDT is the only GDT which shows a pressure drop and no other tank pressures are rising.
(CUE: All other GDT pressures are remaining constant, #3 GDT pressure is dropping.)
Terminate JPM when all elements of this JPM are completed.
CUE: Another operator will monitor all GDT pressures and secure the release when complete.
CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted with an asterisk (*) preceding the element number.
Page 5 of 6 GENERAL
REFERENCES:
1.
FNP-0-SOP-0.0, Version 129.0 2.
FNP-1-SOP-51.1, Version 27.0 3.
FNP-2-SOP-51.1, Version 23.0 4.
FNP-1-CCP-213.1, Version 19.0 5.
FNP-2-CCP-2 13.1, Version 19.0 6.
FNP-0-CCP-208, Version 55.0 7.
Technical Specification 8.
K/As:
071A2.02 RO-3.3 SRO-3.6 071A3.02 RO-3.6 SRO-3.8 071A4.09 RO-3.3 SRO-3.5 071A4.26 RO-3.1 SRO-3.9 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
None Critical ELEMENT justification:
Element Evaluation 1, 2 Critical: Required for task completion: required to unisolate #3 WGDT from the release flowpath.
3, 4 NOT Critical: Components are normally in the required position, and do not have to be manipulated for successful completion of this task.
5-7 Critical: Required for task completion: required to unisolate #3 WGDT from the release flowpath.
8 NOT Critical: Task would be completed successfully without doing this element or by doing it incorrectly (recording the wrong tank pressure, reading the pressure guage incorrectly, recording the wrong time, etc.).
9 Critical: Required for task completion: required to open the only remaining valve in the release flowpath for the #3 WGDT.
10 NOT Critical: Task is already complete prior to this step, and pressures will be as expected whether monitored or not.
COMMENTS:
GENERAL
REFERENCES:
Page 5 of 6
- 1.
FNP-O-SOP-O.O, Version 129.0
- 2.
FNP-l-SOP-51.1, Version 27.0
- 3.
FNP-2-S0P-51.1, Version 23.0
- 4.
FNP-1-CCP-213.1, Version 19.0
- 5.
FNP-2-CCP-213.l, Version 19.0
- 6.
FNP-0-CCP-208, Version 55.0
- 7.
Technical Specification
- 8.
K/As: 071A2.02 RO-3.3 SRO-3.6 071A3.02 RO-3.6 SRO-3.8 071A4.09 RO-3.3 SRO-3.5 071A4.26 RO-3.l SRO-3.9 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
None Critical ELEMENT justification:
Element 1,2 3,4 5-7 8
9 10 Evaluation Critical: Required for task completion: required to unisolate #3 WGDT from the release flowpath.
NOT Critical: Components are normally in the required position, and do not have to be manipulated for successful completion of this task.
Critical: Required for task completion: required to unisolate #3 WGDT from the release flowpath.
NOT Critical: Task would be completed successfully without doing this element or by doing it incorrectly (recording the wrong tank pressure, reading the pressure guage incorrectly, recording the wrong time, etc.).
Critical: Required for task completion: required to open the only remaining valve in the release flowpath for the #3 WGDT.
NOT Critical: Task is already complete prior to this step, and pressures will be as expected whether monitored or not.
COMMENTS:
HANDOUT Page 1 of 1 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to COMMENCE A WASTE GAS RELEASE. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
a.
The plant is in Mode 1.
b.
The initial conditions of SOP-5 1.1 have been completed.
c.
- 3 WGDTis at 60 psig, and has been sampled and analyzed.
d.
A WGDT Batch Gaseous Waste Release Permit has been issued per CCP-208.
e.
The waste gas system is shut down per SOP-5 1.0.
f.
SOP-51.1 has been completed up to and including the test on process radiation monitor R-14 which has been tested and restored to normal.
g.
You are directed to complete SOP-51.1, starting at step 4.1.7, to release #3 WGDT.
HANDOUT Page 1 of 1 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to COMMENCE A WASTE GAS RELEASE. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
- a.
The plant is in Mode 1.
- b.
The initial conditions of SOP-51. 1 have been completed.
- c.
- 3 WGDTis at 60 psig, and has been sampled and analyzed.
- d.
A WGDT Batch Gaseous Waste Release Permit has been issued per CCP-20S.
- e.
The waste gas system is shut down per SOP-51.0.
- f.
SOP-51.1 has been completed up to and including the test on process radiation monitor R-14 which has been tested and restored to normal.
- g.
You are directed to complete SOP-51.1, starting at step 4.1.7, to release #3 WGDT.
10/29/09 08:26:22 FNP.-1-SOP-51.1 September 4, 2008 Version 27.0 FARLEY NUCLEAR PLANT SYSTEM OPERATING PROCEDURE FNP-1-SOP-5 1.1 WASTE GAS SYSTEM GAS DECAY TANK RELEASE PROCEDURE USAGE REQUIREMENTS PER FNP-0-AP-6 SECTIONS Continuous Use ALL Reference Use Information Use Approved:
Jim L. Hunter (for S
A F
E T
Y R
E L
A T
E D
Operations Manager Date Issued 09/05/08 10/29/0908:26:22 FARLEY NUCLEAR PLANT FNP-1-S0P-51.1 September 4, 2008 Version 27.0 SYSTEM OPERATING PROCEDURE FNP-1-S0P-51.1 WASTE GAS SYSTEM GAS DECAY TANK RELEASE PROCEDURE USAGE REQUIREMENTS PER FNP-O-AP-6 SECTIONS Continuous Use ALL Reference Use Information Use Approved:
Jim L. Hunter (for)
Operations Manager Date Issued __
-,,0,-,,-9:....:::/0:..:05:....:::/0:...::;:8 __
S A
F E
T Y
R E
L A
T E
D
10/29/09 08:26:22 FNP-1-SOP-51.1 TABLE OF CONTENTS Procedure Contains Number of Pages Body 9
Page 1 of 1 Version 27.0 10/29/0908:26:22 FNP-I-S0P-51.1 TABLE OF CONTENTS Procedure Contains Number of Pages Body.......................................................... 9 Page 1 of 1 Version 27.0
10/29/09 08:26:22 FNP-1-SOP-51A FARLEY NUCLEAR PLANT UISTIT 1 SYSTEM OPERATING PROCEDURE SOP-5 1.1 WASTE GAS SYSTEM GAS DECAY TANK RELEASE 1.0 Purpose This procedure provides the Initial Conditions, Precautions and Limitations, and Instructions for the release of a gas decay tank to the vent stack. Instructions are included in the following sections.
4.1 Gas decay tank release.
4.2 Radiation monitor R-14 check.
2.0 Initial Conditions 1
The version of this procedure has been verified to be the current version.
(OR 1-98-498)
This procedure has been verified to be the correct unit for the task. (OR 1-98-498) 2.3 The electrical distribution system is energized and aligned for normal operation per system check list FNP-1-SOP-36.0, PLANT ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION LINE-UP, with exceptions noted.
The compressed air system is in service and aligned for normal operation per A
FNP-1-SOP-31.0, COMPRESSED AIR SYSTEM.
2.5 Radiation monitor(s) R-14, OR (R-21 and R-22) are in service per FNP-l-SOP-45.0, RADIATION MONITORING SYSTEM.
6 The gas decay tank to be released has been sampled and an approved gaseous waste release permit has been issued.
The Waste Gas System is NOT in operation, per FNP-1 -SOP-5 1.0, WASTE GAS SYSTEM. Version 27.0 10/29/0908:26:22 FNP-I-S0P-Sl.l FARLEY NUCLEAR PLANT UNIT 1 SYSTEM OPERATING PROCEDURE SOP-S1.1 WASTE GAS SYSTEM GAS DECAY TANK RELEASE 1.0 Purpose This procedure provides the Initial Conditions, Precautions and Limitations, and Instructions for the release of a gas decay tank to the vent stack. Instructions are included in the following sections.
4.1 Gas decay tank release.
4.2 Radiation monitor R-14 check.
2.0 Initial Conditions c::::lJ ~
1 The version of this procedure has been verified to be the current version.
~.4 c::::lJ ~S c::::lJ +;'6 c::::lJ ~7 (OR 1-98-498)
This procedure has been verified to be the correct unit for the task. (OR 1-98-498)
The electrical distribution system is energized and aligned for normal operation per system check list FNP-I-S0P-36.0, PLANT ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION LINE-UP, with exceptions noted.
The compressed air system is in service and aligned for normal operation per FNP-I-S0P-31.0, COMPRESSED AIR SYSTEM.
Radiation monitor(s) R-14, OR (R-21 and R-22) are in service per FNP-I-SOP-4S.0, RADIATION MONITORING SYSTEM.
The gas decay tank to be released has been sampled and an approved gaseous waste release permit has been issued.
The Waste Gas System is NOT in operation, per FNP-I-S0P-S1.0, WASTE GAS SYSTEM. Version 27.0
10/29/09 08:26:22 FNP-1-SOP-51.l 3.0 Precautions and Limitations 3.1 Radiation monitor R-14 must be frequently observed during the release of radioactive gas to assure that the count rate is not approaching R 14 setpoint as stated on the release permit.
3.2 IF R-14 becomes inoperable while discharging gaseous waste to the vent stack, THEN discharge shall be stopped immediately and the Shift Supervisor notified.
3.3 IF either R-14, R-14s alarm, or R-14s automatic termination of release function is inoperable, THEN with the Shift Supervisors permission the release may continue provided ODCM action requirements are met.
3.4 Once a gas decay tank has been isolated for sampling purposes, prior to discharging to the vent stack, the tank shall remain in an isolated condition to prevent the introduction of any gas which could alter the concentration of the tanks contained volume.
3.5 When a high alarm is initiated on channel R-14, ARDA may start (two consecutive poils one minute apart) and the Shift Radiochemist must be notified to stop the automated dose assessment per FNP-0-EIP-9. 1, AUTOMATED DOSE ASSESSMENT METHOD, if ARDA is not required. Version 27.0 10/29/09 08:26:22 FNP-I-SOP-51.1 3.0 Precautions and Limitations 3.1 Radiation monitor R-14 must be frequently observed during the release of radioactive gas to assure that the count rate is not approaching R -14 setpoint as stated on the release permit.
3.2 IF R-14 becomes inoperable while discharging gaseous waste to the vent stack, THEN discharge shall be stopped immediately and the Shift Supervisor notified.
3.3 IF either R-14, R-14's alarm, or R-14's automatic termination of release function is inoperable, THEN with the Shift Supervisors permission the release may continue provided ODeM action requirements are met.
3.4 Once a gas decay tank has been isolated for sampling purposes, prior to discharging to the vent stack, the tank shall remain in an isolated condition to prevent the introduction of any gas which could alter the concentration of the tank's contained volume.
3.5 When a high alarm is initiated on channel R-14, ARDA may start (two consecutive poBs one minute apart) and the Shift Radiochemist must be notified to stop the automated dose assessment per FNP-0-EIP-9.1, AUTOMATED DOSE ASSESSMENT METHOD, if ARDA is not required. Version 27.0
10/29/09 08:26:22 FNP-1-SOP-51.1 4.0 Instructions NOTE:
Initial each step as completed. Instructions for completion of gaseous waste release permit are specified in FNP-0-CCP-213, GASEOUS WASTE RELEASE PROGRAM.
CAUTION:
Ensure counting room technician isolates waste gas tank from sample panel after sample has been taken.
4.1 WGDTNo.______ Release Permit No. OIO I- ( \\
NOTE:
Steps 4.1.1 through 4.1.5 may be performed in any order.
I 4.1.1 Verify ALL the gas decay tanks isolated as follows:
NOTE:
Perform the following steps in conjunction with Table 1 to determine the valves required to isolate the respective GDT.
4.1.1.1 Verify Closed GDT inlet & outlet valves.
4.1.1.2 Verify Closed GDT bank inlet & outlet valves.
TABLE 1 GDT OUTLET GDT INLET GDT BANK GDT BANK GDT BANK VALVE VALVE INLET VALVE OUTLET VALVE 1
A 1-GWD-V-7823A 1-GWD-V-7820A 1-GWD-V-7818 1-GWD-V-7825 (Q1G22VO19A)..J (Q1G22V025A)
(Q1G22V029) fr (Q1G22V017) V 2
A 1-GWD-V-7823B 1-GWD-V-7820B 1-GWD-V-7818 1-GWD-V-7825 (Q1G22VO19B)J (Q1G22V025B) f (Q1G22V029) /
(Q1G22V017) i7 3
A 1-GWD-V-7823C 1-GWD-V-7820C 1-GWD-V-7818 1-GWD-V-7825 (Q1G22VO19C) V (Q1G22V025C)J (Q1G22V029)
(Q1G22V017) V 4
B 1-GWD-V-7833A 1-GWD-V-7830A 1-GWD-V-7828 1-GWD-V-7835 (Q1G22V022A)
(Q1G22V026A) /
(Q1G22V030)V (Q1G22V020)./
5 B
1-GWD-V-7833B 1-GWD-V-7830B 1-GWD-V-7828 1-GWD-V-7835 (Q1G22V022B)
(Q1G22V026B) \\.,-
(Qi G22V030) Li (Qi 022V020) 6 B
1-GWD-V-7833C 1-GWD-V-7830C 1-GWD-V-7828 1-GWD-V-7835 (QI G22V022C)./
(QI G22V026C) -
(Qi G22V030)\\/
(QI G22V020) 7 SHUT-1-GWD-V-7886A 1-GWD-V-7883A l-GWD-V-7881 1-GWD-V-7888 DOWN (QI G22V074A)
(Q1G22V085A) v (Qi G22V083) /
(QI G22V076) \\/
8 SHUT-1-GWD-V-7886B 1-GWD-V-7883,.-
1-GWD-V-7881 1-GWD-V-7888 DOWN (Q1G22V074B)
(Q1G22V085B)
(Q1G22V083)./
(Q1G22V076) L/ Version 27.0 10129/09 08:26:22 FNP-I-SOP-SI.1 4.0 Instructions NOTE:
Initial each step as completed. Instructions for completion of gaseous waste release permit are specified in FNP-O-CCP-213, GASEOUS WASTE RELEASE PROGRAM.
CAUTION:
Ensure counting room technician isolates waste gas tank from sample panel after sample has been taken.
4.1 WGDTNo.3--ReleasepermitNo. ~-daIO D\\31-D la-:S\\- ~
NOTE:
Steps 4.1.1 through 4.1.5 may be performed in any order.
4.1.1 Verify ALL the gas decay tanks isolated as follows:
NOTE:
Perform the following steps in conjunction with Table 1 to determine the valves required to isolate the respective GDT.
4.1.1.1 Verify Closed GDT inlet & outlet valves.
4.1.1.2 Verify Closed GDT bank inlet & outlet valves.
TABLE 1 GDTOUTLET GDTINLET GDTBANK GDTBANK GDT BANK YALYE YALYE INLETYALYE OUTLETYALYE 1
A I-GWD-Y-7823A 1-GWD-Y-7820A 1-GWD-Y -7818 1-GWD-Y-7825 (Q1G22Y019A)J (QIG22Y025A),;
(QIG22Y029) V (QIG22Y017) V 2
A I-GWD-Y-7823B I-GWD-Y-7820B I-GWD-Y-7818 I-GWD-Y -7825 (QIG22Y019B).I (QIG22Y025B),/
(QIG22Y029) /
(QIG22Y017) V 3
A I-GWD-Y-7823C I-GWD-Y-7820C I-GWD-Y-7818 I-GWD-Y-7825 (QIG22Y019C)./
(QIG22Y025C)J (QIG22Y029)./
(QIG22Y017) V 4
B I-GWD-Y-7833A I-GWD-Y -7830A I-GWD-Y-7828 I-GWD-Y-7835 (QIG22Y022A) v'"
(QIG22Y026A) :/ (QIG22Y030)V (QIG22Y020)V 5
B I-GWD-Y -7833B I-GWD-Y -7830B I-GWD-Y -7828 I-GWD-Y-7835 (QIG22Y022B)/
(QIG22Y026B)v (QIG22Y030)V (QIG22Y020)V 6
B I-GWD-Y-7833C I-GWD-Y -7830C I-GWD-Y-7828 I-GWD-Y-7835 (QIG22Y022C)."..- (QIG22Y026C) v (QIG22Y030)V (QIG22Y020)./
7 SHUT-I-GWD-Y-788~/ I-GWD-Y-7883A I-GWD-Y-7881 I-GWD-Y -7888 DOWN (QIG22Y074A)
(QIG22Y085A) v (QIG22Y083) V (QIG22Y076) V 8
SHUT-I-GWD-Y-7886B I-GWD-Y -7883V I-GWD-Y-7881 I-GWD-Y-788~
DOWN (QIG22Y074B) v (QIG22Y085B)
(QIG22Y083) J (QIG22Y076) Version 27.0
10/29/09 08:26:22 FNP-1-SOP-51.1 NOTE:
Refer to FNP-ODCM, OFFSITE DOSE CALCULATION MANUAL for release limitations with R-14 out of service.
4.1.2 Verify recorder RRO100 (points 14 or -22) in operation OR verify that the Rad Met Data Acquisition (RMDA) system (for point R-14 or R-22) is operable.
NOTE:
The setpoint for R-14 and R-22 can be obtained from FNP-1-CCP-213.l, GASEOUS EFFLUENT RADIATION MONITORING SYSTEM SETPOINTS.
4.1.3 For the operable Rad Monitor(s) read and record actual setpoint and background on R14 and/or R-22.
Setpoint
Background
R-14 R-22 4.1.4 Verify R-14 setpoint in step 4.1.3 is < setpoint on release permit Section II.
4.1.5 Establish dilution flow rate, as stated in gaseous waste release permit Section 2 and record actual flow rate C] CXTh.
4.1.6 Perform test on process radiation monitor R-14 per section 4.2.
NOTE:
Perform the following steps in conjunction with Table 1 to determine the valves required to align the respective gas decay tank for discharge.
4.1.7 Open gas decay tank outlet valve (Record TPNS from Table 2). Version 27.0 10/29/0908:26:22 FNP-1-S0P-51.1 Refer to FNP-ODCM, OFFSITE DOSE CALCULATION MANUAL for release limitations with R-14 out of service.
4.1.2 Verify recorder RR0100 (points RR-14 or RR-22) in operation OR verify that the Rad Met Data Acquisition (RMDA) system (for point R-14 or R-22) is operable.
NOTE:
The setpoint for R-14 and R-22 can be obtained from FNP-I-CCP-213.1, GASEOUS EFFLUENT RADIATION MONITORING SYSTEM SETPOINTS.
4.1.3 4.1.4 4.1.5 4.1.6 For the operable Rad Monitor(s) read and record actual setpoint and background on R-14 and/or R-22.
R-14 R-22 Setpoint
\\3)00 0
Background
1'&100 30 Verify R-14 setpoint in step 4.1.3 is < setpoint on release permit Section II.
Establish dilution flow rate, as stated in gaseous waste release permit, Section 2 and record actual flow rate X2 '--I) 0 OC).
Perform test on process radiation monitor R-14 per section 4.2.
NOTE:
Perform the following steps in conjunction with Table 1 to determine the valves required to align the respective gas decay tank for discharge.
4.1.7 Open gas decay tank outlet valve
_____________ (Record TPNS from Table 2). Version 27.0
10/29/09 08:26:22 FNP-1-SOP-51.1 4.1.8 Open gas decay tank bank outlet valve (Record TPNS from Table 2).
TABLE 2 GDT OUTLET GDT BANK GDT BANK VALVE OUTLET VALVE I
A 1-GWD-V-7823A l-GWD-V-7825 (Q1G22VO19A)
(Q1G22V017) 2 A
1-GWD-V-7823B I-GWD-V-7825 (Q1022V019B)
(Q1G22V017) 3 A
1-GWD-V-7823C 1-GWD-V-7825 (Q1G22VO19C)
(Q1G22V017) 4 B
1-GWD-V-7833A I-GWD-V-7835 (Qi G22V022A)
(Qi G22V020) 5 B
1-GWD-V-7833B l-GWD-V-7835 (Qi G22V022B)
(Qi G22V020) 6 B
l-GWD-V-7833C I-GWD-V-7835 (Qi G22V022C)
(Qi G22V020) 7 SHUT-DOWN l-GWD-V-7886A I-GWD-V-7888 (Qi G22V074A)
(Qi G22V076) 8 SHUT-DOWN I-GWD-V-7886B 1-GWD-V-7888 (Qi G22V074B)
(Qi G22V076) 4.1.9 Verify the following:
4.1.9.1 RCV-14 flow controller is at zero position.
4.1.9.2 Plant Vent Press. Regulator 1-GWD-V-7896 (Q1G22V205) is set for 15 psi. (located next to RCV-14).
4.1.10 Unlock and open RCV-14 upstream isolation valve 1-GWD-V-7895 (Qi G22V089).
4.1.11 Open RCV-14 downstream isolation valve 1-GWD-V-7898 (Q1 G22V207).
4.1.12 Turn gas decay tank discharge valve to plant vent 1-GWD-RCV-14 (Q1G22V206) handswitch (1HS-014) to OPEN.
4.1.13 Record the following and notify the Shift Radiochemist:
Start Time Tank Press PSIG Version 27.0 10/29/0908:26:22 FNP-l-S0P-51.1 4.1.8 Open gas decay tank bank outlet valve
_____________ (Record TPNS from Table 2).
TABLE 2 GDTOUTLET GDTBANK GDT BANK VALVE OUTLET VALVE 1
A 1-GWD-V-7823A 1-GWD-V-7825 (Q1G22V019A)
(QIG22V017) 2 A
1-GWD-V -7823B 1-GWD-V-7825 (Q1G22V019B)
(QIG22V017) 3 A
1-GWD-V-7823C 1-GWD-V-7825 (QIG22V019C)
(Q 1 G22VO 17) 4 B
1-GWD-V -7833A 1-GWD-V-7835 (Q 1 G22V022A)
(QIG22V020) 5 B
I-GWD-V -7833B 1-GWD-V-7835 (QIG22V022B)
(Q1G22V020) 6 B
1-GWD-V-7833C 1-GWD-V-7835 (Q1G22V022C)
(Q1G22V020) 7 SHUT-DOWN 1-GWD-V -7886A I-GWD-V-7888 (QIG22V074A)
(Q1G22V076) 8 SHUT-DOWN I-GWD-V -7886B 1-GWD-V-7888 (QIG22V074B)
(Q1G22V076) 4.1.9 Verify the following:
4.1.10 4.1.11 4.1.12 4.1.13 4.1.9.1 RCV-14 flow controller is at zero position.
4.1.9.2 Plant Vent Press. Regulator 1-GWD-V-7896 (Q1G22V205) is set for 15 psi. (located next to RCV -14).
Unlock and open RCV -14 upstream isolation valve 1-GWD-V -7895 (Q 1 G22V089).
Open RCV -14 downstream isolation valve 1-GWD-V -7898 (Q1G22V207).
Turn gas decay tank discharge valve to plant vent 1-GWD-RCV -14 (QIG22V206) handswitch (lHS-014) to OPEN.
Record the following and notify the Shift Radiochemist:
Start Time _______ _
Tank Press _______ PSIG Version 27.0
10/29/09 08:26:22 FNPISOP51.1 4.1.14 Slowly open gas decay tank discharge valve to plant vent 1-GWD-RCV-14 (Q1G22V206) using WASTE GAS DISCHARGE CONTROL HIK-014, and verify the following:
4.1.14.1 R-14 count rate is less than R-14 setpoint.
4.1.14.2 The pressure in GDT is decreasing at a rate that ensures the release of the entire tank will take greater than one hour.
(This ensures release rate specified on the Gaseous Waste Release Permit, Sec. II, is not exceeded.)
4.1.15 Monitor all gas decay tank pressures during the release. Ensure that only the tank which is being released exhibits a pressure decrease and no other tank pressure increases. Stop the release and notify the Shift Supervisor if one of the above occurs.
4.1.16 WHEN the desired gas decay tank pressure has been obtained, THEN turn the gas decay tank discharge valve to plant vent 1 -GWD-RCV-14 (Q1G22V206) handswitch (1HS-014) to CLOSE and position the controller to zero.
4.1.17 Record the following and notify the Shift Radiochernist:
Stop Time Tank Press PSIG Final R-14 count rate CPM Final R-22 count rate CPM 4.1.18 Close RCV-14 downstream isolation valve 1-GWD-V-7898 (Qi G22V207).
4.1.19 Close & lock RCV-14 upstream isolation valve 1-GWD-V-7895 (Q 1 G22V089).
4.1.20 Close gas decay tank bank outlet valve from step 4.1.8 (Record TPNS).
4.1.21 Close gas decay tank outlet valve from step 4.1.7 (Record TPNS). Version 27.0 10/29/09 08:26:22 4.l.14 4.l.15 4.1.16 4.1.17 4.1.18 4.1.19 4.1.20 4.1.21 FNP-I-S0P-51.1 Slowly open gas decay tank discharge valve to plant vent I-GWD-RCV-14 (QIG22V206) using WASTE GAS DISCHARGE CONTROL HIK-014, and verify the following:
4.1.14.1 R-14 count rate is less than R-14 setpoint.
4.1.14.2 The pressure in GDT is decreasing at a rate that ensures the release of the entire tank will take greater than one hour.
(This ensures release rate specified on the Gaseous Waste Release Permit, Sec. II, is not exceeded.)
Monitor all gas decay tank pressures during the release. Ensure that only the tank which is being released exhibits a pressure decrease and no other tank pressure increases. Stop the release and notify the Shift Supervisor if one of the above occurs.
WHEN the desired gas decay tank pressure has been obtained, THEN turn the gas decay tank discharge valve to plant vent I-GWD-RCV -14 (Q1G22V206) handswitch (lHS-014) to CLOSE and position the controller to zero.
Record the following and notify the Shift Radiochemist:
Stop Time _______ _
Tank Press ________ PSIG Final R-14 count rate _______ CPM Final R-22 count rate CPM Close RCV-14 downstream isolation valve 1-GWD-V-7898 (Q 1 G22V207).
Close & lock RCV-14 upstream isolation valve I-GWD-V-7895 (Q 1 G22V089).
Close gas decay tank bank outlet valve from step 4.1.8
_____________ (Record TPNS).
Close gas decay tank outlet valve from step 4.1. 7
_____________ (Record TPNS). Version 27.0
10/29/09 08:26:22 FNP-1SOP-51.1 4.1.22 For the operable rad monitor(s) record the average values during the release of R-14 and/or R22 from recorder RRO100 (points RR14 and/or RR22) readings OR record average value obtained from the RMDA system (points R-14 and/or R-22).
R-14 Avg (circle one used)
R-22 Avg (circle one used) 4.1.23 Transfer required data to the release permit.
Operator Date 4.1.24 IF necessary, THEN return waste gas system to operation per FNP-1-SOP-51.0, WASTE GAS SYSTEM.
4.1.25 Independently verify RCV-14 downstream isolation valve IV 1-GWD-V-7898 (Q1G22V207) is closed.
4.1.26 Independently verify RCV-14 upstream isolation valve IV 1-GWD-V-7895 (Q1G22V089) is closed & locked. Version 27.0 10/29/09 08:26:22 4.1.22 4.1.23 4.1.24 4.1.25 IV 4.1.26 IV FNP-I-SOP-51.1 For the operable rad monitor(s) record the average values during the release ofR-14 and/or R-22 from recorder RROIOO (points RR14 and/or RR22) readings OR record average value obtained from the RMDA system (points R-14 and/or R-22).
R-14 Avg ________ Recorder/RMDA (circle one used)
R-22 Avg ________ Recorder/RMDA (circle one used)
Transfer required data to the release permit.
Operator _______ _
Date _________ _
IF necessary, THEN return waste gas system to operation per FNP-I-S0P-51.0, WASTE GAS SYSTEM.
Independently verify RCV -14 downstream isolation valve I-GWD-V-7898 (QIG22V207) is closed.
Independently verify RCV -14 upstream isolation valve I-GWD-V -7895 (Q 1 G22V089) is closed & locked. Version 27.0
10/29/09 08:26:22 FNP-1-SOP-51.1 4.2 Radiation monitor R-14 check.
4.2.1 Verify RCV-14 isolation valves 1GWD-V-7895 (Q1G22V089) and 1-GWD-V-7898 (Q1G22V207) are closed before performing this test.
4.2.2 Turn gas decay tank discharge valve to plant vent 1-GWD-RCV-14 (Q1G22V206) handswitch (1HS-014) to OPEN.
4.2.3 Adjust HIK-014 flow controller to 100%.
NOTE:
- Either step 4.2.4 or step 4.2.5 may be utilized to satisfy the isolation capabilities of RCV-14. Steps not required to be performed should be marked N/A (NOT APPLICABLE).
Step 4.2.4 will insert a signal approximately equal to 1O cpm. j the current trip setpoint of RCV-14 is greater than 1O cpm, THEN guidance is provided to perform step 4.2.5.
4.2.4 Initiate high alarm on channel R-14 as follows:
4.2.4.1 Place the OPERATION SELECTOR switch to PULSE CAL.
4.2.4.2 Verify HIGH ALARM is received.
4.2.4.3 IF HIGH ALARM is received, THEN proceed to step 4.2.4.4. Otherwise, proceed to step 4.2.5.
4.2.4.4 Verify 1-GWD-RCV-14 (Q1G22V206) closes.
4.2.4.5 Operate handswitch (1HS-014) for 1-GWD-RCV-14 (Q1G22V206) from WGP to verify that valve cannot be opened.
4.2.4.6 Reset HIGH ALARM using the OPERATION SELECTOR switch.
4.2.4.7 Place the OPERATION SELECTOR switch to OPERATE.
4.2.4.8 Turn gas decay tank discharge valve to plant vent 1-GWD-RCV-14 (Q1G22V206) handswitch (1HS-014) to CLOSED.
4.2.4.9 Adjust HIK-014 flow controller to 0%.
4.2.4.10 Proceedtostep4.1.7. Version 27.0 10/29/0908:26:22 FNP-I-S0P-51.1 Radiation monitor R-14 check.
4.2.1 Verify RCV -14 isolation valves I-GWD-V -7895 (Q 1 G22V089) and I-GWD-V -7898 (Q 1 G22V207) are closed before performing this test.
4.2.2 Turn gas decay tank discharge valve to plant vent I-GWD-RCV -14 (QIG22V206) handswitch (lHS-014) to OPEN.
4.2.3 Adjust HIK-014 flow controller to 100%.
NOTE:
- Either step 4.2.4 or step 4.2.5 may be utilized to satisfy the isolation capabilities of RCV-14. Steps not required to be performed should be marked NIA (NOT APPLICABLE).
- Step 4.2.4 will insert a signal approximately equal to 105 cpm. IF the current trip setpoint of RCV-14 is greater than 105 cpm, THEN guidance is provided to perform step 4.2.5.
c0t-4.2.4 Initiate high alarm on channel R-14 as follows:
4.2.4.1 Place the OPERATION SELECTOR switch to PULSE CAL.
c0t-4.2.4.2 Verify HIGH ALARM is received.
c0%
4.2.4.3 IF HIGH ALARM is received, THEN proceed to step 4.2.4.4. Otherwise, proceed to step 4.2.5.
c0t-4.2.4.4 Verify I-GWD-RCV-14 (QIG22V206) closes.
c0t-4.2.4.5 Operate handswitch (lHS-014) for I-GWD-RCV-14 (QIG22V206) from WGP to verify that valve cannot be opened.
c0t-4.2.4.6 Reset HIGH ALARM using the OPERATION SELECTOR switch.
c0t-4.2.4.7 Place the OPERATION SELECTOR switch to OPERATE.
~
4.2.4.8 Turn gas decay tank discharge valve to plant vent I-GWD-RCV-14 (QIG22V206) handswitch (lHS-014) to CLOSED.
c0t-4.2.4.9 Adjust HIK-014 flow controller to 0%.
c0%
4.2.4.10 Proceed to step 4.1. 7. Version 27.0
10/29/09 08:26:22 FNP-i-SOP-51.i 4.2.5 Initiate high alarm on channel R-14 by having I&C insert test signal as follows:
4.2.5.1 Place the operation selector to LEVEL CAL.
I&C 4.2.5.2 Adjust A-i R3 clockwise to the alarm setpoint.
4.2.5.3 Verify that i-GWD-RCV-14 (Q1G22V206) closes.
(
4.2.5.4 Operate handswitch (1HS-014) for 1-GWD-RCV-14 (Qi G22V206) from WGP to verify that the valve cannot be opened from the panel.
4.2.5.5 Adjust A-i R3 counter-clockwise to its minimum position.
I&C 4.2.5.6 Reset the high alarm using the OPERATION SELECTOR switch.
4.2.5.7 Place the OPETION SELECTOR switch to OPETE.
4.2.5.8 Turn gas decay tank discharge valve to plant vent i-GWD-RCV-i4 (Q1G22V206) handswitch (1HS-014) to CLOSED.
4.2.5.9 Adjust HIK-0i4 flow controller to 0%.
4.2.5.10 Proceed to step 4.i.7.
5.0 References 5.1 P&ID
- D-175042 Shts 5 & 6
- Waste Processing System 5.2 Westinghouse System Description SD-ALA-409 5.3 FSAR VOL XI Section 11.3 and 11.4 5.4 FNP-ODCM, Offsite Dose Calculation Manual (Corporate Documentum) 5.5 PCN 80-804 5.6 FNP-0-CCP-213 Version 27.0 10/29/0908:26:22 4.2.5 5.0 References FNP-I-S0P-51.1 Initiate high alarm on channel R-14 by having I&C insert test signal as follows:
4.2.5.1 Place the operation selector to LEVEL CAL.
4.2.5.2 Adjust A-I R3 clockwise to the alarm setpoint.
4.2.5.3 Verify that I-GWD-RCV-14 (QIG22V206) closes.
4.2.5.4 Operate handswitch (lHS-014) for I-GWD-RCV-14 (QIG22V206) from WGP to verify that the valve cannot be opened from the panel.
4.2.5.5 Adjust A-I R3 counter-clockwise to its minimum position.
4.2.5.6 Reset the high alarm using the OPERATION SELECTOR switch.
4.2.5.7 Place the OPERATION SELECTOR switch to OPERATE.
4.2.5.8 Turn gas decay tank discharge valve to plant vent I-GWD-RCV-14 (QIG22V206) handswitch (lHS-014) to CLOSED.
4.2.5.9 Adjust HIK-014 flow controller to 0%.
4.2.5.10 Proceed to step 4.1.7.
5.1 P&ID - D-175042 Shts 5 & 6 - Waste Processing System 5.2 Westinghouse System Description SD-ALA-409 5.3 FSAR VOL XI Section 11.3 and 11.4 5.4 FNP-ODCM, Offsite Dose Calculation Manual (Corporate Documentum) 5.5 PCN 80-804 5.6 FNP-0-CCP-213 Version 27.0
10/29/09 14:55:18 FNP-2-SOP-5 1.1 September 4, 2008 Version 23.0 FARLEY NUCLEAR PLANT SYSTEM OPERATING PROCEDURE FNP-2-SOP-5 1.1 WASTE GAS SYSTEM GAS DECAY TANK RELEASE PROCEDURE USAGE REQUIREMENTS PER FNP-0-AP-6 SECTIONS Continuous Use ALL Reference Use Information Use Approved:
Jim L. Hunter (for S
A F
E T
Y R
E L
A T
E D
Operations Manager Date Issued 09/05/08 10/29109 14:55:18 FARLEY NUCLEAR PLANT SYSTEM OPERATING PROCEDURE FNP-2-S0P-51.1 WASTE GAS SYSTEM GAS DECAY TANK RELEASE PROCEDURE USAGE REQUIREMENTS PER FNP-0-AP-6 Continuous Use Reference Use Information Use Approved:
Jim L. Hunter (for)
Operations Manager Date Issued FNP-2-S0P-51.1 September 4, 2008 Version 23.0 SECTIONS ALL 09105/08 S
A F
E T
Y R
E L
A T
E D
10/29/09 14:55:18 FNP-2-SOP-5 1.1 TABLE OF CONTENTS Procedure Contains Number of Pages Body 9
Page 1 of 1 Version 23.0 10/29/09 14:55:18 FNP-2-S0P-51.1 TABLE OF CONTENTS Procedure Contains Number of Pages Body.......................................................... 9 Page 1 of 1 Version 23.0
10/29/09 14:55:18 FNP-2-SOP-51.1 FARLEY NUCLEAR PLANT UNIT 2 SYSTEM OPERATING PROCEDURE SOP-5 1.1 WASTE GAS SYSTEM GAS DECAY TANK RELEASE 1.0 Purpose This procedure provides the Initial Conditions, Precautions and Limitations, and Instructions for the release of a gas decay tank to the vent stack. Instructions are included in the following sections.
4.1 Gas Decay Tank Release 4.2 Radiation Monitor R-0014 Check 2.0 Initial Conditions
.1 The version of this procedure has been verified to be the current version.
(OR 1-98-498)
This procedure has been verified to be the correct unit for the task. (OR 1-98-498) 2.3 The electrical distribution system is energized and aligned for normal operation per System Check List FNP-2-SOP-36.0, PLANT ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION LINE-UP, with exceptions noted.
.4 The compressed air system is in service and aligned for normal operation per FNP-2-SOP-31.0, COMPRESSED AIR SYSTEM.
.5 Radiation monitor(s) R-14, OR (R-21 and R-22) are in service per FNP-2-SOP-45.0, RADIATION MONITORING SYSTEM.
.6 The Gas Decay Tank to be released has been sampled and an approved gaseous waste release permit has been issued.
.7 The Waste Gas System is NOT in operation, per FNP-2-SOP-5 1.0, WASTE GAS SYSTEM. Version 23.0 10/29/0914:SS:18 FNP-2-S0P-S1.1 F ARLEY NUCLEAR PLANT UNIT 2 SYSTEM OPERATING PROCEDURE SOP-S1.1 WASTE GAS SYSTEM GAS DECAY TANK RELEASE 1.0 Purpose This procedure provides the Initial Conditions, Precautions and Limitations, and Instructions for the release of a gas decay tank to the vent stack. Instructions are included in the following sections.
4.1 Gas Decay Tank Release 4.2 Radiation Monitor R-0014 Check 2.0 Initial Conditions c:=JJ ~.1 The version of this procedure has been verified to be the current version.
c:=JJ 4-;.4 c:=JJ +;.S c:=JJ~.6 c:=JJ 4-;.7 (OR 1-98-498)
This procedure has been verified to be the correct unit for the task. (OR 1-98-498)
The electrical distribution system is energized and aligned for normal operation per System Check List FNP-2-S0P-36.0, PLANT ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION LINE-UP, with exceptions noted.
The compressed air system is in service and aligned for normal operation per FNP-2-S0P-31.0, COMPRESSED AIR SYSTEM.
Radiation monitor(s) R-14, OR (R-21 and R-22) are in service per FNP-2-S0P-4S.0, RADIATION MONITORING SYSTEM.
The Gas Decay Tank to be released has been sampled and an approved gaseous waste release permit has been issued.
The Waste Gas System is NOT in operation, per FNP-2-S0P-Sl.0, WASTE GAS SYSTEM. Version 23.0
10/29/09 14:55:18 FNP-2-SOP-51.1 3.0 Precautions and Limitations 3.1 Radiation monitor R-14 must be frequently observed during the release of radioactive gas to assure that the count rate is not approaching R-14 setpoint as stated on the release permit.
3.2 IF R-14 becomes inoperable while discharging gaseous waste to the vent stack, THEN discharge shall be stopped immediately and the Shift Supervisor notified.
3.3 IF either R-14, R-14s alarm, or R-14s automatic termination of release function is inoperable, THEN with the Shift Supervisors permission the release may continue provided ODCM action requirements are met.
3.4 Once a gas decay tank has been isolated for sampling purposes, prior to discharging to the vent stack, the tank shall remain in an isolated condition to prevent the introduction of any gas which could alter the concentration of the tanks contained volume.
3.5 When a high alarm is initiated on channel R-14, ARDA may start (two consecutive polls one minute apart) and the Shift Radiochemist must be notified to stop the automated dose assessment per FNP-0-EIP-9. 1, AUTOMATED DOSE ASSESSMENT METHOD, if ARDA is not required. Version 23.0 10/29/0914:55:18 FNP-2-S0P-51.1 3.0 Precautions and Limitations 3.1 Radiation monitor R-14 must be frequently observed during the release of radioactive gas to assure that the count rate is not approaching R-14 setpoint as stated on the release permit.
3.2 IF R-14 becomes inoperable while discharging gaseous waste to the vent stack, THEN discharge shall be stopped immediately and the Shift Supervisor notified.
3.3 IF either R-14, R-14's alarm, or R-14's automatic termination of release function Isinoperable, THEN with the Shift Supervisors permission the release may continue provided ODeM action requirements are met.
3.4 Once a gas decay tank has been isolated for sampling purposes, prior to discharging to the vent stack, the tank shall remain in an isolated condition to prevent the introduction of any gas which could alter the concentration of the tank's contained volume.
3.5 When a high alarm is initiated on channel R-14, ARDA may start (two consecutive polls one minute apart) and the Shift Radiochemist must be notified to stop the automated dose assessment per FNP-0-EIP-9.1, AUTOMATED DOSE ASSESSMENT METHOD, if ARDA is not required. Version 23.0
10/29/09 14:55:18 FNP-2-SOP-51.1 4.0 Instructions NOTE:
Initial each step as completed. Instructions for completion of gaseous waste release permit are specified in FNP.-O-CCP-213, GASEOUS WASTE RELEASE PROGRAM.
r CAUTION:
Ensure counting room technician isolates waste gas tank from sample panel after sample has been taken.
4.1 WGDTNo. 3 ReleasePermitNo. DflQ 2
( Oo3H NOTE:
Steps 4.1.1 through 4.1.5 may be performed in any order.
I 4.1.1 Verify ALL the gas decay tanks isolated as follows:
NOTE:
Perform the following steps in conjunction with Table 1 to determine the valves required to isolate the respective GDT.
4.1.1.1 Verify Closed GDT inlet & outlet valves.
4.1.1.2 Verify Closed GDT bank inlet & outlet valves.
TABLE 1 GDT OUTLET GDT iNLET GDT BANK GDT BANK GDT BANK VALVE VALVE INLET VALVE OUTLET VALVE 1
A 2-GWD-V-7823A 2-GWD-V-7820A 2-GWD-V-78 18 2-GWD-V-7825 (Q2G22V0 1 9A)/
(Q2G22V025A)
(Q2G22V029) (.
(Q2G22V0 1 7)V 2
A 2-GWD-V-7823B 2-GWD-V-7820B 2-GWD-V-7818 2-GWD-V-7825 (Q2G22V019B)J (Q2G22V025B)f (Q2022V029)/
(Q2G22V017)V 3
A 2-GWD-V-7823C 2-GWD-V-7820C 2-GWD-V-7818 2-GWD-V-7825 (Q2022V0 1 9C) V (Q2G22V025C)J (Q2G22VO29)
(Q2G22V0 17) 4 B
2-GWD-V-7833A 2-GWD-V-7830A 2-GWD-V-7828 2-GWD-V-7835 (Q2G22V022A)
(Q2G22V026A)/
(Q2G22V030)V (Q2G22V020Y-5 B
2-GWD-V-7833B 2-GWD-V-7830B 2-GWD-V-7828 2-GWD-V-783 5 (Q2G22V022B)-
(Q2G22V026B)\\,
(Q2G22V030)L/
(Q2G22V020)L-6 B
2-GWD-V-7833C 2-GWD-V-7830C 2-GWD-V-7828 2-GWD-V-783 5 (Q2G22VO22C)V (Q2G22V026C)V (Q2G22V030)\\/
(Q2G22V020)/
7 SHUT-2-GWD-V-7886A 2-GWD-V-7883A 2-GWD-V-7881 2-GWD-V-7888 DOWN (Q2G22VO74A) (Q2G22V085A)
(Q2G22V083)/
(Q2G22V076)\\/
8 SHUT-2-GWD-V-7886B 2-GWD-V-7883 2-GWD-V-78 81 2-GWD-V-78 88 DOWN (Q2G22V074B) -
(Q2G22V085B)
(Q2G22V083)/
(Q2G22V076) Version 23.0 10/29/09 14:55:18 FNP-2-S0P-51.1 4.0 Instructions NOTE:
Initial each step as completed. Instructions for completion of gaseous waste release permit are specified in FNP-O-CCP-213, GASEOUS WASTE RELEASE PROGRAM.
CAUTION:
Ensure counting room technician isolates waste gas tank from sample panel after sample has been taken.
GDT 1
2 3
4 5
6 7
8 4.1 WGDTNo. '3 Release Permit No. q -dDI 00 I~( - () ~31-~
Steps 4.1.1 through 4.1.5 may be performed in any order.
4.1.1 Verify ALL the gas decay tanks isolated as follows:
Perform the following steps in conjunction with Table 1 to determine the valves required to isolate the respective GDT.
4.1.1.1 Verify Closed GDT inlet & outlet valves.
4.1.1.2 Verify Closed GDT bank inlet & outlet valves.
TABLE 1 GDTOUTLET GDTINLET GDTBANK GDTBANK BANK VALVE VALVE INLET VALVE OUTLET VALVE A
2-GWD-V -7823A 2-GWD-V -782OA 2-GWD-V-7818 2-GWD-V -7825 (Q2G22VO1 9A)¥ (Q2G22V025A)v (Q2G22V029) V (Q2G22V017)V A
2-GWD-V-7823B 2-GWD-V -7820B 2-GWD-V-7818 2-GWD-V -7825 (Q2G22V019B)/
(Q2G22V025B)./
(Q2G22V029)/
(Q2G22VOI7) V A
2-GWD-V-7823C 2-GWD-V -7820C 2-GWD-V -7818 2-GWD-V -7825 (Q2G22V019C) 0/
(Q2G22V025C)J (Q2G22V029)./
(Q2G22VO 17) tI B
2-GWD-V-7833A 2-GWD-V -7830A 2-GWD-V -7828 2-GWD-V -7835 (Q2G22V022A) v' (Q2G22V026A) :/ (Q2G22V030Y (Q2G22V020)V B
2-GWD-V-7833B 2-GWD-V -7830B 2-GWD-V -7828 2-GWD-V-7835 (Q2G22V022B)/
(Q2G22V026B)v (Q2G22V030)c./
(Q2G22V020)V B
2-GWD-V-7833C 2-GWD-V -7830C 2-GWD-V -7828 2-GWD-V-7835 (Q2G22V022C)/ (Q2G22V026C)V (Q2G22V030)V (Q2G22V020)./
SHUT-2-GWD-V -7886A 2-GWD-V-7883A 2-GWD-V-7881 2-GWD-V-7888 DOWN (Q2G22V074A)/' (Q2G22V085A)V (Q2G22V083) /
(Q2G22V076)V SHUT-2-GWD-V -7886B 2-GWD-V-7883V 2-GWD-V-7881 2-GWD-V-788~
DOWN (Q2G22V074B) v (Q2G22V085B)
(Q2G22V083) J (Q2G22V076) Version 23.0
10/29/09 14:55:18 FNP-2-SOP-5 1.1 4.1.2 Verify recorder RR0100 (point RR14 or RR22) in operation OR verify that the Rad Met Data Acquisition (RMDA) System (for point R-14 or R-14 R-22 Setpoint
\\L 7I
Background
4.1.4 4.1.5 Verify setpoints in step 4.1.3 are setpoint on release permit Section II.
Establish dilution flow rate, as stated in gaseous waste release permit, Section 2 and record actual flow rate
)
(Th () Ci 4.1.6 Perform test on process radiation monitor R-14 per section 4.2 of this procedure.
NOTE:
Refer to FNP-ODCM, OFFSITE DOSE CALCULATION MANUAL for release limitations with R-14 out of service.
R-22) is operable.
4.1.3 NOTE:
The setpoint for R-14 and R-22 can be obtained from FNP-2-CCP-213.1, GASEOUS EFFLUENT RADIATION MONITORING SYSTEM SETPOINTS.
For the operable rad monitor(s) read and record actual setpoint and background on R-14 and/or R-22.
Version 23.0 10/29/09 14:55:18 FNP-2-S0P-51.1 NOTE:
Refer to FNP-ODCM, OFFSITE DOSE CALCULATION MANUAL for release limitations with R-14 out of service.
4.1.2 Verify recorder RR0100 (point RR14 or RR22) in operation OR verify that the Rad Met Data Acquisition (RMDA) System (for point R-14 or R-22) is operable.
NOTE:
The setpoint for R-14 and R-22 can be obtained from FNP-2-CCP-213.1, GASEOUS EFFLUENT RADIATION MONITORING SYSTEM SETPOINTS.
4.1.3 4.1.4 4.1.5 4.1.6 For the operable rad monitor(s) read and record actual setpoint and background on R-14 and/or R-22.
R-14 R-22 Setpoint
\\,= S 71
)
/L-\\3
Background
- n t
- :J Verify setpoints in step 4.1.3 are::: setpoint on release permit Section II.
Establish dilution flow rate, as stated in gaseous waste release permit, Section 2 and record actual flow rate =7.::0) 0 () 0 Perform test on process radiation monitor R-14 per section 4.2 of this procedure. Version 23.0
10/29/09 14:55:18 FNP-2-SOP-5 1.1 NOTE:
Perform the following steps in conjunction with Table 1 to determine the valves required to align the respective gas decay tank for discharge.
4.1.7 Open gas decay tank outlet valve.
(Record TPNS from Table 2).
4.1.8 Open gas decay tank bank outlet valve.
(Record TPNS from Table 2).
TABLE 2 GDT OUTLET GDT BANK GDT BANK VALVE OUTLET VALVE I
A 2-GWD-V-7823A 2-GWD-V-7825 (Q2G22V0 1 9A)
(Q2G22V0 17) 2 A
2-GWD-V-7823B 2-GWD-V-7825 (Q2G22V0 I 9B)
(Q2G22V0 17) 3 A
2-GWD-V-7823C 2-GWD-V-7825 (Q2G22V0 1 9C)
(Q2G22V0 17) 4 B
2-GWD-V-7833A 2-GWD-V-7835 (Q2G22V022A)
(Q2G22V020) 5 B
2-GWD-V-7833B 2-GWD-V-7835 (Q2G22V022B)
(Q2G22V020) 6 B
2-GWD-V-7833C 2-GWD-V-7835 (Q2G22V022C)
(Q2G22V020) 7 SHUT-DOWN 2-GWD-V-7886A 2-GWD-V-78 88 (Q2G22V074A)
(Q2G22V076) 8 SHUT-DOWN 2-GWD-V-7886B 2-GWD-V-78 88 (Q2G22V074B)
(Q2G22V076) 4.1.9 Verify the following:
4.1.9.1 RCV-14 flow controller is at zero position.
4.1.9.2 Plant vent pressure regulator 2-GWD-V-7896 (Q2G22V205) is set for 15 psi. (located next to RCV-14).
4.1.10 Unlock and open RCV-14 upstream isolation valve 2-GWD-V-7895 (Q2G22V089).
4.1.11 Open RCV-14 downstream isolation valve 2-GWD-V-7898 (Q2G22V207).
4.1.12 Turn gas decay tank discharge valve to plant vent 2-GWD-RCV-14 (Q2G22V206) handswitch (2HS-014) to OPEN. Version 23.0 10129/09 14:55:18 FNP-2-S0P-51.1 NOTE:
Perform the following steps in conjunction with Table 1 to determine the valves required to align the respective gas decay tank for discharge.
4.1.7 Open gas decay tank outlet valve.
___________ (Record TPNS from Table 2).
4.1.8 Open gas decay tank bank outlet valve.
___________ (Record TPNS from Table 2).
TABLE 2 GDTOUTLET GDTBANK GDT BANK VALVE OUTLET VALVE 1
A 2-GWD-V -7823A 2-GWD-V -7825 (Q2G22VO 19A)
(Q2G22VO 17) 2 A
2-GWD-V -7823B 2-GWD-V -7825 (Q2G22V019B)
(Q2G22V017) 3 A
2-GWD-V -7823C 2-GWD-V -7825 (Q2G22V019C)
(Q2G22V017) 4 B
2-GWD-V -7833A 2-GWD-V-7835 (Q2G22V022A)
(Q2G22V020) 5 B
2-GWD-V-7833B 2-GWD-V-7835 (Q2G22V022B)
(Q2G22V020) 6 B
2-GWD-V-7833C 2-GWD-V-7835 (Q2G22V022C)
(Q2G22V020) 7 SHUT-DOWN 2-GWD-V -7886A 2-GWD-V-7888 (Q2G22V074A)
(Q2G22V076) 8 SHUT-DOWN 2-GWD-V-7886B 2-GWD-V-7888 (Q2G22V074B)
(Q2G22V076) 4.1.9 Verify the following:
4.1.10 4.1.11 4.1.12 4.1.9.1 4.1.9.2 RCV-14 flow controller is at zero position.
Plant vent pressure regulator 2-GWD-V -7896 (Q2G22V205) is set for 15 psi. (located next to RCV -14).
Unlock and open RCV -14 upstream isolation valve 2-GWD-V -7895 (Q2G22V089).
Open RCV-14 downstream isolation valve 2-GWD-V-7898 (Q2G22V207).
Turn gas decay tank discharge valve to plant vent 2-GWD-RCV-14 (Q2G22V206) handswitch (2HS-014) to OPEN. Version 23.0
10/29/09 14:55:18 FNP-2-SOP-51.1 4.1.13 Record the following and notify the Shift Radiochemist:
Start Time Tank Press PSIG 4.1.14 Slowly open gas decay tank discharge valve to plant vent 2-GWD-RCV-14 (Q2G22V206) using WASTE GAS DISCHARGE CONTROL HIK014, and verify the following:
4.1.14.1 R-14 count rate is less than R-14 setpoint.
4.1.14.2 The pressure in GDT is decreasing at a rate that ensures the release of the entire tank will take greater than one hour.
(This ensures release rate specified on the Gaseous Waste Release Permit, Sec. II, is not exceeded.)
4.1.15 Monitor all gas decay tank pressures during the release. Ensure that only the tank which is being released exhibits a pressure decrease. IF any other tanks show a pressure decrease OR increase, THEN stop the release and notify the Shift Supervisor.
4.1.16 WHEN the desired gas decay tank pressure has been obtained, THEN turn the gas decay tank discharge valve to plant vent 2-GWD-RCV-14 (Q2G22V206) handswitch (2HS-014) to CLOSE and position the controller to zero.
4.1.17 Record the following and notify the Shift Radiochernist:
Stop Time Tank Press P510 Final R-14 count rate CPM Final R-22 count rate CPM 4.1.18 Close RCV-14 downstream isolation valve 2-GWD-V-7 898 (Q2G22V207).
4.1.19 Close & lock RCV-14 upstream isolation valve 2-GWD-V-7895 (Q2G22V089). Version 23.0 10129/09 14:55:18 4.1.13 4.1.14 4.1.15 4.1.16 4.1.17 4.1.18 4.1.19 FNP-2-S0P-51.1 Record the following and notify the Shift Radiochemist:
Start Time --------
Tank Press ________ PSIG Slowly open gas decay tank discharge valve to plant vent 2-GWD-RCV-14 (Q2G22V206) using WASTE GAS DISCHARGE CONTROL HIK-014, and verify the following:
4.1.14.1 R-14 count rate is less than R-14 setpoint.
4.1.14.2 The pressure in GDT is decreasing at a rate that ensures the release of the entire tank will take greater than one hour.
(This ensures release rate specified on the Gaseous Waste Release Permit, Sec. II, is not exceeded.)
Monitor all gas decay tank pressures during the release. Ensure that only the tank which is being released exhibits a pressure decrease. IF any other tanks show a pressure decrease OR increase, THEN stop the release and notify the Shift Supervisor.
WHEN the desired gas decay tank pressure has been obtained, THEN turn the gas decay tank discharge valve to plant vent 2-GWD-RCV-14 (Q2G22V206) handswitch (2HS-014) to CLOSE and position the controller to zero.
Record the following and notify the Shift Radiochemist:
Stop Time _______ _
Tank Press PSIG Final R-14 count rate _______ CPM Final R-22 count rate CPM Close RCV -14 downstream isolation valve 2-GWD-V -7898 (Q2G22V207).
Close & lock RCV-14 upstream isolation valve 2-GWD-V-7895 (Q2G22V089). Version 23.0
10/29/09 14:55:18 FNP-2-SOP-51.1 4.1.20 Close gas decay tank bank outlet valve from step 4.1.8 (Record TPNS).
4.1.21 Close gas decay tank outlet valve from step 4.1.7 (Record TPNS).
4.1.22 For the operable rad monitor(s) record the average values during the release of R-14 and/or R-22 from recorder RRO100 (points RR14 and/or RR22) readings Q, record average value obtained from the RMDA system (points R-14 and/or R-22).
R-14 Average (circle one used)
R-22 Average (circle one used) 4.1.23 Transfer required data to the release permit.
Operator Date 4.1.24 IF necessary, THEN return waste gas system to operation per FNP-2-SOP-5 1.0, WASTE GAS SYSTEM.
4.1.25 Independently verify RCV-14 downstream isolation valve IV.
2-GWD-V-7898 (Q2G22V207) is closed.
4.1.26 Independently verify RCV..14 upstream isolation valve IV 2-GWD-V-7895 (Q2G22V089) is closed & locked. Version 23.0 10/29/09 14:55:18 4.1.20 4.1.21 4.1.22 4.1.23 4.1.24 4.1.25 IV 4.1.26 IV FNP-2-S0P-51.1 Close gas decay tank bank outlet valve from step 4.1.8
_____________ (Record TPNS).
Close gas decay tank outlet valve from step 4.1.7
_____________ (Record TPNS).
For the operable rad monitor(s) record the average values during the release ofR-14 and/or R-22 from recorder RR0100 (points RR14 and/or RR22) readings OR record average value obtained from the RMDA system (points R-14 and/or R-22).
R-14 Average ____________ RecorderlRMDA (circle one used)
R-22 Average ____________ RecorderlRMDA (circle one used)
Transfer required data to the release permit.
Operator _____________ _
Date ______________ _
IF necessary, THEN return waste gas system to operation per FNP-2-S0P-51.0, WASTE GAS SYSTEM.
Independently verify RCV-14 downstream isolation valve 2-GWD-V-7898 (Q2G22V207) is closed.
Independently verify RCV -14 upstream isolation valve 2-GWD-V -7895 (Q2G22V089) is closed & locked. Version 23.0
10/29/09 14:55:18 FNP-2-SOP-5 1.1 4.2 Radiation Monitor R-14 Check 4.2.1 Verify RCV-14 isolation valves 2-GWD-V-7895 (Q2G22V089) and 2-GWD-V-7898 (Q2G22V207) are closed before performing this test.
4.2.2 Turn gas decay tank discharge valve to plant vent 2-GWD-RCV-14 (Q2G22V206) handswitch (2HS-014) to OPEN.
4.2.3 Adjust HIK-014 flow controller to 100%.
NOTE:
- Either step 4.2.4 or step 4.2.5 may be utilized to satisfy the isolation capabilities of RCV-14. Steps not required to be performed should be marked N/A (NOT APPLICABLE).
Step 4.2.4 will insert a signal approximately equal to 1O cpm. IF the current trip setpoint of RCV-14 is greater than 1O cpm, THEN guidance is provided to perform step 4.2.5.
4.2.4 Initiate HIGH ALARM on channel R-14 as follows:
4.2.4.1 Place the OPERATION SELECTOR switch to PULSE CAL.
4.2.4.2 Verify HIGH ALARM is received.
4.2.4.3 IF HIGH ALARM is received, THEN proceed to step 4.2.4.4. Otherwise, proceed to step 4.2.5.
4.2.4.4 Verify 2-GWD-RCV-14 (Q2G22V206) closes.
4.2.4.5 Operate handswitch (2HS-014) for 2-GWD-RCV-14 (Q2G22V206) from WGP to verify that valve cannot be opened.
4.2.4.6 Reset HIGH ALARM using the OPERATION SELECTOR 4.2.4.7 Place the OPERATION SELECTOR switch to OPERATE.
4.2.4.8 Turn gas decay tank discharge valve to plant vent 2-GWD-RCV-14 (Q2G22V206) handswitch (2HS-0 14) to CLOSED 4.2.4.9 Adjust HIK-014 flow controller to 0%.
4.2.4.10 Proceed to step 4.1.7. Version 23.0 10/29/09 14:55:18 FNP-2-S0P-51.1 Radiation Monitor R-14 Check 4.2.1 Verify RCV-14 isolation valves 2-GWD-V-7895 (Q2G22V089) and 2-GWD-V -7898 (Q2G22V207) are closed before performing this test.
4.2.2 Turn gas decay tank discharge valve to plant vent 2-GWD-RCV-14 (Q2G22V206) handswitch (2HS-014) to OPEN.
4.2.3 Adjust HIK-014 flow controller to 100%.
NOTE:
- Either step 4.2.4 or step 4.2.5 may be utilized to satisfy the isolation capabilities ofRCV-14. Steps not required to be performed should be marked NIA (NOT APPLICABLE).
~
J1t-J1t-J1t-J1t-J1t-J1t-J1t-
- Step 4.2.4 will insert a signal approximately equal to 105 cpm. IF the current trip setpoint of RCV-14 is greater than 105 cpm, THEN guidance is provided to perform step 4.2.5.
4.2.4 Initiate HIGH ALARM on channel R-14 as follows:
4.2.4.1 Place the OPERATION SELECTOR switch to PULSE CAL.
4.2.4.2 Verify HIGH ALARM is received.
4.2.4.3 IF HIGH ALARM is received, THEN proceed to step 4.2.4.4. Otherwise, proceed to step 4.2.5.
4.2.4.4 Verify 2-GWD-RCV-14 (Q2G22V206) closes.
4.2.4.5 Operate handswitch (2HS-014) for 2-GWD-RCV-14 (Q2G22V206) from WGP to verify that valve cannot be opened.
4.2.4.6 Reset HIGH ALARM using the OPERATION SELECTOR switch.
4.2.4.7 Place the OPERATION SELECTOR switch to OPERATE.
4.2.4.8 Turn gas decay tank discharge valve to plant vent 2-GWD-RCV-14 (Q2G22V206) handswitch (2HS-014) to CLOSED 4.2.4.9 Adjust HIK-014 flow controller to 0%.
4.2.4.10 Proceed to step 4.1.7. Version 23.0
10/29/09 14:55:18 FNP-2-SOP-51.1 4.2.5 Initiate high alarm on channel R-14 by having I&C insert a test signal as follows:
RIP 4.2.5.1 Place the operation selector to LEVEL CAL.
I&C ft 4.2.5.2 Adjust A-i R3 clockwise to the alarm setpoint.
I&C 4.2.5.3 Verify 2-GWD-RCV-14 (Q2G22V206) closes.
ft 4.2.5.4 Operate handswitch (2HS-014) for 2-GWD-RCV-14 (Q2G22V206) from WGP to verify that the valve cannot be opened.
ftJ ft 4.2.5.5 Adjust A-i R3 counter-clockwise to its minimum position.
I&C ft 4.2.5.6 Reset the high alarm using the OPERATION SELECTOR I&C switch.
4.2.5.7 Place the OPERATION SELECTOR switch to OPERATE.
I&C ft 4.2.5.8 Turn gas decay tank discharge valve to plant vent 2-GWD-RCV-14 (Q2G22V206) handswitch (2HS-014) to CLOSED 4.2.5.9 Adjust HIK-0i4 flow controller to 0%.
4.2.5.10 Proceed to step 4.1.7.
5.0 References 5.1 P&ID, D-205042, sheets 5 and 6, Waste Processing System 5.2 Westinghouse System Description SD-ALA-409 5.3 FNP-ODCM, OFFSITE DOSE CALCULATION MANUAL (Corporate Documentum) 5.4 FSAR Vol. XI Section 11.3 and 11.4 5.6 FNP-0-CCP-213 Version 23.0 10129/09 14:55:18 FNP-2-S0P-51.1 lifE I&C hlA I&C rvR hlA Wi I&C m I&C m I&C tv!
rvR rvR 5.0 4.2.5 References Initiate high alarm on channel R-14 by having I&C insert a test signal as follows:
4.2.5.1 Place the operation selector to LEVEL CAL.
4.2.5.2 Adjust A-I R3 clockwise to the alarm setpoint.
4.2.5.3 Verify 2-GWD-RCV-14 (Q2G22V206) closes.
4.2.5.4 Operate handswitch (2HS-014) for 2-GWD-RCV-14 (Q2G22V206) from WGP to verify that the valve cannot be opened.
4.2.5.5 Adjust A-I R3 counter-clockwise to its minimum position.
4.2.5.6 Reset the high alarm using the OPERATION SELECTOR switch.
4.2.5.7 Place the OPERATION SELECTOR switch to OPERATE.
4.2.5.8 Turn gas decay tank discharge valve to plant vent 2-GWD-RCV-14 (Q2G22V206) handswitch (2HS-014) to CLOSED 4.2.5.9 Adjust HIK-014 flow controller to 0%.
4.2.5.l0 Proceed to step 4.l.7.
5.1 P&ID, D-205042, sheets 5 and 6, Waste Processing System 5.2 Westinghouse System Description SD-ALA-409 5.3 FNP-ODCM, OFFSITE DOSE CALCULA nON MANUAL (Corporate Documentum) 5.4 FSAR Vol. XI Section 1l.3 and 1l.4 5.6 FNP-0-CCP-213 Version 23.0
Page 1 of 6
- j. In Plant JPM SO-314A TITLE: Locally operate the TDAFWP following a loss of control power.
PROGRAM APPLICABLE: SOT X
SOCT X
OLT X
LOCT X
ACCEPTABLE EVALUATION METHOD:
X PERFORM X
SIMULATE DISCUSS EVALUATION LOCATION:
SIMULATOR CONTROL ROOM X
PLANT PROJECTED TIME:
30 MIN SIMULATOR IC NUMBER:
N/A ALTERNATE PATH TIME CRITICAL PRA JPM DIRECTIONS:
1.
This JPM may be performed on either unit. Unit Two values, when different, are in brackets after the Unit 1 numbers: Unit 1 numbers [Unit 2 numbers].
2.
Pictures are to be given to the applicant at element 5 for operating the TDAFW Pump steam admission valves, to preclude a Main Steam Valve Room entry which would be risk significant to plant operation.
3.
Other directions provided in the body of JPM.
TASK STANDARD: Required for successful completion of this JPM, using FNP-1[2]-SOP-22.0:
Locally operate the TDAFWP following a loss of control power to establish a TDAFW pump discharge pressure of 100 psig greater than SG pressure.
Examinee:
Overall JPM Performance:
Satisfactory Unsatisfactory D
Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)
EXAMINER:
Developer Name: C. Vince Richter Date: 10-27-09 NRC Approval SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3 FNP HL T-33 NRC exam JPM j.
- j. In Plant JPM SO-314A TITLE: Locally operate the TDAFWP following a loss of control power.
PROGRAM APPLICABLE: SOT --.2L SOCT --.2L OLT --.2L LOCT X Page 1 of 6 ACCEPTABLE EVALUATION METHOD: --.2LPERFORM --.2LSIMULATE DISCUSS EVALUATION LOCATION:
SIMULATOR CONTROL ROOM --.2L PLANT PROJECTED TIME:
30 MIN SIMULATOR IC NUMBER:
N/A AL TERNATE PATH TIME CRITICAL PRA JPM DIRECTIONS:
- 1. This JPM may be performed on either unit. Unit Two values, when different, are in brackets after the Unit 1 numbers: Unit 1 numbers [Unit 2 numbers].
- 2. Pictures are to be given to the applicant at element 5 for operating the TDAFW Pump steam admission valves, to preclude a Main Steam Valve Room entry which would be risk significant to plant operation.
- 3. Other directions provided in the body of JPM.
TASK STANDARD: Required for successful completion of this JPM, using FNP-l [2]-SOP-22.0:
Locally operate the TDAFWP following a loss of control power to establish a TDAFW pump discharge pressure of ~ 100 psig greater than SG pressure.
Examinee:
Overall JPM Performance:
Satisfactory 0
V nsatisfactory 0 Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)
EXAMINER: ________________ __
Name: C. Vince Richter Date: 10-27-09 SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3
Page 2 of 6 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to locally operate the TDAFWP following a loss of control power. The task is to be performed under the following conditions:
a.
The Plant is currently experiencing a sustained loss of all AC Power and control of the TDAFWP is no longer possible from the Control Room because of the loss of control power to the pump.
b.
The TDAFW Pump is currently NOT running and needs to be started.
c.
All SGs are intact and SG pressure is currently 980 psig.
d.
SG pressure is the only control room indication available for the purpose of establishing AFW flow rate.
e.
Discharge pressure indication for the TDAFW Pump is the only available local indication for the pump.
f.
You have been directed by the Shift Supervisor to operate the TDAFWP locally using SOP-22.0 Appendix I.
g.
An additional individual is available, and a 12 adjustable wrench and flashlight have been obtained.
h.
A pre-job brief is not required.
EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE)
START TIME
- 1.
Using the manual operator on the valve, Manual operator engaged and S / U Close TDAFWP TRIP & THROTTLE valve manual operator turned in VLV, Q1[21N12MOV3406.
the clockwise direction to close the valve.
(if electrical closure is attempted then CUE: Valve will not move) when closed manually, then CUE:
MOV 3406 is closed
- 2.
If TDAFWP TRIP & THROTTLE VLV, Checks overspeed linkage.
S / U Q1[2]N12M0V3406, overspeed linkage is (CUE: M0V3406 overspeed tripped, THEN reset linkage, linkage is tripped. Trip arm has moved to the extreme right position.)
Candidate Resets TDAFWP overspeed trip linkage by pushing toward M0V3406 until held in place by trip lever.
(CUE: Linkage is reset).
Page 2 of 6 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to locally operate the TDAFWP following a loss of control power. The task is to be performed under the following conditions:
- a.
The Plant is currently experiencing a sustained loss of all AC Power and control of the TDAFWP is no longer possible from the Control Room because of the loss of control power to the pump.
- b. The TDAFW Pump is currently NOT running and needs to be started.
- d.
SO pressure is the only control room indication available for the purpose of establishing AFW flow rate.
- e.
Discharge pressure indication for the TDAFW Pump is the only available local indication for the pump.
- f.
You have been directed by the Shift Supervisor to operate the TDAFWP locally using SOP-22.0 Appendix I.
- g. An additional individual is available, and a 12" adjustable wrench and flashlight have been obtained.
- h.
A pre-job brief is not required.
EVALUATION CHECKLIST ELEMENTS:
- 1.
- 2.
START TIME Using the manual operator on the valve, Close TDAFWP TRIP & THROTTLE VLV, Ql[2]NI2MOV3406.
IfTDAFWP TRIP & THROTTLE VLV, Ql[2]NI2MOV3406, overspeed linkage is tripped, THEN reset linkage.
STANDARDS:
RESULTS:
(CIRCLE)
Manual operator engaged and S / U valve manual operator turned in the clockwise direction to close the valve.
(if electrical closure is attempted then CUE: Valve will not move) when closed manually, then CUE:
MOV 3406 is closed Checks overspeed linkage.
S / U (CUE: MOV3406 overspeed linkage is tripped. Trip arm has moved to the extreme right position.)
Candidate Resets TDAFWP overspeed trip linkage by pushing toward MOV3406 until held in place by trip lever.
(CUE: Linkage is reset).
Page 3 of 6 EVALUATION CHECKLIST ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
RESULTS:
(CIRCLE) 3.
Fail open TDAFWP STM SUPP ISO Q1[2]N12HV3226.
4.
Verify TDAFWP STM SUPP ISO, Qi [2]N 1 2HV3226, jacking device fully out.
5.
Describes approximate location in MSVR of the steam supply to the TDAFWP valves:
TDAFWP STM SUPP FROM lB SG Q1 [2]N12HV3235A
{Q1[2]N12VOO1A}. (127 MSVR)
TDAFWP STM SUPP FROM 1C SG Q1[2]N12HV3235B
{Q1[2]N12VOO1B}. (127 MSVR)
- 6.
Jacks open steam supply to the TDAFWP from all intact SGs:
TDAFWP STM SUPP FROM lB SG Qi [2}N12HV3235A
{Q1[2]N12VOO1A}. (127 MSVR)
TDAFWP STM SUPP FROM 1C SG Q1[2}N12HV3235B
{Q1[2]N12VOO1B}. (127 MSVR)
Checks HV3226 Valve Position.
(CUE: HV3226 is OPEN.)
Shuts air isolation valve and opens petcock on air supply regulator to fail open.
(CUE: Air isolation is shut.
Petcock on regulator is open).
Turns HV3226 Manual jacking device counterclockwise and verifies in the fully-backed-out position.
(CUE: Manual jacking device on HV-3226 Fully backed out).
States that the HV3235A is in the B Main Steam Bay, and HV3235B is in the C Main Steam Bay.
S/U S/U S/U Manual operators turned clockwise S / U to line up operator and valve stern pin holes, pin inserted, and the handwheel turned counter clockwise to jack open the valves.
(CUE: HV3235A and HV3235B are jacked open).
NOTE:
ENTRY INTO MSVR IS NOT ALLOWED DUE TO PLANT CONDITIONS AND RISK SIGNIFICANCE. THE APPLICANT MUST SUCCESSFULLY DESCRIBE APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF THE STEAM ADMISSION VALVES AND THEIR MANUAL OPERATION IN THE FOLLOWING STEPS.
PICTURES FOR THE TDAFW PUMP STEAM ADMISSION VALVES ARE TO BE GIVEN TO THE APPLICANT WHEN THE APPROXIMATE LOCATION IN THE MSVR HAS BEEN DESCRIBED.
EVALUATION CHECKLIST ELEMENTS:
- 3.
- 4.
Fail open TDAFWP STM SUPP ISO Q1[2]N12HV3226.
Verify TDAFWP STM SUPP ISO, Q1 [2]N12HV3226, jacking device fully out.
STANDARDS:
Checks HV3226 Valve Position.
(CUE: HV3226 is OPEN.)
Shuts air isolation valve and opens petcock on air supply regulator to fail open.
(CUE: Air isolation is shut.
Petcock on regulator is open).
Turns HV3226 Manual jacking device counterclockwise and verifies in the fully-backed-out position.
(CUE: Manual jacking device on HV -3226 Fully backed out).
Page 3 of 6 RESULTS:
(CIRCLE)
S/U S I U NOTE:
ENTRY INTO MSVR IS NOT ALLOWED DUE TO PLANT CONDITIONS AND RISK SIGNIFICANCE. THE APPLICANT MUST SUCCESSFULLY DESCRIBE APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF THE STEAM ADMISSION VALVES AND THEIR MANUAL OPERATION IN THE FOLLOWING STEPS.
- 5.
- 6.
PICTURES FOR THE TDAFW PUMP STEAM ADMISSION VALVES ARE TO BE GIVEN TO THE APPLICANT WHEN THE APPROXIMATE LOCATION IN THE MSVR HAS BEEN DESCRIBED.
Describes approximate location in MSVR of the steam supply to the TDAFWP valves:
TDAFWP STM SUPP FROM 1B SG Q1[2]N12HV3235A
{Q1 [2]N12V001A}. (127' MSVR)
TDAFWP STM SUPP FROM 1 C SG Q1[2]N12HV3235B
{Q1 [2]N12V001B}. (127' MSVR) lacks open steam supply to the TDAFWP from all intact SGs:
TDAFWP STM SUPP FROM IB SG Ql[2]N12HV3235A
{Ql [2]N12VOOIA}. (127' MSVR)
TDAFWP STM SUPP FROM 1 C SG Ql[2]N12HV3235B
{Ql[2]N12VOOlB}. (127' MSVR)
States that the HV3235A is in the B Main Steam Bay, and HV3235B is in the C Main Steam Bay.
Manual operators turned clockwise to line up operator and valve stem pin holes, pin inserted, and the handwheel turned counter-clockwise to jack open the valves.
(CUE: HV3235A and HV3235B are jacked open).
S I U S I U
Page 4 of 6 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE) 7.
Establish communications between the Communications established S / U TDAFWP room and the Main Control between the TDAFWP and Main Room.
Control Room.
8.
Inform the Control Room Operator starting Informs the Control Room S / U the TDAFWP.
Operator starting the TDAFWP.
(CUE: Control Room acknowledges starting the TDAFWP).
NOTE: Control of the TDAFW pump in the next step will depend on available indication. Speed indication is NOT available due to the loss of power. SG pressure is the only available parameter for establishing AFW flow rate, and is currently 980 psig.
(CUE IF REQUIRED: SPEED INDICATION INDICATES 0 RPM.)
- 9 Establish TDAFWP operation by throttling Manual operator slowly throttled S / U open TDAFWP TRIP & THRTL VLV open to establish TDAFWP Q1[2]N12M0V3406 to establish one of the discharge pressure at 1080 psig on following conditions based on available PI-3222B.
indicators (only available indicators listed (CUE: MOV3406 throttled for JPM):
open, TDAFW pump discharge Establish TDAFWP discharge pressure is 1080 psig).
pressure on PI-3222B approximately 100 psig above SG pressure (MCB).
(PI-3222B in area outside wall of MDAFWP room)
STOP TIME Terminate when examinee establishes a TDAFW pump discharge pressure of - 100 psig greater than SO pressure.
CUE: Another operator will continue with this task.
CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted with an asterisk (*) preceding the element number.
EVALUATION CHECKLIST ELEMENTS:
- 7.
- 8.
Establish communications between the TDAFWP room and the Main Control Room.
Inform the Control Room Operator starting theTDAFWP.
STANDARDS:
Communications established between the TDAFWP and Main Control Room.
Informs the Control Room Operator starting the TDAFWP.
(CUE: Control Room acknowledges starting the TDAFWP).
Page 4 of 6 RESULTS:
(CIRCLE)
S I U S/U NOTE: Control of the TDAFW pump in the next step will depend on available indication. Speed indication is NOT available due to the loss of power. SO pressure is the only available parameter for establishing AFW flow rate, and is currently 980 psig.
(CUE IF REQUIRED: SPEED INDICATION INDICATES 0 RPM.)
- 9.
Establish TDAFWP operation by throttling open TDAFWP TRIP & THRTL VLV Ql[2]N12MOV3406 to establish one of the following conditions based on available indicators (only available indicators listed for JPM):
Establish TDAFWP discharge pressure on PI-3222B approximately 100 psig above SO pressure (MCB).
(PI-3222B in area outside wall of MDAFWP room)
STOP TIME Manual operator slowly throttled open to establish TDAFWP discharge pressure at 1080 psig on PI-3222B.
(CUE: MOV3406 throttled open, TDAFW pump discharge pressure is 1080 psig).
S I U Terminate when examinee establishes a TDAFW pump discharge pressure of ~ 100 psig greater than SO pressure.
CUE: Another operator will continue with this task.
CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted with an asterisk (*) preceding the element number.
Page 5 of 6 GENERAL
REFERENCES:
1.
FNP-l-SOP-22.0, Version 63.0 2.
FNP-2-SOP-22.0, Version 61.0 3.
K/A 061A2.02 RO-3.2 SRO-3.6 061A2.03 RO-3.1 SRO-3.4 061A2.04 RO-3.4 SRO-3.8 061A2.07 RO-3.4 SRO-3.5 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
Adjustable wrench l2 QE Channel lock pliers 10 Flashlight Critical ELEMENT justification:
ELEMENT Evaluation 1-2 Critical Task completion: required to allow opening the Trip Throttle Valve.
3 NOT Critical Valve is already failed open and will remain open whether this step is performed or not.
4 NOT Critical Jacking device is normally backed all the way out, and manipulation of this component is not required, even though it is checked.
5 NOT Critical Knowledge of the exact location of the valves in the MSVR not required.
Ability to locate the valves would only be required if access to the MSVR was permitted.
6 Critical Task completion: required to admit steam to run the TDAFWP.
7, 8 NOT Critical Task would be completed successfully without performing these actions.
9 Critical Task completion: required to turn the TDAFWP at operating speed.
COMMENTS:
Page 5 of 6 GENERAL
REFERENCES:
- l.
FNP-l-S0P-22.0, Version 63.0
- 2.
FNP-2-S0P-22.0, Version 61.0
- 3.
KIA 061A2.02 061A2.03 061A2.04 061A2.07 RO-3.2 RO-3.1 RO-3.4 RO-3.4 SRO-3.6 SRO-3.4 SRO-3.8 SRO-3.5 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
Adjustable wrench 2:12" OR Channel lock pliers 2:10" Flashlight Critical ELEMENT justification:
ELEMENT 1-2 3
4 5
6 7, 8 9
Evaluation Critical Task completion: required to allow opening the Trip Throttle Valve.
NOT Critical Valve is already failed open and will remain open whether this step is performed or not.
NOT Critical Jacking device is normally backed all the way out, and manipulation of this component is not required, even though it is checked.
NOT Critical Knowledge of the exact location of the valves in the MSVR not required. Ability to locate the valves would only be required if access to the MSVR was permitted.
Critical Task completion: required to admit steam to run the TDAFWP.
NOT Critical Task would be completed successfully without performing these actions.
Critical Task completion: required to turn the TDAFWP at operating speed.
COMMENTS:
HANDOUT Page 1 of 1 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to locally operate the TDAFWP following a loss of control power. The task is to be performed under the following conditions:
a.
The Plant is currently experiencing a sustained loss of all AC Power and control of the TDAFWP is no longer possible from the Control Room because of the loss of control power to the pump.
b.
The TDAFW Pump is currently NOT running and needs to be started.
c.
All SGs are intact and SG pressure is currently 980 psig.
d.
SG pressure is the only control room indication available for the purpose of establishing AFW flow rate.
e.
Discharge pressure indication for the TDAFW Pump is the only available local indication for the pump.
f.
You have been directed by the Shift Supervisor to operate the TDAFWP locally using SOP 22.0 Appendix I.
g.
An additional individual is available, and a 12 adjustable wrench and flashlight have been obtained.
It A pre-job brief is not required.
HANDOUT Page 1 of 1 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to locally operate the TDAFWP following a loss of control power. The task is to be performed under the following conditions:
- a.
The Plant is currently experiencing a sustained loss of all AC Power and control of the TDAFWP is no longer possible from the Control Room because of the loss of control power to the pump.
- b.
The TDAFW Pump is currently NOT running and needs to be staIied.
- d.
SG pressure is the only control room indication available for the purpose of establishing AFW flow rate.
- e.
Discharge pressure indication for the TDAFW Pump is the only available local indication for the pump.
- f.
You have been directed by the Shift Supervisor to operate the TDAFWP locally using SOP-22.0 Appendix I.
- g.
An additional individual is available, and a 12" adjustable wrench and flashlight have been obtained.
- h.
A pre-job brief is not required.
10/27/09 16:03:55 FNP-1 SOP-22.0 September 10, 2009 Version 63.0 FARLEY NUCLEAR PLANT SYSTEM OPERATING PROCEDURE FNP-1 -SOP-22.0 S
A F
E T
Y AUXILIARY FEEDWATER SYSTEM R
E L
A T
E D
PROCEDURE USAGE REQUIREMENTS PER FNP-0-AP-6 SECTIONS Continuous Use ALL Reference Use Information Use Approved:
J L Hunter (for Operations Manager Date Issued October 21, 2009 10/27/09 16:03:55 FARLEY NUCLEAR PLANT SYSTEM OPERA TlNG PROCEDURE FNP-I-S0P-22.0 AUXILIARY FEED WATER SYSTEM FNP-I-S0P-22.0 September 10, 2009 Version 63.0 S
A F
E T
Y R
E L
A T
E D
PROCEDURE USAGE REQUIREMENTS PER FNP-0-AP-6 SECTIONS Continuous Use ALL Reference Use Information Use Approved:
J L Hunter (for)
Operations Manager Date Issued October 21, 2009
10/27/09 16:03:55 FNP-1-SOP-22.0 TABLE OF CONTENTS Procedure Contains Number of Pages Body 18 Appendix A 2
Appendix B 2
Appendix C 2
AppendixD 3
AppendixE 8
Appendix F 14 Appendix G 5
Appendix H 4
Appendix I 9
AppendixJ 4
Appendix K 3
AppendixL 3
AppendixM 3
Figure 2 I
Figure 3 1
Page 1 of 1 Version 63.0 10/27/09 16:03:55 FNP-1-S0P-22.0 TABLE OF CONTENTS Procedure Contains Number of Pages Body........................................................ 18 Appendix A............................................... 2 Appendix B............................................... 2 Appendix C............................................... 2 Appendix D............................................... 3 Appendix E............................................... 8 Appendix F.............................................. 14 Appendix G............................................... 5 Appendix H............................................... 4 Appendix I................................................ 9 Appendix J................................................ 4 Appendix K............................................... 3 Appendix L............................................... 3 Appendix M.............................................. 3 Figure 2..................................................... 1 Figure 3..................................................... 1 Page 1 of 1 Version 63.0
10/27/09 16:03:55 FNP-1-SOP-22.0 FARLEY NUCLEAR PLANT UNIT 1 SYSTEM OPERATING PROCEDURE SOP-22.0 AUXILIARY FEEDWATER SYSTEM 1.0 Purpose This procedure provides the Initial Conditions, Precautions, Limitations, and Instructions for operation of the Auxiliary Feedwater System. Instructions are included in the following sections:
4.1 Remote Manual Startup of 1A(1B) MDAFWP.
4.2 Remote Manual Shutdown of IA(1B) MDAFWP.
4.3 Remote Manual Startup of TDAFWP.
4.4 Remote Manual Shutdown of TDAFWP.
4.5 AFW System Operation After Automatic Actuation of MDAFWPs.
4.6 AFW System Operation After Automatic Actuation of TDAFWP.
4.7 Aligning Service Water to the AFW System.
4.8 Condensate Storage Tank Feed and Bleed.
4.9 Resetting TDAFWP Trip Throttle Valve.
4.10 Recirculating the CST Using the 1A MDAFWP.
4.11 Recirculating the CST Using the lB MDAFWP.
4.12 Operation of AFW Stop Valves Version 63.0 10/27/09 16:03:55 FNP-1-S0P-22.0 1.0 Purpose F ARLEY NUCLEAR PLANT UNIT 1 SYSTEM OPERATING PROCEDURE SOP-22.0 AUXILIARY FEEDW ATER SYSTEM This procedure provides the Initial Conditions, Precautions, Limitations, and Instructions for operation of the Auxiliary Feedwater System. Instructions are included in the following sections:
4.1 Remote Manual Startup of 1A(1B) MDAFWP.
4.2 Remote Manual Shutdown of lA(1B) MDAFWP.
4.3 Remote Manual Startup ofTDAFWP.
4.4 Remote Manual Shutdown ofTDAFWP.
4.5 AFW System Operation After Automatic Actuation ofMDAFWP's.
4.6 AFW System Operation After Automatic Actuation ofTDAFWP.
4.7 Aligning Service Water to the AFW System.
4.8 Condensate Storage Tank Feed and Bleed.
4.9 Resetting TDAFWP Trip Throttle Valve.
4.10 Recirculating the CST Using the 1A MDAFWP.
4.11 Recirculating the CST Using the 1B MDAFWP.
4.12 Operation of AFW Stop Valves Version 63.0
10/27/09 16:03:55 FNP-1-SOP-22.0 Appendix A Operation of the AFW Check Valve Temperature Recorder.
Appendix B Termination of 1A MDAFWP Steam Binding.
Appendix C Termination of lB MDAFWP Steam Binding.
Appendix D Termination of TDAFWP Steam Binding.
Appendix E Flushing AFW Pump Suction Piping.
Appendix F Flushing SW and CST to the TDAFW Pump Piping.
Appendix G Slow Start of TDAFWP Following Maintenance.
Appendix H Leak Check of Air Supply Lines to the TDAFWP Stm Supply Valves.
Appendix I TDAFWP Operation without Control Power.
Appendix J AFW SYSTEM VENT AND FILL Appendix K Venting and Filling of A MDAFW Pump after Maintenance Appendix L Venting and Filling of B MDAFW Pump after Maintenance Appendix M Venting and Filling of TDAFW Pump after Maintenance Figure 2 Operator Aid To Reset TDAFWP Trip Throttle Valve Figure 3 Taking Control of AFW flow after AFW Autostart Version 63.0 10/27/09 16:03 :55 FNP-I-S0P-22.0 Appendix A Operation of the AFW Check Valve Temperature Recorder.
Appendix B Termination of lA MDAFWP Steam Binding.
Appendix C Termination of IB MDAFWP Steam Binding.
Appendix D Termination ofTDAFWP Steam Binding.
Appendix E Flushing AFW Pump Suction Piping.
Appendix F Flushing SW and CST to the TDAFW Pump Piping.
Appendix G Slow Start ofTDAFWP Following Maintenance.
Appendix H Leak Check of Air Supply Lines to the TDAFWP Stm Supply Valves.
Appendix I TDAFWP Operation without Control Power.
Appendix J AFW SYSTEM VENT AND FILL Appendix K Venting and Filling of 'A' MDAFW Pump after Maintenance Appendix L Venting and Filling of 'B' MDAFW Pump after Maintenance Appendix M Venting and Filling ofTDAFW Pump after Maintenance Figure 2 Figure 3 Operator Aid To Reset TDAFWP Trip Throttle Valve Taking Control of AFW flow after AFW Autostart Version 63.0
10/27/09 16:03:55 FNP-1-SOP-22.0 2.0 Initial Conditions 2.1 The electrical distribution system is energized and aligned for normal operation per FNP-1-SOP-36.0, PLANT ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION LINE-UP, with exceptions noted.
2.2 The compressed air system is in service and aligned for normal operation per FNP-1-SOP-31.0, COMPRESSED AIR SYSTEM, with exceptions noted.
2.3 The auxiliary feedwater system valves and electrical distribution systems are aligned per FNP-1-SOP-22.0, with exceptions noted.
2.4 The AFW pump room coolers are aligned for operation per FNP-1-SOP-58.0, AUXILIARY BUILDING HVAC SYSTEM, with exceptions noted.
2.5 Main steam is available and aligned per FNP-1-SOP-17.0, MAIN AND REHEAT STEAM, (only required for TDAFWP operation), with exceptions noted.
3.0 Precautions and Limitations 3.1 Anytime the MDAFW pumps AUTO start, the SG blowdown and sample valves will close automatically. Both handswitches must be taken to the STOP position (not necessarily at the same time) or control power cycled to the 4160V breaker before the valves can be opened.
3.2 Frequent starting may damage MDAFWP motors. Limit pump starts as follows:
3.2.1 Two successive starts from ambient temperature.
3.2.2 One start from rated temperature.
3.2.3 Subsequent starts: allow 30 minutes running time or 60 minutes idle time between starts.
3.3 The service water supply to the AFW pumps does not meet secondary makeup specifications and should only be used when required by emergency conditions.
3.4 The TDAFWP will reduce the plant heatup rate and should not normally be used during plant heatup.
3.5 High temperatures indicated between the AFW pumps and their associated discharge check valves may indicate back-leakage thru the check valves. IF AFW pump steam binding is suspected, THEN Appendix B, C, or D should be performed as appropriate. Version 63.0 10/27/09 16:03:55 FNP-1-S0P-22.0 2.0 Initial Conditions 2.1 The electrical distribution system is energized and aligned for normal operation per FNP-1-S0P-36.0, PLANT ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION LINE-UP, with exceptions noted.
2.2 The compressed air system is in service and aligned for normal operation per FNP-1-S0P-31.0, COMPRESSED AIR SYSTEM, with exceptions noted.
2.3 The auxiliary feedwater system valves and electrical distribution systems are aligned per FNP-1-S0P-22.0, with exceptions noted.
2.4 The AFW pump room coolers are aligned for operation per FNP-1-S0P-58.0, AUXILIARY BUILDING HVAC SYSTEM, with exceptions noted.
2.5 Main steam is available and aligned per FNP-1-S0P-17.0, MAIN AND REHEAT STEAM, (only required for TDAFWP operation), with exceptions noted.
3.0 Precautions and Limitations 3.1 Anytime the MDAFW pumps AUTO start, the SG blowdown and sample valves will close automatically. Both handswitches must be taken to the STOP position (not necessarily at the same time) or control power cycled to the 4160V breaker before the valves can be opened.
3.2 Frequent starting may damage MDAFWP motors. Limit pump starts as follows:
3.2.1 Two successive starts from ambient temperature.
3.2.2 One start from rated temperature.
3.2.3 Subsequent starts: allow 30 minutes running time or 60 minutes idle time between starts.
3.3 The service water supply to the AFW pumps does not meet secondary makeup specifications and should only be used when required by emergency conditions.
3.4 The TDAFWP will reduce the plant heatup rate and should not normally be used during plant heatup.
3.5 High temperatures indicated between the AFW pumps and their associated discharge check valves may indicate back-leakage thru the check valves. IF AFW pump steam binding is suspected, THEN Appendix B, C, or D should be performed as appropriate. Version 63.0
10/27/09 16:03:55 FNP-1-SOP-22.0 3.6 Auto start of the MDAFWPs on trip of both SGFPs, may be defeated at the BOP using the AUTO-DEFEAT switches. Refer to FNP-1-UOP-1.2 and FNP-1-UOP-2.1 for AUTO-DEFEAT switch operation.
3.7 In operational modes 1, 2 and 3, at least three independent steam generator auxiliary feedwater pumps and associated flow paths shall be operable with:
3.7.1 Two motor driven auxiliary feedwater pumps each being powered from separate emergency buses, and 3.7.2 One turbine driven auxiliary feedwater pump capable of being powered from its operable steam supply system.
3.8 The service water system shall be demonstrated operable at least once per 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> in accordance with the Technical Specifications whenever service water is the supply source for the AFW pumps.
3.9 During non-emergency operation, the level in the CST should be maintained greater than 26 feet to prevent the ingress of oxygen to the CST.
3.10 Do not run the TDAFWP on miniflow only, for greater than 3 hours3.472222e-5 days <br />8.333333e-4 hours <br />4.960317e-6 weeks <br />1.1415e-6 months <br /> in any 24 hour2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> period.
3.11 iF Q1N12HV3226 leaks by, THEN the TDAFWP may be allowed to rotate as long as the shaft speed is greater than 200 rpm and proper oil levels are maintained.
3.12 TDAFWP UPS performance may be adversely affected if battery charger supply voltage drops below 178 volts.
3.13 Unless evaluated otherwise the TDAFWP Uninterruptible Power Supply should be treated as attendant equipment. When it is unavailable the TDAFWP should be considered inoperable.
3.14 During non-emergency operation, the AFW pump suction piping should be flushed and sampled prior to operation as required by Appendix E to minimize sodium introduction into the SGs.
3.15 IF a known primary to secondary leak exists, THEN notify the Counting Room or Environmental Supervisor to perform FNP-0-CCP-645 prior to running the TDAFWP.
3.16 IF no indication is present for Q1N12M0V3406, TDAFWP TRIP & THRTL VLV, on the BOP or locally for reasons other than a blown bulb, THEN TDAFWP operability may be affected. (JR 2-95-340) Version 63.0 10127/09 16:03:55 FNP-I-S0P-22.0 3.6 Auto start of the MDAFWP's on trip of both SGFP's, may be defeated at the BOP using the AUTO-DEFEAT switches. Refer to FNP-I-UOP-I.2 and FNP-I-UOP-2.I for AUTO-DEFEAT switch operation.
3.7 In operational modes 1,2 and 3, at least three independent steam generator auxiliary feedwater pumps and associated flow paths shall be operable with:
3.7.1 Two motor driven auxiliary feedwater pumps each being powered from separate emergency buses, and 3.7.2 One turbine driven auxiliary feedwater pump capable of being powered from its operable steam supply system.
3.8 The service water system shall be demonstrated operable at least once per 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> in accordance with the Technical Specifications whenever service water is the supply source for the AFW pumps.
3.9 During non-emergency operation, the level in the CST should be maintained greater than 26 feet to prevent the ingress of oxygen to the CST.
3.10 Do not run the TDAFWP on miniflow only, for greater than 3 hours3.472222e-5 days <br />8.333333e-4 hours <br />4.960317e-6 weeks <br />1.1415e-6 months <br /> in any 24 hour2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> period.
3.lI IF QINI2HV3226 leaks by, THEN the TDAFWP may be allowed to rotate as long as the shaft speed is greater than 200 rpm and proper oil levels are maintained.
3.l2 TDAFWP UPS performance may be adversely affected if battery charger supply voltage drops below 178 volts.
3.13 Unless evaluated otherwise the TDAFWP Uninterruptible Power Supply should be treated as attendant equipment. When it is unavailable the TDAFWP should be considered inoperable.
3.14 During non-emergency operation, the AFW pump suction piping should be flushed and sampled prior to operation as required by Appendix E to minimize sodium introduction into the SG's.
3.15 IF a known primary to secondary leak exists, THEN notify the Counting Room or Environmental Supervisor to perform FNP-0-CCP-645 prior to running the TDAFWP.
3.l6 IF no indication is present for QINI2MOV3406, TDAFWP TRIP & THRTL VLV, on the BOP or locally for reasons other than a blown bulb, THEN TDAFWP operability may be affected. (lR 2-95-340) Version 63.0
10/27/09 16:03:55 FNP-1-SOP-22.0 3.17 Excessive feeding of the Steam Generators with the comparatively cold CST water can cause Reactor power to increase due to the decrease in RCS cold leg temperature. (Ref. Vogtle power increase event of 08-04-97, NRC event#32721) 3.18 MDAFW pumps will automatically start on any one of the following:
3.18.1 A steam generator Lo-Lo level of 28% (2/3 level instruments in 1/3 steam generators) and no LOSP.
3.18.2 Both main feed pumps tripped and no LOSP.
3.18.3 An engineered safety feature (ESF) sequencer signal 3.18.4 An LOSP sequencer signal 3.18.5 AMSAC (2/3 steam generators < 10% level for 25 seconds; blocked when below C-20 for 260 sec) 3.19 TDAFW pump will automatically start on any one of the following:
3.19.1 A steam generator Lo-Lo level of 28% (2/3 level instruments in 2/3 steam generators).
3.19.2 Undervoltage signal of 64.4% on RCP buses (blackout) (1/2 UV relays on 2/3 buses) 3.19.3 AMSAC (2/3 steam generators < 10% level for 25 seconds; blocked when below C-20 for 260 sec) 3.20 In order for the OPEN signal to seal in, the handswitches for TDAFWP STM SUPP FROM 1B(1C) SG, Q1N12HV3235A(B), must be held in the START position until the valves are fully open. The OPEN signal will seal in on Q1N12HV3226, TDAFWP STM SUPP ISO, as soon as it clears its closed limit switch.
3.21 Pipe internals can be potentially degraded. Proceed with caution. Do not subject vent/drain piping to any undue stress during removal of pipe cap/plug.
(A12009202698). Version 63.0 10/27/09 16:03:55 FNP-l-S0P-22.0 3.17 Excessive feeding of the Steam Generators with the comparatively cold CST water can cause Reactor power to increase due to the decrease in RCS cold leg temperature. (Ref. Vogtle power increase event of 08-04-97, NRC event#32721) 3.18 MDAFW pumps will automatically start on anyone of the following:
3.18.1 3.18.2 3.18.3 3.18.4 3.18.5 A steam generator Lo-Lo level of28% (2/3 level instruments in 113 steam generators) and no LOSP.
Both main feed pumps tripped and no LOSP.
An engineered safety feature (ESF) sequencer signal An LOSP sequencer signal AMSAC (2/3 steam generators < 10% level for 25 seconds; blocked when below C-20 for;::: 260 sec) 3.19 TDAFW pump will automatically start on anyone of the following:
3.19.1 3.19.2 3.19.3 A steam generator Lo-Lo level of28% (2/3 level instruments in 2/3 steam generators).
Undervoltage signal of 64.4% on RCP buses (blackout) (112 UV relays on 2/3 buses)
AMSAC (2/3 steam generators < 10% level for 25 seconds; blocked when below C-20 for;::: 260 sec) 3.20 In order for the OPEN signal to seal in, the handswitches for TDAFWP STM SUPP FROM IB(1C) SG, QINI2HV3235A(B), must be held in the START position until the valves are fully open. The OPEN signal will seal in on QIN12HV3226, TDAFWP STM SUPP ISO, as soon as it clears it's closed limit switch.
3.21 Pipe internals can be potentially degraded. Proceed with caution. Do not subject vent/drain piping to any undue stress during removal of pipe cap/plug.
(AI2009202698). Version 63.0
10/27/09 16:05:24 FNP-1-SOP-22.0 APPENDIX I APPENDIX I TDAFWP OPERATION WITHOUT CONTROL POWER Completed by Date Verified by:
Date Reviewed by:
Date This appendix consists of 9 pages Version 63.0 10127/09 16:05:24 Completed by Verified by:
Reviewed by:
APPENDIX I TDAFWP FNP-l-S0P-22.0 APPENDIX I OPERATION WITHOUT CONTROL POWER Date ----------------------
Date ----------------------
Date ----------------------
This appendix consists of 9 pages Version 63.0
10/27/09 16:05:24 FNP-1-SOP-22.0 APPENDIX I APPENDIX I TDAFWP OPERATION WITHOUT CONTROL POWER 1.0 Purpose Provide guidance for control of the TDAFWP by manually controlling TDAFWP steam supply valves, TDAFWP trip throttle valve, and TDAFWP flow control valves following a full or partial loss of control power.
2.0 Initial conditions HBF 2.1 The version of this procedure has been verified to be the current version.
(OR 1-98-498) 2.2 This procedure has been verified to be the correct unit for the task. (OR 1-98-498 2.3 The Shift Supervisor has determined emergency conditions require performance of this procedure to operate the TDAFWP due to a loss of control power to the TDAFWP or supporting components.
2.4 At least one team of 2 individuals is assembled with the following tools:
Adjustable wrench 12 OR Channel lock pliers 10 Flashlight Page 1 of 9 Version 63.0 10/27/09 16:05:24 FNP-1-S0P-22.0 APPENDIX I APPENDIX I TDAFWP OPERATION WITHOUT CONTROL POWER 1.0 Purpose Provide guidance for control of the TDAFWP by manually controlling TDAFWP steam supply valves, TDAFWP trip throttle valve, and TDAFWP flow control valves following a full or partial loss of control power.
2.0 Initial conditions HBF 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 The version of this procedure has been verified to be the current version.
(OR 1-98-498)
This procedure has been verified to be the correct unit for the task. (OR 1-98-498 The Shift Supervisor has determined emergency conditions require performance of this procedure to operate the TDAFWP due to a loss of control power to the TDAFWP or supporting components.
At least one team of2 individuals is assembled with the following tools:
Adjustable wrench 2':12" OR Channel lock pliers 2':10" Flashlight Page 1 of9 Version 63.0
10/27/09 16:05:24 FNP-1-SOP-22.0 APPENDIX I 3.0 Precautions and Limitations 3.1 Exercise caution around hot steam piping.
3.2 TDAFWP control may become erratic when battery voltage is low.
3.3 A failure of the UPS could cause a sudden loss of control power.
3.4 The TDAFWP UPS and Auxiliary Building Batteries are required to supply loads for two (2) hours without battery chargers. When chargers are out of service for greater than two hours, indicators, annunciators, and controls, may become erratic or unreliable in the Main Control Room and TDAFWP room.
3.5 TDAFWP equipment fails as follows:
3.5.1 Loss of control power:
TDAFWP STM SUPP FROM lB and 1C SG, Q1N12HV3235A&B (QINI2VOOIA&B) fail closed
- TDAFWP TRIP & THRTL VLV Q1N12M0V3406 fails as-is (motor operator and control supplied from same breaker) 3.5.2 Loss of air TDAFWP STM SUPP FROM lB and 1C SG Q1N12HV3235A&B (Q1NI2VOO1A&B) fail closed (Air accumulators designed to provide an air supply sufficient to hold valves open for two (2) hours.)
TDAFWP STM SUPP ISO Q1N12HV3226 fails open Page 2 of 9 Version 63.0 10/2710916:05:24 FNP-l-S0P-22.0 APPENDIX I 3.0 Precautions and Limitations 3.1 Exercise caution around hot steam piping.
3.2 TDAFWP control may become erratic when battery voltage is low.
3.3 A failure of the UPS could cause a sudden loss of control power.
3.4 The TDAFWP UPS and Auxiliary Building Batteries are required to supply loads for two (2) hours without battery chargers. When chargers are out of service for greater than two hours, indicators, annunciators, and controls, may become erratic or unreliable in the Main Control Room and TDAFWP room.
3.5 TDAFWP equipment fails as follows:
3.5.1 Loss of control power:
- The TDAFWP governor fails to maximum speed position
- TDAFWP TRIP & THRTL VLV QIN12MOV3406 fails as-is (motor operator and control supplied from same breaker) 3.5.2 Loss of air
- TDAFWP STM SUPP FROM IB and lC SO QINI2HV3235A&B (QINI2VOOIA&B) fail closed (Air accumulators designed to provide an air supply sufficient to hold valves open for two (2) hours.)
10/27/09 16:05:24 FNP-1-SOP-22.0 APPENDIX I 4.0 Instructions NOTE:
The following step is to prevent TDAFWP overspeed trip when opening steam supplies and may be omitted (with Shift Supervisor approval) if the TDAFWP is in operation.
4.1 Close TDAFWP TRIP & THROTTLE VLV Q1N12MOV34O6 electrically or by using the manual operator. (100 TDAFWP Room) 4.2 IF TDAFWP TRIP & THROTTLE VLV, Q1N12M0V3406 overspeed linkage is tripped THEN perform the following. (100 TDAFWP Room) 4.2.1 Manually close TDAFWP TRIP & THROTTLE VLV, Q1N12M0V3406.
4.2.2 Reset the overspeed linkage on the TDAFWP by pushing linkage towards trip throttle valve.
4.3 Fail open TDAFWP STM SUPP ISO, Q1N12HV3226. (100 TDAFWP Room) 4.4 Verify TDAFWP STM SUPP ISO, Q1N12HV3226 jacking device fully out.
NOTE:
If both steam generators are faulted, the Shift Manager should determine the desired steam supply.
4.5 Jack open steam supply to the TDAFWP from all intact SGs:
(127 MSVR)
(127 MSVR) 4.6 Perform the following:
4.6.1 Establish communications between TDAFWP Room and Control Room.
4.6.2 Inform the Control Room Operator starting the TDAFWP.
Page 3 of 9 Version 63.0 10/27/09 16:05:24 4.0 Instructions FNP-l-S0P-22.0 APPENDIX I NOTE:
The following step is to prevent TDAFWP overspeed trip when opening steam supplies and may be omitted (with Shift Supervisor approval) if the TDAFWP is in operation.
4.1 Close TDAFWP TRIP & THROTTLE VLV QIN12MOV3406 electrically or by using the manual operator. (100' TDAFWP Room) 4.2 IF TDAFWP TRIP & THROTTLE VLV, QIN12MOV3406 overspeed linkage is tripped THEN perform the following. (100' TDAFWP Room) 4.2.1 Manually close TDAFWP TRIP & THROTTLE VLV, QINI2MOV3406.
4.2.2 Reset the overspeed linkage on the TDAFWP by pushing linkage towards trip throttle valve.
4.3 Fail open TDAFWP STM SUPP ISO, QIN12HV3226. (100' TDAFWP Room) 4.4 Verify TDAFWP STM SUPP ISO, QINI2HV3226 jacking device fully out.
NOTE:
If both steam generators are faulted, the Shift Manager should determine the desired steam supply.
4.5 Jack open steam supply to the TDAFWP from all intact SOs:
(127' MSVR)
(127' MSVR) 4.6 Perform the following:
4.6.1 Establish communications between TDAFWP Room and Control Room.
4.6.2 Inform the Control Room Operator starting the TDAFWP.
Page 3 of9 Version 63.0
10/27/09 16:05:24 FNP-1-SOP-22.0 APPENDIX I NOTES:
The list in the following step is in the preferred order.
Step 4.8 provides instructions for resetting trip throttle valve.
4.7 Establish TDAFWP operation by throttling open TDAFWP TRIP & THRTL VLV Q1N12M0V3406 to establish one of the following conditions based on available indicators:
Establish 3960 rpm on TDAFWP local control panel or AUX FEED TURB SPD SI-341 1A (MCB)
Establish desired AFW flow indication on MCB flow indicators Establish TDAFWP discharge pressure on PI-3222B approximately 100 psig above SG pressure (MCB).
(P1-3222B on outside wall of A MDAFWP room)
Establish TDAFWP discharge pressure on PI-3222B approximately 100 psig above STM INLET PRESS as shown on PI-3223C. (TDAFWP local control panel)
Use alternate methods of monitoring TDAFWP such as a strobe tach or temporary 0-2000# gauge installed on discharge of TDAFWP. (100 TDAFWP Room) 4.8 IF TDAFWP TRIP & THROTTLE VLV, Q1N12M0V3406 overspeed linkage is tripped, THEN perform the following:
4.8.1 Manually close TDAFWP TRIP & THROTTLE VLV, Q1N12M0V3406.
4.8.2 Reset the overspeed linkage on the TDAFWP by pushing linkage towards trip throttle valve.
4.8.3 Return to step 4.7.
Page 4 of 9 Version 63.0 10127/0916:05:24 FNP-I-SOP-22.0 APPENDIX I NOTES:
- The list in the following step is in the preferred order.
- Step 4.8 provides instructions for resetting trip throttle valve.
4.7 Establish TDAFWP operation by throttling open TDAFWP TRIP & THRTL VLV Q1N12MOV3406 to establish one of the following conditions based on available indicators:
Establish 3960 rpm on TDAFWP local control panel or AUX FEED TURB SPD SI-3411A (MCB)
Establish desired AFW flow indication on MCB flow indicators Establish TDAFWP discharge pressure on PI -3222B approximately 100 psig above SO pressure (MCB). (PI-3222B on outside wall of 'A' MDAFWP room)
Establish TDAFWP discharge pressure on PI-3222B approximately 100 psig above STM INLET PRESS as shown on PI-3223C. (TDAFWP local control panel)
Use alternate methods of monitoring TDAFWP such as a strobe tach or temporary 0-2000# gauge installed on discharge ofTDAFWP. (100' TDAFWP Room) 4.8 IF TDAFWP TRIP & THROTTLE VLV, Q1N12MOV3406 overspeed linkage is tripped, THEN perform the following:
4.8.1 Manually close TDAFWP TRIP & THROTTLE VLV, Q1N12MOV3406.
4.8.2 Reset the overspeed linkage on the TDAFWP by pushing linkage towards trip throttle valve.
4.8.3 Return to step 4.7.
Page 4 of9 Version 63.0
10/27/09 16:05:24 FNP-1 -SOP-22.0 APPENDIX I CAUTION:
Feeding a faulted steam generator should only be done with Shift Manager concurrence.
NOTE:
Adjusting HV-3228A, B or C QJ pump speed affects AFW flow rate to all steam generators.
4.9 Locally Throttle AFW to SGs as directed by control room.
(127 MSVR)
TDAFWP TO 1A SG Q1N23HV3228A TDAFWP TO lB SG Q1N23HV3228B TDAFWP TO 1C SG Q1N23HV3228C NOTE:
Steps 4.10, 4.11, and 4.12 may be performed in any order.
4.10 WHEN control power is restored AND MCB control of the TDAFWP is desired, THEN perform the following:
4.10.1 Slowly adjust TDAFWP SPEED CONT SIC 3405 until a slight reduction in speed is observed.
(MCB) 4.10.2 Open TDAFWP TRIP & THRTL VLV, Q1N12MOV34O6 electrically from the TDAFWP Local Control Panel or from the BOP.
4.10.3 Check annunciator JG4, TDAFWP TRIP AND TV CLOSED is not in alarm.
4.10.4 Adjust TDAFWP SPEED CONT SIC 3405 as required to control TDAFWP speed.
(MCB)
Page 5 of 9 Version 63.0 10/27/09 16:05 :24 FNP-I-S0P-22.0 APPENDIX I CAUTION:
Feeding a faulted steam generator should only be done with Shift Manager concurrence.
NOTE:
Adjusting HV-3228A, B or C OR pump speed affects AFW flow rate to all steam generators.
4.9 Locally Throttle AFW to SOs as directed by control room.
(127' MSVR)
TDAFWP TO lA SO QIN23HV3228A TDAFWP TO IB SO QIN23HV3228B TDAFWP TO lC SO QIN23HV3228C NOTE:
Steps 4.10, 4.11, and 4.12 may be performed in any order.
4.10 WHEN control power is restored AND MCB control of the TDAFWP is desired, THEN perform the following:
4.1 0.1 4.10.2 4.10.3 4.10.4 Slowly adjust TDAFWP SPEED CONT SIC 3405 until a slight reduction in speed is observed.
(MCB)
Open TDAFWP TRIP & THRTL VLV, QIN12MOV3406 electrically from the TDAFWP Local Control Panel or from the BOP.
Check annunciator J04, TDAFWP TRIP AND TV CLOSED is not in alarm.
Adjust TDAFWP SPEED CONT SIC 3405 as required to control TDAFWP speed.
(MCB)
Page 5 of9 Version 63.0
10/27/09 16:05:24 FNP-1-SOP-22.0 APPENDIX I CAUTION:
Steam supply to the TDAFWP should not be aligned from a faulted SG. Shift Manager should determine if plant conditions warrant supplying steam from faulted SGs.
4.11 WHEN control power is restored AND MCB control of TDAFWP steam supply valves is desired, THEN perform the following:
4.11.1 Check MCB annunciator JF5, TDAFWP STM ISO VLV AIR ACCUM LO PRESS, clear.
4.11.2 Place MCB handswitch TDAFWP STM SUPP FROM I B SG, Q1N12HV3235A/26 to START and verify MLB4 1.3 and 3.3 lit.
4.11.3 Place MCB handswitch TDAFWP STM SUPP FROM IC SG, Q1N12HV3235B to START and verify MLB4 2.3 lit.
4.11.4 IF TDAFWP STM SUPP FROM lB SG, Q1N12HV3235A (Q1N12VOO1A-A) is jacked open
, THEN perform the following TDAFWP STM SUPP FROM lB SG, Q1N12HV3235A
] Adjust the jacking device until the pin connecting the jacking device to the valve stem is loose enough to remove.
[ ] Remove the pin connecting the jacking device to the valve stern.
[ ] Position the jacking device to the fully backed out position.
[ ] Insert the pin in the jacking device.
4.11.5 IF TDAFWP STM SUPP FROM 1C SG, Q1N12HV3235B (Q1N12VOO1B-B) is jacked open
, THEN perform the following TDAFWP STM SUPP FROM lB SG, Q1N12HV3235B
[] Adjust the jacking device until the pin connecting the jacking device to the valve stem is loose enough to remove.
[ ] Remove the pin connecting the jacking device to the valve stem.
[1 Position the jacking device to the fully backed out position.
[ ] Insert the pin in the jacking device.
Page 6 of 9 Version 63.0 10127/09 16:05 :24 FNP-l-S0P-22.0 APPENDIX I CAUTION:
Steam supply to the TDAFWP should not be aligned from a faulted SG. Shift Manager should determine if plant conditions warrant supplying steam from faulted SGs.
4.11 WHEN control power is restored AND MCB control ofTDAFWP steam supply valves is desired, THEN perform the following:
4.11.1 4.11.2 4.11.3 4.11.4 4.11.5 Check MCB annunciator JF5, TDAFWP STM ISO VL V AIR ACCUM LO PRESS, clear.
Place MCB handswitch TDAFWP STM SUPP FROM 1 B SO, QIN12HV3235A/26 to START and verify MLB4 1.3 and 3.3 lit.
Place MCB handswitch TDAFWP STM SUPP FROM lC SO, QIN12HV3235B to START and verify MLB4 2.3 lit.
IF TDAFWP STM SUPP FROM IB SO, QIN12HV3235A (QINI2VOOIA-A) is jacked open, THEN perform the following TDAFWP STM SUPP FROM IB SO, QIN12HV3235A
[ ] Adjust the jacking device until the pin connecting the jacking device to the valve stem is loose enough to remove.
[ ] Remove the pin connecting the jacking device to the valve stem.
[ ] Position the jacking device to the fully backed out position.
[ ] Insert the pin in the jacking device.
IF TDAFWP STM SUPP FROM IC SO, QINl2HV3235B (QINI2VOOIB-B) is jacked open, THEN perform the following TDAFWP STM SUPP FROM IB SO, QINl2HV3235B
[ ] Adjust the jacking device until the pin connecting the jacking device to the valve stem is loose enough to remove.
[ ] Remove the pin connecting the jacking device to the valve stem.
[ ] Position the jacking device to the fully backed out position.
[ ] Insert the pin in the jacking device.
Page 6 of9 Version 63.0
10/27/09 16:05:24 FNP-1-SOP-22.0 APPENDIX I CAUTION:
Feeding a faulted steam generator should only be done with Shift Manager concurrence.
4.12 WHEN control power and instrument air are restored AND MCB control of the TDAFW flow control valves is desired, THEN perform the following:
4.12.1 Check air available to TDAFWP FCVs as follows:
4.12.1.1 MCB annunciator KD2, IA PRESS LO, is clear.
4.12.1.2 Restore air to the following:
(127 MSVR)
- TDAFWP TO 1A SG Q1N23HV3228A
- TDAFWP TO lB SG Q1N23HV3228B
- TDAFWP TO 1C SG Q1N23HV3228C 4.12.2 Adjust the following fully open:
4.12.3 Verify the following MCB handswitches in MOD
- TDAFWP TO 1A SG Q1N23HV3228A.
- TDAFWP TO lB SG Q1N23HV3228B.
- TDAFWP TO 1C SG Q1N23HV3228C.
4.12.4 Reset TDAFW FCVs using TDAFWP FCV 3228 RESET switch.
4.12.5 Slowly close TDAFWP TO 1A SG FLOW CONT HIC 3228AA until a slight reduction in flow is observed.
4.12.6 Place the manual jack for TDAFWP TO 1A SG, Q1N23HV3228A in the fully backed out position.
(127 MSVR) 4.12.7 Slowly close TDAFWP TO lB SG FLOW CONT HIC 3228BA until a slight reduction in flow is observed.
4.12.8 Place the manual jack for TDAFWP TO lB SG, Q1N23HV3228B in the fully backed out position.
(127 MSVR)
Page 7 of 9 Version 63.0 10/27/09 16:05 :24 FNP-I-S0P-22.0 APPENDIX I CAUTION:
Feeding a faulted steam generator should only be done with Shift Manager concurrence.
4.12 WHEN control power and instrument air are restored AND MCB control of the TDAFW flow control valves is desired, THEN perform the following:
4.12.1 Check air available to TDAFWP FCVs as follows:
4.12.1.1 MCB annunciator KD2, IA PRESS LO, is clear.
4.12.1.2 Restore air to the following:
(127' MSVR)
- TDAFWP TO lA SO QIN23HV3228A
- TDAFWP TO IB SO QIN23HV3228B
- TDAFWP TO lC SO QIN23HV3228C 4.12.2 Adjust the following fully open:
4.12.3 Verify the following MCB handswitches in MOD
- TDAFWP TO lA SO QIN23HV3228A.
- TDAFWP TO IB SO QIN23HV3228B.
- TDAFWP TO lC SO QIN23HV3228C.
4.12.4 Reset TDAFW FCVs using TDAFWP FCV 3228 RESET switch.
4.12.5 Slowly close TDAFWP TO lA SO FLOW CONT HIC 3228AA until a slight reduction in flow is observed.
4.12.6 Place the manual jack for TDAFWP TO lA SO, QIN23HV3228A in the fully backed out position.
(127' MSVR) 4.12.7 Slowly close TDAFWP TO IB SO FLOW CONT HIC 3228BA until a slight reduction in flow is observed.
4.12.8 Place the manual jack for TDAFWP TO IB SO, QIN23HV3228B in the fully backed out position.
(127' MSVR)
Page 7 of9 Version 63.0
10/27/09 16:05:24 FNP-1-SOP-22.0 APPENDIX I 4.12.9 Slowly close TDAFWP TO 1C SG FLOW CONT HIC 3228CA until a slight reduction in flow is observed.
4.12.10 Place the manual jack for TDAFWP TO 1C SG, Q1N23HV3228C in the fully backed out position.
(127 MSVR) 4.12.11 Control AFW flow to maintain SG levels as desired.
4.13 Restore TDAFWP STM SUPP ISO, Q1N12HV3226 as follows:
4.13.1 Verify the manual jack on TDAFWP STM SUPP ISO, Q1N12HV3226 is fully backed out.
(100 TDAFWP Room) 4.13.2 Restore air to TDAFWP STM SUPP ISO Q1N12HV3226.
4.14 Independently Verify TDAFWP TRIP & THRTL VLV, Q1N12M0V3406 open.
IV 4.15 Independently Verify annunciator JG4, TDAFWP TRIP AND TV CLOSED IV not in alarm 4.16 Independently Verify the following lights lit:
IV MLB41.3 MLB42.3 MLB43.3 4.17 Independently Verify the following:
(127 MSVR)
IV TDAFWP STM SUPP FROM lB SG Q1N12HV3235A
] jacking device disconnected from valve stem
[1 jacking device backed fully out
[1 pin inserted in jacking device TDAFWP STM SUPP FROM 1C SG Q1N12HV3235B
[ ] jacking device disconnected from valve stem
[1 jacking device backed fully out
[ ] pin inserted in jacking device Page 8 of 9 Version 63.0 10/27/09 16:05 :24 FNP-l-S0P-22.0 IV APPENDIX I 4.12.9 Slowly close TDAFWP TO lC SO FLOW CONT HIC 3228CA until a slight reduction in flow is observed.
4.12.10 Place the manual jack for TDAFWP TO lC SO, QIN23HV3228C in the fully backed out position.
(127' MSVR) 4.12.11 Control AFW flow to maintain SO levels as desired.
4.13 Restore TDAFWP STM SUPP ISO, QIN12HV3226 as follows:
4.13.1 Verify the manual jack on TDAFWP STM SUPP ISO, QINl2HV3226 is fully backed out.
(100' TDAFWP Room) 4.13.2 Restore air to TDAFWP STM SUPP ISO QIN12HV3226.
4.14 Independently Verify TDAFWP TRIP & THRTL VLV, QIN12MOV3406 open.
4.15 Independently Verify annunciator J04, TDAFWP TRIP AND TV CLOSED IV not in alarm IV IV 4.16 Independently Verify the following lights lit:
MLB 41.3 MLB 4 2.3 MLB 4 3.3 4.17 Independently Verify the following:
(127' MSVR)
TDAFWP STM SUPP FROM IB SO QIN12HV3235A
[ ] jacking device disconnected from valve stem
[ ] jacking device backed fully out
[ ] pin inserted in jacking device TDAFWP STM SUPP FROM lC SO QIN12HV3235B
[ ] jacking device disconnected from valve stem
[ ] jacking device backed fully out
[ ] pin inserted in jacking device Page 8 of9 Version 63.0
10/27/09 16:05:24 FNP-1-SOP-22.0 APPENDIX I 4.18 Independently Verify jacking device backed fully out for the following:
IV (127 MSVR)
TDAFWP TO 1A SG, Q1N23HV3228A TDAFWP TO lB SG, Q1N23HV3228B TDAFWP TO 1C SG, Q1N23HV3228C 4.19 Independently Verify TDAFWP STM SUPP ISO, Q1N12HV3226 restored as follows:
4.19.1 Verify the manual jack on TDAFWP STM SUPP ISO, Q1N12HV3226 IV is fully backed out.
(100 TDAFWP Room) 4.19.2 Verify air restored to TDAFWP STM SUPP ISO, Q1N12RV3226.
IV 5.0 References 5.1 D175007 P&ID Aux. Feedwater System
.5.2 D175033/2 P&ID
- Main Steam and Auxiliary Steam Systems 5.3 D177188 Elementary Diagram Turbine Driven Auxiliary Feedwater Pump Train C 5.4 D177189 Elem Diag Turbine Driven Aux Feedwater Pump Train C 5.5 D177590/1 Elementary Diagram Solenoid Valves SR 22 5.6 D177944 Single Line Diagram Turbine Driven Aux. Feedwater Pump UPS 5.7 U 176873 Parts List for HV-3228-A-B-C 5.8 U176883 Outline & Dimensions for HV-3226 5.9 U 176884 Dimensional Drawing for HV-3228-A-B-C 5.10 U2592 18 Turbine Driven Auxiliary Feedwater Pump Schematic Diagram 5.11 U259384 3 600# Globe Valve (Q1N12VOO1A & B) 5.12 U262093 Auxiliary Feedwater Pump Turbine Drive Manual 5.13 U2803 17 Limitorque Valve Operator Instruction and Maintenance Manual 5.14 A181010 Functional System Description Auxiliary Feedwater System 5.15 NL-04-0287 Letter, L. M. Stinson to USNRC, Joseph M. Farley Nuclear Plants Units 1 and 2 Application for License Renewal December 12, 2003, Requests for Additional Information, February 26, 2004.
Question 6 response includes discussion of Severe Accident Mitigation Alternative #166 regarding operation of the TDAFWP with no control power.
Page 9 of 9 Version 63.0 10/27/09 16:05:24 FNP-I-S0P-22.0 APPENDIX I 4.18 Independently Verify jacking device backed fully out for the following:
IV (127' MSVR)
TDAFWP TO lA SG, QIN23HV3228A TDAFWP TO IB SG, QIN23HV3228B TDAFWP TO lC SG, QIN23HV3228C 4.19 Independently Verify TDAFWP STM SUPP ISO, QIN12HV3226 restored as follows:
4.19.1 Verify the manual jack on TDAFWP STM SUPP ISO, Q1N12HV3226 IV is fully backed out.
(100' TDAFWP Room)
IV 5.0 4.19.2 Verify air restored to TDAFWP STM SUPP ISO, Q1N12HV3226.
References 5.1 D175007 5.2 D175033/2 5.3 Dl77188 5.4 Dl77189 5.5 Dl775901l 5.6 Dl77944 5.7 U176873 5.8 U176883 5.9 U176884 5.10 U259218 5.11 U259384 5.12 U262093 5.13 U280317 5.14 A181010 5.15 NL-04-0287 P&ID - Aux. Feedwater System P&ID - Main Steam and Auxiliary Steam Systems Elementary Diagram - Turbine Driven Auxiliary Feedwater Pump Train "c" Elem Diag Turbine Driven Aux Feedwater Pump Train "c" Elementary Diagram Solenoid Valves SH 22 Single Line Diagram Turbine Driven Aux. Feedwater Pump UPS Parts List for HV -3228-A-B-C Outline & Dimensions for HV-3226 Dimensional Drawing for HV-3228-A-B-C Turbine Driven Auxiliary Feedwater Pump Schematic Diagram 3" 600# Globe Valve (Q1N12V001A & B)
Auxiliary Feedwater Pump Turbine Drive Manual Limitorque Valve Operator Instruction and Maintenance Manual Functional System Description Auxiliary Feedwater System Letter, L. M. Stinson to USNRC, "Joseph M. Farley Nuclear Plants Units 1 and 2 Application for License Renewal-December 12, 2003, Requests for Additional Information," February 26, 2004.
Question 6 response includes discussion of Severe Accident Mitigation Alternative #166 regarding operation of the TDAFWP with no control power.
Page 90f9 Version 63.0
10/27/09 16:06:59 FNP-2-SOP-22.0 September 24, 2009 Version 61.0 FARLEY NUCLEAR PLANT SYSTEM OPERATING PROCEDURE FNP-2-SOP-22.0 S
A F
E T
Y AUXILIARY FEEDWATER SYSTEM R
E L
A T
E D
PROCEDURE USAGE REQUIREMENTS PER FNP-0-AP-6 SECTIONS Continuous Use ALL Reference Use Information Use Approved:
J L Hunter (for)
Operations Manager Date Issued:
October 21, 2009 10/27/09 16:06:59 FARLEY NUCLEAR PLANT SYSTEM OPERATING PROCEDURE FNP-2-S0P-22.0 AUXILIARY FEED WATER SYSTEM FNP-2-S0P-22.0 September 24, 2009 Version 61.0 S
A F
E T
Y R
E L
A T
E D
PROCEDURE USAGE REQUIREMENTS PER FNP-0-AP-6 SECTIONS Continuous Use ALL Reference Use Information Use Approved:
J L Hunter (for)
Operations Manager Date Issued:
October 21, 2009
10/27/09 16:06:59 FNP-2SOP-22.0 TABLE OF CONTENTS Procedure Contains Number of Pages Body 17 Appendix A 3
Appendix B 3
Appendix C 3
AppendixD 3
Appendix E 7
Appendix F 16 AppendixG 5
Appendix H 4
Appendix I 9
AppendixJ 4
Appendix K 3
AppendixL 3
Appendix M 3
Figure 1 1
Figure 2 1
Page 1 of 1 Version 61.0 10127/0916:06:59 FNP-2-S0P-22.0 TABLE OF CONTENTS Procedure Contains Number of Pages Body........................................................ 17 Appendix A............................................... 3 Appendix B............................................... 3 Appendix C............................................... 3 Appendix D............................................... 3 Appendix E............................................... 7 Appendix F.............................................. 16 Appendix G............................................... 5 Appendix H............................................... 4 Appendix I...................................... 9 Appendix J.......................................4 Appendix K...................................... 3 Appendix L...................................... 3 Appendix M...................................... 3 Figure 1..................................................... 1 Figure 2..................................................... 1 Page 1 of 1 Version 61.0
10/27/09 16:06:59 FNP-2-SOP22.0 FARLEY NUCLEAR PLANT UNIT 2 SYSTEM OPERATING PROCEDURE SOP-22.0 AUXILIARY FEEDWATER SYSTEM 1.0 Purpose This procedure provides the Initial Conditions, Precautions, Limitations, and Instructions for operation of the Auxiliaty Feedwater System. Instructions are included in the following sections:
4.1 Remote Manual Startup of 2A(2B) MDAFWP.
4.2 Remote Manual Shutdown of 2A(2B) MDAFWP.
4.3 Remote Manual Startup of TDAFWP.
4.4 Remote Manual Shutdown of TDAFWP.
4.5 AFW System Operation After Automatic Actuation of MDAFWPs.
4.6 AFW System Operation After Automatic Actuation of TDAFWP.
4.7 Aligning Service Water to the AFW System.
4.8 Condensate Storage Tank Feed and Bleed.
4.9 Resetting TDAFWP Trip Throttle Valve.
4.10 Recirculating the CST Using the 2A MDAFWP.
4.11 Recirculating the CST Using the 2B MDAFWP. Version 61.0 10/27/09 16:06:59 FNP-2-S0P-22.0 1.0 Purpose F ARLEY NUCLEAR PLANT UNIT 2 SYSTEM OPERATING PROCEDURE SOP-22.0 AUXILIARY FEEDWATER SYSTEM This procedure provides the Initial Conditions, Precautions, Limitations, and Instructions for operation of the Auxiliary Feedwater System. Instructions are included in the following sections:
4.1 Remote Manual Startup of2A(2B) MDAFWP.
4.2 Remote Manual Shutdown of2A(2B) MDAFWP.
4.3 Remote Manual Startup ofTDAFWP.
4.4 Remote Manual Shutdown ofTDAFWP.
4.5 AFW System Operation After Automatic Actuation ofMDAFWP's.
4.6 AFW System Operation After Automatic Actuation ofTDAFWP.
4.7 Aligning Service Water to the AFW System.
4.8 Condensate Storage Tank Feed and Bleed.
4.9 Resetting TDAFWP Trip Throttle Valve.
4.10 Recirculating the CST Using the 2A MDAFWP.
4.11 Recirculating the CST Using the 2B MDAFWP. Version 61.0
10/27/09 16:06:59 FNP-2-SOP-22.0 Appendix A Operation of the AFW Check Valve Temperature Recorder.
Appendix B Termination of 2A MDAFWP Steam Binding.
Appendix C Termination of 2B MDAFWP Steam Binding.
Appendix D Termination of TDAFWP Steam Binding.
Appendix E Flushing AFW Pump Suction Piping.
Appendix F Flushing SW and CST to the TDAFW Pump Piping.
Appendix G Slow Start of TDAFWP Following Maintenance.
Appendix H Leak Check of Air Supply Lines to the TDAFW Steam Supply Valves.
Appendix I TDAFWP Operation without Control Power.
Appendix J AFW SYSTEM VENT Appendix K Venting and Filling the A MDAFW Pump after Maintenance Appendix L Venting and Filling the B MDAFW Pump after Maintenance Appendix M Venting and Filling the TDAFW Pump after Maintenance Figure 1 Taking Control of AFW flow after AFW Autostart Figure 2 Operator Aid To Reset TDAFWP Trip Throttle Valve Version 61.0 10/27/0916:06:59 FNP-2-S0P-22.0 Appendix A Appendix B Appendix C Appendix D Appendix E Appendix F Operation of the AFW Check Valve Temperature Recorder.
Termination of2A MDAFWP Steam Binding.
Termination of2B MDAFWP Steam Binding.
Termination ofTDAFWP Steam Binding.
Flushing AFW Pump Suction Piping.
Flushing SW and CST to the TDAFW Pump Piping.
Appendix G Slow Start ofTDAFWP Following Maintenance.
Appendix H Leak Check of Air Supply Lines to the TDAFW Steam Supply Valves.
Appendix I Appendix J Appendix K Appendix L TDAFWP Operation without Control Power.
AFW SYSTEM VENT Venting and Filling the A MDAFW Pump after Maintenance Venting and Filling the B MDAFW Pump after Maintenance Appendix M Venting and Filling the TDAFW Pump after Maintenance Figure 1 Taking Control of AFW flow after AFW Autostart Figure 2 Operator Aid To Reset TDAFWP Trip Throttle Valve Version 61.0
10/27/09 16:06:59 FNP-2-SOP-22.0 2.0 Initial Conditions 2.1 The electrical distribution system is energized and aligned for normal operation per FNP-2-SOP-36.0, PLANT ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION LINE-UP, with exceptions noted.
2.2 The compressed air system is in service and aligned for normal operation per FNP-2-SOP-31.0, COMPRESSED AIR SYSTEM, with exceptions noted.
2.3 The auxiliary feedwater system valves and electrical distribution systems are aligned per FNP-2-SOP-22.0, with exceptions noted.
2.4 The AFW pump room coolers are aligned for operation per FNP-2-SOP-58.0, AUXILIARY BUILDING HVAC SYSTEM, with exceptions noted.
2.5 Main steam is available and aligned per FNP-2-SOP-1 7.0, MAIN AND REHEAT STEAM, (only required for TDAFWP operation), with exceptions noted.
3.0 Precautions and Limitations 3.1 Anytime the MDAFW pumps AUTO start, the SG blowdown and sample valves will close automatically. Both handswitches must be taken to the STOP position (NOT necessarily at the same time) or control power cycled to the 41 60V breaker before the valves can be opened.
3.2 Frequent starting may damage MDAFWP motors. Limit pump starts as follows:
3.2.1 Two successive starts from ambient temperature.
3.2.2 One start from rated temperature.
3.2.3 Subsequent starts: allow 30 minutes running time or 60 minutes idle time between starts.
3.3 The service water supply to the AFW pumps does NOT meet secondary makeup specifications and should only be used when required by emergency conditions.
3.4 The TDAFWP will reduce the plant heatup rate and should NOT normally be used during plant heatup.
3.5 High temperatures indicated between the AFW pumps and their associated discharge check valves may indicate back leakage thru the check valves. jf AFW pump steam binding is suspected, THEN Appendix B, C, or D should be performed as appropriate. Version 61.0 10127/09 16:06:59 FNP-2-S0P-22.0 2.0 Initial Conditions 2.1 The electrical distribution system is energized and aligned for normal operation per FNP-2-S0P-36.0, PLANT ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION LINE-UP, with exceptions noted.
2.2 The compressed air system is in service and aligned for normal operation per FNP-2-S0P-31.0, COMPRESSED AIR SYSTEM, with exceptions noted.
2.3 The auxiliary feedwater system valves and electrical distribution systems are aligned per FNP-2-S0P-22.0, with exceptions noted.
2.4 The AFW pump room coolers are aligned for operation per FNP-2-S0P-58.0, AUXILIARY BUILDING HVAC SYSTEM, with exceptions noted.
2.5 Main steam is available and aligned per FNP-2-S0P-17.0, MAIN AND REHEAT STEAM, (only required for TDAFWP operation), with exceptions noted.
3.0 Precautions and Limitations 3.1 Anytime the MDAFW pumps AUTO start, the SG blowdown and sample valves will close automatically. Both handswitches must be taken to the STOP position iliOT necessarily at the same time) or control power cycled to the 4160V breaker before the valves can be opened.
3.2 Frequent starting may damage MDAFWP motors. Limit pump starts as follows:
3.2.1 Two successive starts from ambient temperature.
3.2.2 One start from rated temperature.
3.2.3 Subsequent starts: allow 30 minutes running time or 60 minutes idle time between starts.
3.3 The service water supply to the AFW pumps does NOT meet secondary makeup specifications and should only be used when required by emergency conditions.
3.4 The TDAFWP will reduce the plant heatup rate and should NOT normally be used during plant heatup.
3.5 High temperatures indicated between the AFW pumps and their associated discharge check valves may indicate back leakage thru the check valves. IF AFW pump steam binding is suspected, THEN Appendix B, C, or D should be performed as appropriate. Version 61.0
10/27/09 16:06:59 FNP-2-SOP-22.0 3.6 Auto start of the MDAFWPs on trip of both SGFPs, may be defeated at the BOP using the AUTO-DEFEAT switches. Refer to FNP-2-UOP-1.2 and FNP-2-UOP-2.1 for AUTO-DEFEAT switch operation.
3.7 In operational modes 1, 2 and 3, at least three independent steam generator auxiliary feedwater pumps and associated flow paths shall be operable with:
3.7.1 Two motor driven auxiliary feedwater pumps each being powered from separate emergency buses, and 3.7.2 One turbine driven auxiliary feedwater pump capable of being powered from its operable steam supply system.
3.8 The service water system shall be demonstrated operable at least once per 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> in accordance with the Technical Specifications whenever service water is the supply source for the AFW pumps.
3.9 During non-emergency operation the level in the CST should be maintained greater than 26 feet to prevent the ingress of oxygen to the CST.
3.10 Do NOT run the TDAFWP on miniflow only, for greater than 3 hours3.472222e-5 days <br />8.333333e-4 hours <br />4.960317e-6 weeks <br />1.1415e-6 months <br /> in any 24 hour2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> period.
3.11 f Q2N12HV3226 leaks by, THEN the TDAFWP may be allowed to rotate as long as the shaft speed is greater than 200 rpm and proper oil levels are maintained.
3.12 TDAFWP UPS performance may be adversely affected if battery charger supply voltage drops below 178 volts.
3.13 Unless evaluated otherwise the TDAFWP Uninterruptible Power Supply should be treated as attendant equipment. When it is unavailable the TDAFWP should be considered inoperable.
3.14 During non-emergency operation, the AFW pump suction piping should be flushed and sampled prior to operation as required by Appendix E to minimize sodium introduction into the SGs.
3.15 IF a known primary to secondary leak exists, THEN notify the Counting Room or Environmental supervision to perform FNP-0-CCP-645 prior to running the TDAFWP.
3.16 IF no indication is present for TDAFWP TRIP & THRTL VLV, Q2N12MOV3406, on the BOP or locally for reasons other than a blown bulb, THEN TDAFWP operability may be affected. (IR 2-95-340) Version 61.0 10/27/09 16:06:59 FNP-2-S0P-22.0 3.6 Auto start of the MDAFWP's on trip of both SOFP's, may be defeated at the BOP using the AUTO-DEFEAT switches. Refer to FNP-2-UOP-I.2 and FNP-2-UOP-2.I for AUTO-DEFEAT switch operation.
3.7 In operational modes 1,2 and 3, at least three independent steam generator auxiliary feedwater pumps and associated flow paths shall be operable with:
3.7.1 Two motor driven auxiliary feedwater pumps each being powered from separate emergency buses, and 3.7.2 One turbine driven auxiliary feedwater pump capable of being powered from its operable steam supply system.
3.8 The service water system shall be demonstrated operable at least once per 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> in accordance with the Technical Specifications whenever service water is the supply source for the AFW pumps.
3.9 During non-emergency operation the level in the CST should be maintained greater than 26 feet to prevent the ingress of oxygen to the CST.
3.10 Do NOT run the TDAFWP on miniflow only, for greater than 3 hours3.472222e-5 days <br />8.333333e-4 hours <br />4.960317e-6 weeks <br />1.1415e-6 months <br /> in any 24 hour2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> period.
3.11 IF Q2NI2HV3226 leaks by, THEN the TDAFWP may be allowed to rotate as long as the shaft speed is greater than 200 rpm and proper oil levels are maintained.
3.12 TDAFWP UPS performance may be adversely affected if battery charger supply voltage drops below 178 volts.
3.13 Unless evaluated otherwise the TDAFWP Un interruptible Power Supply should be treated as attendant equipment. When it is unavailable the TDAFWP should be considered inoperable.
3.14 During non-emergency operation, the AFW pump suction piping should be flushed and sampled prior to operation as required by Appendix E to minimize sodium introduction into the SO's.
3.15 IF a known primary to secondary leak exists, THEN notify the Counting Room or Environmental supervision to perform FNP-0-CCP-645 prior to running the TDAFWP.
3.16 IF no indication is present for TDAFWP TRIP & THRTL VLV, Q2NI2MOV3406, on the BOP or locally for reasons other than a blown bulb, THEN TDAFWP operability may be affected. (IR 2-95-340) Version 61.0
10/27/09 16:06:59 FNP-2-SOP-22.0 3.17 Excessive feeding of the Steam Generators with the comparatively cold CST water can cause Reactor power to increase due to the decrease in RCS cold leg temperature. (Ref. Vogtle power increase event of 08-04-97, NRC event#3272 1) 3.18 MDAFW pumps will automatically start on any one of the following:
3.18.1 A steam generator b-b level of 28% (2/3 level instruments in 1/3 steam generators) and no LOSP.
3.18.2 Both main feed pumps tripped and no LOSP.
3.18.3 An engineered safety feature (ESF) sequencer signal 3.18.4 An LOSP sequencer signal 3.18.5 AMSAC (2/3 steam generators <10% level for 25 seconds; blocked when below C-20 after 260 sec) 3.19 TDAFW pump will automatically start on any one of the following:
3.19.1 A steam generator b-b level of 28% (2/3 level instruments in 2/3 steam generators).
3.19.2 Undervoltage signal of 64.4% on RCP buses (blackout) (1/2 UV relays on 2/3 buses) 3.19.3 AMSAC (2/3 steam generators <10% level for 25 seconds; blocked when below C-20 after 260 sec) 3.20 TDAFW Steam supply valve operation on Unit 2 is as follows:
3.20.1 HV-3226, HV-3235A and HV-3235B open signals seal in as soon as they clear the closed limit switch. Therefore when securing the TDAFW pump on Unit 2, you must hold the handswitches to CLOSE until sufficient time has passed to allow valve closure.
3.21 Pipe internals can be potentially degraded. Proceed with caution. Do not subject vent/drain piping to any undue stress during removal of pipe cap/plug.
(A12009202698). Version 61.0 10127/09 16:06:59 FNP-2-S0P-22.0 3.17 Excessive feeding of the Steam Generators with the comparatively cold CST water can cause Reactor power to increase due to the decrease in RCS cold leg temperature. (Ref. Vogtle power increase event of 08-04-97, NRC event#32721) 3.18 MDAFW pumps will automatically start on anyone of the following:
3.18.1 3.18.2 3.18.3 3.18.4 3.18.5 A steam generator 10-10 level of28% (2/3 level instruments in 1/3 steam generators) and no LOSP.
Both main feed pumps tripped and no LOSP.
An engineered safety feature (ESF) sequencer signal An LOSP sequencer signal AMSAC (2/3 steam generators <10% level for 25 seconds; blocked when below C-20 after 260 sec) 3.19 TDAFW pump will automatically start on anyone of the following:
3.19.1 3.19.2 3.19.3 A steam generator 10-10 level of28% (2/3 level instruments in 2/3 steam generators).
Undervoltage signal of 64.4% on RCP buses (blackout) (1/2 UV relays on 2/3 buses)
AMSAC (2/3 steam generators <10% level for 25 seconds; blocked when below C-20 after 260 sec) 3.20 TDAFW Steam supply valve operation on Unit 2 is as follows:
3.20.1 HV-3226, HV-3235A and HV-3235B open signals seal in as soon as they clear the closed limit switch. Therefore when securing the TDAFW pump on Unit 2, you must hold the handswitches to CLOSE until sufficient time has passed to allow valve closure.
3.21 Pipe internals can be potentially degraded. Proceed with caution. Do not subject vent/drain piping to any undue stress during removal of pipe cap/plug.
(AI2009202698). Version 61.0
10/27/09 16:07:57 FNP-2-SOP-22.0 Version 61.0 FARLEY NUCLEAR PLANT UNIT 2 APPENDIX I TDAFWP OPERATION WITHOUT CONTROL POWER Completed By____________________________________________
Date Verification By_____________________________________________ Date.
Reviewed By Date This appendix consists of 9 pages 10/27/09 16:07:57 FARLEY NUCLEAR PLANT UNIT 2 APPENDIX I FNP-2-S0P-22.0 Version 61.0 TDAFWP OPERA nON WITHOUT CONTROL POWER Completed By ________________ _
Date. _______ _
Verification By ________________ _
Date --------
Reviewed By ________________ _
Date --------
This appendix consists of 9 pages
10/27/09 16:07:57 FNP-2-SOP-22.0 APPENDIX I APPENDIX I TDAFWP OPERATION WITHOUT CONTROL POWER 1.0 Purpose Provide guidance for control of the TDAFWP by manually controlling TDAFWP steam supply valves, TDAFWP trip throttle valve, and TDAFWP flow control valves following a full or partial loss of control power.
2.0 Initial conditions HBF 2.1 The version of this procedure has been verified to be the current version.
(OR 1-98-498) 2.2 This procedure has been verified to be the correct unit for the task. (OR 1-98-498 2.3 The Shift Supervisor has determined emergency conditions require performance of this procedure to operate the TDAFWP due to a loss of control power to the TDAFWP or supporting components.
2.4 At least one team of 2 individuals is assembled with the following tools:
Adjustable wrench 12 Q, Channel lock pliers 10 Flashlight 3.0 Precautions and Limitations 3.1 Exercise caution around hot steam piping.
3.2 TDAFWP control may become erratic when battery voltage is low.
3.3 A failure of the UPS could cause a sudden loss of control power.
3.4 The TDAFWP UPS and Auxiliary Building Batteries are required to supply loads for two (2) hours without battery chargers. When chargers are out of service for greater than two hours, indicators, annunciators, and controls, may become erratic or unreliable in the Main Control Room and TDAFWP room.
Page 1 of 9 Version 61.0 10/27/0916:07:57 FNP-2-S0P-22.0 APPENDIX I APPENDIX I TDAFWP OPERATION WITHOUT CONTROL POWER 1.0 Purpose Provide guidance for control of the TDAFWP by manually controlling TDAFWP steam supply valves, TDAFWP trip throttle valve, and TDAFWP flow control valves following a full or partial loss of control power.
2.0 Initial conditions HBF 2.1 The version of this procedure has been verified to be the current version.
(OR 1-98-498) 2.2 This procedure has been verified to be the correct unit for the task. (OR 1-98-498 2.3 The Shift Supervisor has determined emergency conditions require performance of this procedure to operate the TDAFWP due to a loss of control power to the TDAFWP or supporting components.
2.4 At least one team of 2 individuals is assembled with the following tools:
Adjustable wrench 2:12" OR Channel lock pliers 2:10" Flashlight 3.0 Precautions and Limitations 3.1 Exercise caution around hot steam piping.
3.2 TDAFWP control may become erratic when battery voltage is low.
3.3 A failure of the UPS could cause a sudden loss of control power.
3.4 The TDAFWP UPS and Auxiliary Building Batteries are required to supply loads for two (2) hours without battery chargers. When chargers are out of service for greater than two hours, indicators, annunciators, and controls, may become erratic or unreliable in the Main Control Room and TDAFWP room.
Page 1 of9 Version 61.0
10/27/09 16:07:57 FNP-2-SOP-22.0 APPENDIX I 3.5 TDAFWP equipment fails as follows:
3.5.1 Loss of control power:
TDAFWP STM SUPP FROM 2B and 2C SG, Q2N12HV3235A&B (Q2N12VOO1A&B) fail closed TDAFWP STM SUPP ISO Q2N12HV3226 fails open
- The TDAFWP governor fails to maximum speed position
- TDAFWP TRIP & THRTL VLV Q2N12MOV3406 fails as-is (motor operator and control supplied from same breaker) 3.5.2 Loss of air
- TDAFWP STM SUPP FROM 2B and 2C SG Q2N12HV3235A&B (Q2N12VOO1A&B) fail closed (Air accumulators designed to provide an air supply sufficient to hold valves open for two (2) hours.)
The following step is to prevent TDAFWP overspeed trip when opening steam supplies and may be omitted (with Shift Supervisor approval) if the TDAFWP is in operation.
4.1 Close TDAFWP TRIP & THROTTLE VLV Q2N12M0V3406 electrically or by using the manual operator. (100 TDAFWP Room) 4.2 IF TDAFWP TRIP & THROTTLE VLV, Q2N12MOV3406 overspeed linkage is tripped THEN perform the following. (100 TDAFWP Room) 4.2.1 Manually close TDAFWP TRIP & THROTTLE VLV, Q2N12M0V3406.
4.2.2 Reset the overspeed linkage on the TDAFWP by pushing linkage towards trip throttle valve.
4.3 Fail open TDAFWP STM SUPP ISO, Q2N12HV3226. (100 TDAFWP Room) 4.4 Verify TDAFWP STM SUPP ISO, Q2N12HV3226 jacking device fully out.
NOTE:
If both steam generators are faulted the Shift Manager should determine the desired steam supply.
4.5 Jack open steam supply to the TDAFWP from all intact SGs:
TDAFWP STM SUPPLY FROM 2B SG, Q2N12HV3235A (Q2N12V0001A-A). (127 MSVR)
TDAFWP STM SUPPLY FROM 2C SG, Q2N12HV3235B (Q2N12V0001B-B). (127 MSVR)
Page 2 of 9 Version 61.0 10/27/09 16:07:57 FNP-2-S0P-22.0 APPENDIX I 3.5 TDAFWP equipment fails as follows:
3.5.1 Loss of control power:
- The TDAFWP governor fails to maximum speed position
- TDAFWP TRIP & THRTL VLV Q2N12MOV3406 fails as-is (motor operator and control supplied from same breaker) 3.5.2 Loss of air
- TDAFWP STM SUPP FROM 2B and 2C SG Q2N12HV3235A&B (Q2NI2VOOIA&B) fail closed (Air accumulators designed to provide an air supply sufficient to hold valves open for two (2) hours.)
The following step is to prevent TDAFWP overspeed trip when opening steam supplies and may be omitted (with Shift Supervisor approval) if the TDAFWP is in operation.
4.1 Close TDAFWP TRIP & THROTTLE VLV Q2N12MOV3406 electrically or by using the manual operator. (100' TDAFWP Room) 4.2 IF TDAFWP TRIP & THROTTLE VL V, Q2N12MOV3406 overspeed linkage is tripped THEN perform the following. (100' TDAFWP Room) 4.2.1 Manually close TDAFWP TRIP & THROTTLE VLV, Q2N12MOV3406.
4.2.2 Reset the overspeed linkage on the TDAFWP by pushing linkage towards trip throttle valve.
4.3 Fail open TDAFWP STM SUPP ISO, Q2N12HV3226. (100' TDAFWP Room) 4.4 Verify TDAFWP STM SUPP ISO, Q2N12HV3226 jacking device fully out.
NOTE:
If both steam generators are faulted the Shift Manager should determine the desired steam supply.
4.5 Jack open steam supply to the TDAFWP from all intact SGs:
TDAFWP STM SUPPLY FROM 2B SG, Q2N12HV3235A (Q2NI2VOOOIA-A). (127' MSVR)
TDAFWP STM SUPPLY FROM 2C SG, Q2N12HV3235B (Q2NI2VOOOIB-B). (127' MSVR)
Page 2 of9 Version 61.0
10/27/09 16:07:57 FNP-2-SOP-22.0 APPENDIX I 4.6 Perform the following:
4.6.1 Establish communications between TDAFWP Room and Control Room.
4.6.2 Inform the Control Room Operator starting the TDAFWP.
NOTES:
The list in the following step is in the preferred order.
Step 4.8 provides instructions for resetting trip throttle valve.
4.7 Establish TDAFWP operation by throttling open TDAFWP TRIP & THRTL VLV Q2N12M0V3406 to establish one of the following conditions based on available indicators:
Establish 3960 rpm on TDAFWP local control panel or AUX FEED TURB SPD SI-341 1A (MCB)
Establish desired AFW flow indication on MCB flow indicators Establish TDAFWP discharge pressure on PI-3222B approximately 100 psig above SC pressure (MCB).
(PI-3222B on outside wall of A MDAFWP room)
Establish TDAFWP discharge pressure on PI-3222B approximately 100 psig above STM INLET PRESS as shown on PI-3223C. (TDAFWP local control panel)
Use alternate methods of monitoring TDAFWP such as a strobe tach or temporary 0-2000# gauge installed on discharge of TDAFWP. (100 TDAFWP Room) 4.8 jf TDAFWP TRIP & THROTTLE VLV, Q2N12M0V3406 overspeed linkage is tripped, THEN perform the following:
4.8.1 Manually close TDAFWP TRIP & THROTTLE VLV, Q2N12M0V3406.
4.8.2 Reset the overspeed linkage on the TDAFWP by pushing linkage towards trip throttle valve.
4.8.3 Return to step 4.7.
Page 3 of 9 Version 61.0 10/27/09 16:07:57 FNP-2-S0P-22.0 APPENDIX I 4.6 Perform the following:
4.6.1 Establish communications between TDAFWP Room and Control Room.
4.6.2 Inform the Control Room Operator starting the TDAFWP.
NOTES:
The list in the following step is in the preferred order.
Step 4.8 provides instructions for resetting trip throttle valve.
4.7 Establish TDAFWP operation by throttling open TDAFWP TRIP & THRTL VLV Q2N12MOV3406 to establish one of the following conditions based on available indicators:
Establish 3960 rpm on TDAFWP local control panel or AUX FEED TURB SPD SI-3411A (MCB)
Establish desired AFW flow indication on MCB flow indicators Establish TDAFWP discharge pressure on PI-3222B approximately 100 psig above SG pressure (MCB). (PI-3222B on outside wall of' A' MDAFWP room)
Establish TDAFWP discharge pressure on PI-3222B approximately 100 psig above STM INLET PRESS as shown on PI-3223C. (TDAFWP local control panel)
Use alternate methods of monitoring TDAFWP such as a strobe tach or temporary 0-2000# gauge installed on discharge ofTDAFWP. (l00' TDAFWP Room) 4.8 IF TDAFWP TRIP & THROTTLE VL V, Q2N12MOV3406 overspeed linkage is tripped, THEN perform the following:
4.8.1 Manually close TDAFWP TRIP & THROTTLE VLV, Q2N12MOV3406.
4.8.2 Reset the overspeed linkage on the TDAFWP by pushing linkage towards trip throttle valve.
4.8.3 Return to step 4.7.
Page 3 of9 Version 61.0
10/27/09 16:07:57 FNP-2-SOP-22.0 APPENDIX I CAUTION:
Feeding a faulted steam generator should only be done with Shift Manager concurrence.
NOTE:
Adjusting HV-3228A, B or C OR pump speed affects AFW flow rate to all steam generators.
4.9 Locally Throttle AFW to SGs as directed by control room. (127 MSVR)
TDAFWP TO 2A SG Q2N23HV3228A TDAFWP TO 2B SG Q2N23HV3228B TDAFWP TO 2C SG Q2N23HV3228C NOTE:
Steps 4.10, 4.11, and 4.12 may be performed in any order.
4.10 WHEN control power is restored AND MCB control of the TDAFWP is desired, THEN perform the following:
4.10.1 Slowly adjust TDAFWP SPEED CONT SIC 3405 until a slight reduction in speed is observed.
(MCB) 4.10.2 Open TDAFWP TRIP & THRTL VLV, Q2N12M0V3406 electrically from the TDAFWP Local Control Panel or from the BOP.
4.10.3 Check annunciator JG4, TDAFWP TRIP AND TV CLOSED is alarm NOT in.
4.10.4 Adjust TDAFWP SPEED CONT SIC 3405 as required to control TDAFWP speed. (MCB)
Page 4 of 9 Version 61.0 10127/09 16:07:57 FNP-2-S0P-22.0 APPENDIX I CAUTION:
Feeding a faulted steam generator should only be done with Shift Manager concurrence.
NOTE:
Adjusting HV-3228A, B or C OR pump speed affects AFW flow rate to all steam generators.
4.9 Locally Throttle AFW to SOs as directed by control room. (127' MSVR)
TDAFWP TO 2A SO Q2N23HV3228A TDAFWP TO 2B SO Q2N23HV3228B TDAFWP TO 2C SO Q2N23HV3228C NOTE:
Steps 4.10, 4.11, and 4.12 may be performed in any order.
4.10 WHEN control power is restored AND MCB control of the TDAFWP is desired, THEN perform the following:
4.10.1 4.10.2 4.10.3 4.10.4 Slowly adjust TDAFWP SPEED CONT SIC 3405 until a slight reduction in speed is observed.
(MCB)
Open TDAFWP TRIP & THRTL VLV, Q2N12MOV3406 electrically from the TDAFWP Local Control Panel or from the BOP.
Check annunciator J04, TDAFWP TRIP AND TV CLOSED is alarm NOT in.
Adjust TDAFWP SPEED CONT SIC 3405 as required to control TDAFWP speed. (MCB)
Page 4 of9 Version 61.0
10/27/09 16:07:57 FNP-2-SOP-22.0 APPENDIX I CAUTION:
Steam supply to the TDAFWP should NOT be aligned from a faulted SG. Shift Manager should determine if plant conditions warrant supplying steam from faulted SGs 4.11 WHEN control power is restored AND MCB control of TDAFWP steam supply valves is desired, THEN perform the following:
4.11.1 Check MCB annunciator JF5, TDAFWP STM ISO VLV AIR ACCUM LO PRESS, clear 4.11.2 Place MCB handswitch TDAFWP STM SUPP FROM 2B SG Q2N12HV3235A/26 to START and verify MLB4 1.3 and 3.3 lit.
4.11.3 Place MCB handswitch TDAFWP STM SUPP FROM 2C SG Q2N12HV3235B to START and verify MLB4 2.3 lit.
4.11.4 IF TDAFWP STM SUPP FROM 2B SG, Q2NI 2HV3235A (Q2N12VOO1A-A) is jacked open, THEN perform the following TDAFWP STM SUPP FROM 2B SG, Q2N12HV3235A
[1 Adjust the jacking device until the pin connecting the jacking device to the valve stem is loose enough to remove.
[] Remove the pin connecting the jacking device to the valve stem.
[1 Position the jacking device to the fully backed out position.
[1 Insert the pin in the jacking device.
4.11.5 IF TDAFWP STM SUPP FROM 2C SG, Q2N12HV3235B (Q2N12VOO1B-B) is jacked open, THEN perform the following TDAFWP STM SUPP FROM 2C 5G. Q2N12HV3235B
[1 Adjust the jacking device until the pin connecting the jacking device to the valve stem is loose enough to remove.
[ j Remove the pin connecting the jacking device to the valve stem.
[ ] Position the jacking device to the fully backed out position.
[1 Insert the pin in the jacking device.
Page 5 of 9 Version 61.0 10127/09 16:07:57 FNP-2-S0P-22.0 APPENDIX I CAUTION:
Steam supply to the TDAFWP should NOT be aligned from a faulted SG. Shift Manager should determine if plant conditions warrant supplying steam from faulted SGs 4.11 WHEN control power is restored AND MCB control of TDAFWP steam supply valves is desired, THEN perform the following:
4.11.1 4.11.2 4.11.3 4.11.4 4.11.5 Check MCB annunciator JF5, TDAFWP STM ISO VL V AIR ACCUM LO PRESS, clear Place MCB handswitch TDAFWP STM SUPP FROM 2B SO Q2N12HV3235A/26 to START and verify MLB4 1.3 and 3.3 lit.
Place MCB handswitch TDAFWP STM SUPP FROM 2C SO Q2N12HV3235B to START and verify MLB4 2.3 lit.
IF TDAFWP STM SUPP FROM 2B SO, Q2N12HV3235A (Q2NI2VOOIA-A) is jacked open, THEN perform the following TDAFWP STM SUPP FROM 2B SO, Q2N12HV3235A
[ ] Adjust the jacking device until the pin connecting the jacking device to the valve stem is loose enough to remove.
[ ] Remove the pin connecting the jacking device to the valve stem.
[ ] Position the jacking device to the fully backed out position.
[ ] Insert the pin in the jacking device.
IF TDAFWP STM SUPP FROM 2C SO, Q2N12HV3235B (Q2NI2VOOIB-B) is jacked open, THEN perform the following TDAFWP STM SUPP FROM 2C SO, Q2N12HV3235B
[ ] Adjust the jacking device until the pin connecting the jacking device to the valve stem is loose enough to remove.
[ ] Remove the pin connecting the jacking device to the valve stem.
[ ] Position the jacking device to the fully backed out position.
[ ] Insert the pin in the jacking device.
Page 5 of9 Version 61.0
10/27/09 16:07:57 FNP-2-SOP-22.0 APPENDIX I CAUTION:
Feeding a faulted steam generator should only be done with Shift Manager concurrence.
4.12 WHEN control power and instrument air are restored AND MCB control of the TDAFW flow control valves is desired, THEN perform the following:
4.12.1 Check air available to TDAFWP FCVs as follows:
4.12.1.1 MCB annunciator KD2, IA PRESS LO, is clear.
4.12.1.2 Restore air to the following: (127 MSVR)
- TDAFWP TO 2A SG, Q2N23HV3228A TDAFWP TO 2B SG, Q2N23HV3228B TDAFWP TO 2C SG, Q2N23HV3228C 4.12.2 Adjust the following fully open:
4.12.3 Verify the following MCB handswitches in MOD
- TDAFWP TO 2A SG Q2N23HV3228A.
- TDAFWP TO 2B SG Q2N23HV3228B.
- TDAFWP TO 2C SG Q2N23HV3228C.
4.12.4 Reset TDAFW FCVs using TDAFWP FCV 3228 RESET switch.
4.12.5 Slowly close TDAFWP TO 2A SG FLOW CONT HIC 3228AA until a slight reduction in flow is observed.
4.12.6 Place the manual jack for TDAFWP TO 2A SG, Q2N23HV3228A in the fully backed out position. (127 MSVR) 4.12.7 Slowly close TDAFWP TO 2B SG FLOW CONT HIC 3228BA until a slight reduction in flow is observed.
4.12.8 Place the manual jack for TDAFWP TO 2B SG, Q2N23HV3228B in the fully backed out position. (127 MSVR) 4.12.9 Slowly close TDAFWP TO 2C SG FLOW CONT HIC 3228CA until a slight reduction in flow is observed.
4.12.10 Place the manual jack for TDAFWP TO 2C SG, Q2N23HV3228C in the fully backed out position. (127 MSVR)
Page 6 of 9 Version 61.0 10/2710916:07:57 FNP-2-S0P-22.0 APPENDIX I CAUTION:
Feeding a faulted steam generator should only be done with Shift Manager concurrence.
4.12 WHEN control power and instrument air are restored AND MCB control of the TDAFW flow control valves is desired, THEN perform the following:
4.12.1 Check air available to TDAFWP FCVs as follows:
4.12.1.1 MCB annunciator KD2, IA PRESS LO, is clear.
4.12.1.2 Restore air to the following: (127' MSVR)
- TDAFWP TO 2A SG, Q2N23HV3228A
- TDAFWP TO 2B SG, Q2N23HV3228B
- TDAFWP TO 2C SG, Q2N23HV3228C 4.12.2 Adjust the following fully open:
4.12.3 Verify the following MCB handswitches in MOD
- TDAFWP TO 2A SG Q2N23HV3228A.
- TDAFWP TO 2B SG Q2N23HV3228B.
- TDAFWP TO 2C SG Q2N23HV3228C.
4.12.4 Reset TDAFW FCVs using TDAFWP FCV 3228 RESET switch.
4.12.5 Slowly close TDAFWP TO 2A SG FLOW CONT HIC 3228AA until a slight reduction in flow is observed.
4.12.6 Place the manual jack for TDAFWP TO 2A SG, Q2N23HV3228A in the fully backed out position. (127' MSVR) 4.12.7 Slowly close TDAFWP TO 2B SG FLOW CONT HIC 3228BA until a slight reduction in flow is observed.
4.12.8 Place the manual jack for TDAFWP TO 2B SG, Q2N23HV3228B in the fully backed out position. (127' MSVR) 4.12.9 Slowly close TDAFWP TO 2C SG FLOW CONT HIC 3228CA until a slight reduction in flow is observed.
4.12.10 Place the manual jack for TDAFWP TO 2C SG, Q2N23HV3228C in the fully backed out position. (127' MSVR)
Page 6 of9 Version 61.0
10/27/09 16:07:57 FNP-2-SOP-22.0 APPENDIX I 4.12.11 Control AFW flow to maintain SG levels as desired.
4.13 Restore TDAFWP STM SUPP ISO, Q2N12HV3226 as follows:
4.13.1 Verify the manual jack on TDAFWP STM SUPP ISO, Q2N12HV3226 is fully backed out. (100 TDAFWP Room) 4.13.2 Restore air to TDAFWP STM SUPP ISO, Q2N12HV3226.
4.14 Independently Verify TDAFWP TRIP & THRTL VLV, Q2N12M0V3406 open.
IV 4.15 Independently Verify annunciator JG4, TDAFWP TRIP AND TV CLOSED IV NOT in alarm.
Page 7 of 9 Version 61.0 10/27/09 16:07:57 FNP-2-S0P-22.0 IV APPENDIX I 4.12.11 Control AFW flow to maintain SO levels as desired.
4.13 Restore TDAFWP STM SUPP ISO, Q2N12HV3226 as follows:
4.13.1 Verify the manual jack on TDAFWP STM SUPP ISO, Q2N12HV3226 is fully backed out. (100' TDAFWP Room) 4.13.2 Restore air to TDAFWP STM SUPP ISO, Q2N12HV3226.
4.14 Independently Verify TDAFWP TRIP & THRTL VLV, Q2N12MOV3406 open.
4.15 Independently Verify annunciator J04, TDAFWP TRIP AND TV CLOSED IV NOT in alarm.
Page 70f9 Version 61.0
10/27/09 16:07:57 FNP-2-SOP-22.0 APPENDIX I 4.16 Independently Verify the following lights lit:
IV MLB41.3 MLB42.3 MLB43.3 4.17 Independently Verify the following: (127 MSVR)
IV TDAFWP STM SUPP FROM 2B SG Q2N12HV3235A
[ ] jacking device disconnected from valve stem
[1 jacking device backed fully out
[ ] pin inserted in jacking device TDAFWP STM SUPP FROM 2C SG Q2N12HV3235B
[ J jacking device disconnected from valve stem
[ ] jacking device backed fully out
[1 pin inserted in jacking device 4.18 Independently Verify jacking device backed fully out for the following:
IV (127 MSVR)
TDAFWP TO 2A SG, Q2N23HV3228A TDAFWP TO 2B SG, Q2N23HV3228B TDAFWP TO 2C SG, Q2N23HV3228C 4.19 Independently Verify TDAFWP STM SUPP ISO, Q2N12HV3226 restored as follows:
4.19.1 Verify the manual jack on TDAFWP STM SUPP ISO, Q2N12HV3226 IV is fully backed out. (100 TDAFWP Room) 4.19.2 Verify air restored to TDAFWP STM SUPP ISO, Q2N12HV3226.
IV 5.0 References 5.1 D205007 P & I Diagram Aux. Feedwater System 5.2 D205033/2 P&ID
- Main Steam and Auxiliary Steam Systems 5.3 D2071 88 Elementary Diagram Turbine Driven Aux. Feedwater Pump Train C 5.4 D207189 Elementary Diagram Turbine Aux. Feedwater Pump Train C Sh. 2 5.5 D207590/1 Elementary Diagram Solenoid Valves Page 8 of 9 Version 61.0 10/27/09 16:07:57 FNP-2-S0P-22.0 APPENDIX I IV IV IV 4.16 Independently Verify the following lights lit:
- MLB 41.3
- MLB 4 2.3
- MLB 4 3.3 4.17 Independently Verify the following: (127' MSVR)
[ ] jacking device disconnected from valve stem
[ ] jacking device backed fully out
[ ] pin inserted in jacking device
[ ] jacking device disconnected from valve stem
[ ] jacking device backed fully out
[ ] pin inserted in jacking device 4.18 Independently Verify jacking device backed fully out for the following:
(127' MSVR)
TDAFWP TO 2A SG, Q2N23HV3228A TDAFWP TO 2B SG, Q2N23HV3228B TDAFWP TO 2C SG, Q2N23HV3228C 4.19 Independently Verify TDAFWP STM SUPP ISO, Q2N12HV3226 restored as follows:
4.19.1 Verify the manual jack on TDAFWP STM SUPP ISO, Q2Nl2HV3226 IV is fully backed out. (100' TDAFWP Room) 4.19.2 Verify air restored to TDAFWP STM SUPP ISO, Q2N12HV3226.
IV 5.0 References 5.1 D205007 P & I Diagram - Aux. Feedwater System 5.2 D205033/2 P&ID - Main Steam and Auxiliary Steam Systems 5.3 D207188 Elementary Diagram - Turbine Driven Aux. Feedwater Pump Train "C" 5.4 D207189 Elementary Diagram Turbine Aux. Feedwater Pump Train "C" Sh.2 5.5 D2075901l Elementary Diagram Solenoid Valves Page 8 of9 Version 61.0
10/27/09 16:07:57 FNP-2-SOP-22.0 APPENDIX I 5.6 D207944 Single Line Diagram
- Turbine Driven Aux. Feedwater Pump UPS 5.7 U209219 Parts List for HV-3227-A-B-C 5.8 U209220 Parts Lists for HV-3228A-B-C 5.9 U209221 Parts List for HV-3226 5.10 U210470 3 600# Pressure-Seal Globe & Stop Check-Air Operated Valve 5.11 U214461 Turbine Driven Auxiliary Feedwater Pump Schematic Diagram 5.12 U277859 TDAFW Turbine Instruction Manual 5.13 A 181010 Functional System Description Auxiliary Feedwater System 5.14 NL-04-0287 Letter, L. M. Stinson to USNRC, Joseph M. Farley Nuclear Plants Units 1 and 2 Application for License Renewal December 12, 2003, Requests for Additional Information, February 26, 2004.
Question 6 response includes discussion of Severe Accident Mitigation Alternative #166 regarding operation of the TDAFWP with no control power.
Page 9 of 9 Version 61.0 10/27/09 16:07:57 5.6 D207944 5.7 U209219 5.8 U209220 5.9 U209221 5.10 U210470 5.11 U214461 5.12 U277859 5.13 A181010 5.14 NL-04-0287 FNP-2-S0P-22.0 APPENDIX I Single Line Diagram - Turbine Driven Aux. Feedwater Pump UPS Parts List for HV-3227-A-B-C Parts Lists for HV-3228A-B-C Parts List for HV -3226 3" 600# Pressure-Seal Globe & Stop Check-Air Operated Valve Turbine Driven Auxiliary Feedwater Pump Schematic Diagram TDAFW Turbine Instruction Manual Functional System Description Auxiliary Feedwater System Letter, L. M. Stinson to USNRC, "Joseph M. Farley Nuclear Plants Units 1 and 2 Application for License Renewal-December 12, 2003, Requests for Additional Information," February 26, 2004.
Question 6 response includes discussion of Severe Accident Mitigation Alternative #166 regarding operation of the TDAFWP with no control power.
Page 9 of9 Version 61.0
Page 1 of 10
- k. In Plant JPM SO-347A TITLE: Place The Swing Battery Charger In Service electrically PROGRAM APPLICABLE: SOT X
SOCT OLT X
LOCT ACCEPTABLE EVALUATION METHOD:
X PERFORM X
SIMULATE DISCUSS EVALUATION LOCATION:
SIMULATOR CONTROL ROOM X
PLANT PROJECTED TIME:
30 MIN SIMULATOR IC NUMBER:
N/A ALTERNATE PATH TIME CRITICAL PRA JPM DIRECTIONS:
1.
This JPM may be performed on UNIT 1 or 2, There are differences between the Battery Chargers on each unit and the steps specific to Unit 2 are contained within [brackets] or in separate elements.
2.
Obtaining breaker interlock keys and the Racking Tool are evaluated by another Breaker racking JPM, and are not evaluated for this JPM.
3.
Other directions provided in the body of JPM.
TASK STANDARD: Required for successful completion of this JPM, using FNP-l[2J-SOP-37.l Appendix 7:
Place The 1 [2]C Swing Battery Charger In Service electrically Examinee:
Overall JPM Performance:
Satisfactory 11 Unsatisfactory D
Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)
EXAMINER:
Developer Name: C. Vince Richter Date: 10-27-09 NRC Approval SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3 FNP HL T-33 NRC exam JPM k.
Page 1 of 10
- k. In Plant JPM SO-347A TITLE: Place The Swing Battery Charger In Service electrically PROGRAM APPLICABLE: SOT ~
SOCT OLT ~
LOCT ACCEPTABLE EVALUATION METHOD: ~PERFORM ~SIMULATE DISCUSS EVALUATION LOCATION:
SIMULATOR CONTROL ROOM ~
PLANT PROJECTED TIME:
30 MIN SIMULATORICNUMBER:
N/A ALTERNATE PATH TIME CRITICAL PRA JPM DIRECTIONS:
- 1. This JPM may be performed on UNIT 1 or 2, There are differences between the Battery Chargers on each unit and the steps specific to Unit 2 are contained within [brackets] or in separate elements.
- 2. Obtaining breaker interlock keys and the Racking Tool are evaluated by another Breaker racking JPM, and are not evaluated for this JPM.
- 3. Other directions provided in the body of JPM.
TASK STANDARD: Required for successful completion of this JPM, using FNP-1[2]-SOP-37.1 Appendix 7:
Place The 1 [2]C Swing Battery Charger In Service electrically Examinee:
Overall JPM Performance:
Satisfactory D
Unsatisfactory D Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)
EXAMINER: ________________ __
Name: C. Vince Richter Date: 10-27-09 SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3
Page 2 of 10 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to PLACE THE SWING BATTERY CHARGER IN SERVICE ELECTRICALLY on UNIT The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
SELECT THE UNIT for the task to be performed.
UISIIT 1 a.
Unit 1 is in Mode 1.
b.
Directed by Unit 1 Control Room Operator to align 1 C BATTERY CHARGER to A Train ELECTRICALLY per FNP-1-SOP-37.1, Appendix 7, starting at step 2.0 and completing to step 2.21.
FNP-1-SOP-37.1, Appendix 7, is complete up to step 2.0 All automatic associated fire detection and suppression systems are operable.
UISIIT 2 a.
Unit2isinMode 1.
b.
Directed by Unit 2 Control Room Operator to align 2C BATTERY CHARGER to A Train ELECTRICALLY per FNP-2-SOP-37. 1, Appendix 7, starting at step 2.0 and completing to step 2.19.
FNP-2-SOP-37.1, Appendix 7, is complete up to step 2.0 All automatic associated fire detection and suppression systems are operable EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE)
START TIME NOTE:
Examinee should initial steps as they are performed and identify to the examiner that another person will be needed to initial the IV and CV steps. (CUE: A PERSON IS AVAILABLE AS A VERIFIER.)
UNIT 2 component identifiers are in [brackets]
Demonstration of how to obtain a key in element 1 is not required.
1.
Obtain Si key RE1 1534 [RE1 1592] from Si key obtained. (CUE: 51 5 / U Shift Support Supervisor RE11534 [RE 11592] key obtained.)
Page 2 of 10 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to PLACE THE SWING BATTERY CHARGER IN SERVICE ELECTRICALL Y on UNIT
. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
SELECT THE UNIT for the task to be performed.
UNIT I
- a.
Unit I is in Mode I.
- b.
Directed by Unit I Control Room Operator to align IC BATTERY CHARGER to A Train ELECTRICALLY per FNP-I-SOP-37.1, Appendix 7, starting at step 2.0 and completing to step 2.21.
FNP-I-SOP-37.1, Appendix 7, is complete up to step 2.0 All automatic associated fire detection and suppression systems are operable.
UNIT 2
- a.
Unit 2 is in Mode I.
- b.
Directed by Unit 2 Control Room Operator to align 2C BATTERY CHARGER to A Train ELECTRICALLY per FNP-2-S0P-37.1, Appendix 7, starting at step 2.0 and completing to step 2.19.
FNP-2-S0P-37.1, Appendix 7, is complete up to step 2.0 All automatic associated fire detection and suppression systems are operable EVALUATION CHECKLIST ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
START TIME RESULTS:
(CIRCLE)
NOTE:
- Examinee should initial steps as they are performed and identify to the examiner that another person will be needed to initial the IV and CV steps. (CUE: A PERSON IS AVAILABLE AS A VERIFIER.)
- 1.
- UNIT 2 component identifiers are in [brackets]
- Demonstration of how to obtain a key in element I is not required.
Obtain SI key REI1534 [REI 1592] from Shift Support Supervisor S I key obtained. (CUE: S1 RE11534 [RE 11592] key obtained.)
SIU
Page 3 of 10 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE)
NOTE:
- 2C Battery Charger DC Output Circuit Breaker positions are not labeled. When performing element 2, SOP-36.1, Appendix 7, Step 2.2 Verify 2C Battery Charger DC Output Circuit Breaker Open, Human performance tools may be used to stop, call a time out, get an evaluation performed, and ensure the positions of the breaker are known prior to continuing.
CUE IF NECESSARY: ELECTRICAL MAINTENANCE HAS EVALUATED THE BREAKER POSITION AND DOWN IS OFF (OPEN) AND UP IS ON (CLOSED). A CR HAS BEEN WRITTEN TO INSTALL PERMANENT LABLING.
UNIT 1 AC INPUT BREAKER/DC OUTPUT breaker are opened in the reverse sequence as in UNIT 2.
2.
(UNIT 1) Verify 1C Battery Charger AC (UNIT 1)AC INPUT breaker S I U INPUT BREAKER open.
verified open.
(CUE AC input circuit breaker is open.)
[UNIT 2][DC OUTPUT] breaker
[UNIT 2] Verify 2C Battery Charger DC OUTPUT CIRCUIT BREAKER open.
verlileu OPefl. [CUE-DC output circuit breaker is open.1 3.
(UNIT 1) Verify 1C Battery Charger DC (UNIT 1) DC output circuit S / U OUTPUT CIRCUIT BREAKER open.
breaker verified open. (CUE:
DC output circuit breaker is open.)
[UNIT 2] Verify 2C Battery Charger AC
[UNIT 2] AC input circuit breaker INPUT CRICUIT BREAKER open.
verified open. (CUE:
AC input circuit breaker is open.)
NOTE:
IF the student inserts the key into the wrong disconnect interlock, it will insert but NOT rotate.
CUE IF NECESSARY: The key inserts but will not rotate.
- 4 Insert key Si RE1 1534 [RE1 1592] into Key is turned to unlock on S / U interlock on 1 [2] C BATTERY CHARGER disconnect. (CUE: Disconnect SUPPLY DISCONNECT 1 [2] FROM LCC breaker to 600V LC unlocked.)
1[2]D, Q1[2]R18BOO1A-A, and turn to unlock.
- 5 Close 1[2]C BATTERY CHARGER Disconnect breaker closed. (CUE:
S / U SUPPLY DISCONNECT 1 [2]A FROM Disconnect breaker to 600V LC LCC 1[2]D, Q1[2]R18BOO1A-A.
is closed.)
EVALUATION CHECKLIST ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
Page 3 of 10 RESULTS:
(CIRCLE)
NOTE:*
2C Battery Charger DC Output Circuit Breaker positions are not labeled. When performing element 2, SOP-36.1, Appendix 7, Step 2.2 "Verify 2C Battery Charger DC Output Circuit Breaker Open", Human performance tools may be used to stop, call a time out, get an evaluation performed, and ensure the positions of the breaker are known prior to continuing.
CUE IF NECESSARY: ELECTRICAL MAINTENANCE HAS EVALUATED THE BREAKER POSITION AND DOWN IS OFF (OPEN) AND UP IS ON (CLOSED). A CR HAS BEEN WRITTEN TO INSTALL PERMANENT LABLING.
- 2.
- 3.
- UNIT 1 AC INPUT BREAKERJDC OUTPUT breaker are opened in the reverse sequence as in UNIT 2.
(UNIT 1) Verify IC Battery Charger AC INPUT BREAKER open.
[UNIT 2] Verify 2C Battery Charger DC OUTPUT CIRCUIT BREAKER open.
(UNIT 1) Verify IC Battery Charger DC OUTPUT CIRCUIT BREAKER open.
[UNIT 2] Verify 2C Battery Charger AC INPUT CRICUIT BREAKER open.
(UNIT I )AC INPUT breaker verified open.
(CUE-AC input circuit breaker is open.)
[UNIT 2][DC OUTPUT] breaker verified open. [CUE-DC output circuit breal{er is open.)
(UNIT I) DC output circuit breaker verified open. (CUE:
DC output circuit breaker is open.)
[UNIT 2] AC input circuit breaker verified open. (CUE:
AC input circuit breaker is open.)
S / U S / U NOTE:
IF the student inserts the key into the wrong disconnect interlock, it will insert but NOT rotate.
CUE IF NECESSARY: "The key inserts but will not rotate."
- 4.
Insert key SI REI1534 [RE1l592] into Key is turned to unlock on S / U interlock on 1[2] C BATTERY CHARGER disconnect. (CUE: Disconnect SUPPL Y DISCONNECT I [2] FROM LCC breaker to 600V LC unlocked.)
I [2]D, QI[2]RI8BOOIA-A, and turn to unlock.
- 5.
Close I[2]C BATTERY CHARGER Disconnect breaker closed. (CUE:
S / U SUPPL Y DISCONNECT I [2]A FROM Disconnect breaker to 600V LC LCC I [2]D, QI[2]RI8BOOIA-A.
is closed.)
Page 4 of 10 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
(CIRCLE)
ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
- 6.
RemoveAlkeyREl42O5[RE 11586].
A1RE14205[RE11586]key S / U removed. (CUE: Al key is removed.)
CUE: BREAKER ED-09 IS IN THE PROPER CUBICLE. (step 2.7 N/A)
NOTE:
IF the student inserts the key into the wrong breaker interlock, it will insert but NOT rotate.
CUE IF NECESSARY: The key inserts but will not rotate.
- 7, Insert key Al RE14205 [RE 11586] in interlock on ED-09 BATTERY CHARGER 1[2]C Q1[2]R42EOO1C-AB and turn to unlock and rack breaker in.
Racking sequence is listed on below.
Examinee inserts key, unlocks breaker interlock and mentions racking in breaker; actual racking covered by Task SO-324. (CUE:
interlock on ED-09 unlocked and breaker racked in.)
ED-09 breaker racking sequence:
(per FNP-0-SOP-36.6 section 12.0 is attached if asked for)
Verify control power fuses removed (top cubicle above the breaker), and position indication off.
Verify breaker OPEN by mechanical indicator (door opened);
The breaker must be pulled out to the rail stops (extension of the rails is not necessary)
Crank the breaker to the Remove position. (BREAKER already removed there will be no breaker movementthis returns the levering device from the seismic storage position)
Insert the Key and turn 180° (rod at the left of the key will release---there is nothing to physically prevent this operation earlier in this sequence but must be done prior to attempting to rack in the breaker)
PUSH the breaker into the cubicle (aligning the racking drive with the cubicle Breaker can NOW be racked in).
Use the crank, turn clockwise to draw breaker into the Test position, then continue turning clockwise until CONNECTED as indicated by an increase in load on the crank and position indicator.
Remove levering device crank, shaft shutter will close Close access door Reinstall Control power fuses in the ON position.
Verify closing springs charge.
- 8, On 600V LOAD CENTER 1 [2]D LOCAL CONTROL PANEL Q1 [2]H21E009-A, close ED-09 BATTERY CHARGER 1 [2]C Q1[2]R42EOO1C-AB.
Breaker is closed. (CUE: Red position indicating light is lit and mechanical indicator indicates closed for breaker ED-09.)
s/U S/U FNP HL T-33 NRC exam JPM k.
EVALUATION CHECKLIST ELEMENTS:
- 6.
Remove Al key RE14205 [RE 11586].
STANDARDS:
Al RE14205 [RE 11586] key removed. (CUE: A1 key is removed.)
I CUE: BREAKER ED-09 IS IN THE PROPER CUBICLE. (step 2.7 N/A)
Page 4 of 10 RESULTS:
(CIRCLE)
SIU NOTE:
IF the student inserts the key into the wrong breaker interlock, it will insert but NOT rotate.
CUE IF NECESSARY: "The key inserts but will not rotate."
- 7.
Insert key Al RE14205 [RE 11586] in interlock on ED-09 BATTERY CHARGER 1 [2]C Q 1 [2]R42EOO 1 C-AB and turn to unlock and rack breaker in.
Examinee inserts key, unlocks S I U breaker interlock and mentions racking in breaker; actual racking covered by Task SO-324. (CUE:
interlock on ED-09 unlocked and Racking sequence is listed on below.
breaker racked in.)
ED-09 breaker racking sequence:
(per FNP-0-SOP-36.6 section 12.0 is attached if asked for)
- 8.
Verify control power fuses removed (top cubicle above the breaker), and position indication off.
Verify breaker OPEN by mechanical indicator (door opened);
The breaker must be pulled out to the rail stops (extension of the rails is not necessary)
Crank the breaker to the "Remove" position. (BREAKER already removed there will be no breaker movement-this returns the levering device from the seismic storage position)
Insert the Key and turn 1800 (rod at the left of the key will release---there is nothing to physically prevent this operation earlier in this sequence but must be done prior to attempting to rack in the breaker)
PUSH the breaker into the cubicle (aligning the racking drive with the cubicle-Breaker can NOW be racked in).
Use the crank, turn clockwise to draw breaker into the Test position, then continue turning clockwise until CONNECTED as indicated by an increase in load on the crank and position indicator.
Remove levering device crank, shaft shutter will close Close access door Reinstall Control power fuses in the ON position.
Verify closing springs charge.
On 600V LOAD CENTER 1 [2]D LOCAL CONTROL PANEL Ql[2]H21E009-A, close ED-09 BATTERY CHARGER 1[2]C Q 1 [2]R42EOO 1 C-AB.
Breaker is closed. (CUE: Red S / U position indicating light is lit and mechanical indicator indicates closed for breaker ED-09.)
Page 5 of 10 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
(CIRCLE ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
- 9*
RemovekeyA2REl42O6[RE11587].
A2RE14206[RE11587]key S / U removed. (CUE: A2 key is removed.)
NOTE:
IF the student inserts the key into the wrong breaker interlock, it will insert but NOT rotate.
CUE IF NECESSARY: The key inserts but will not rotate.
- 10.
Insert key A2 RE14206 [RE 11587] in interlock on 1 [2]C BATTERY CHARGER OUTPUT DISCONNECT 1 [2]A TO BREAKER 72-LA-18, Q1[2]R18BOO2A-A and turn to unlock.
- 11.
Close 1 [2]C BATTERY CHARGER OUTPUT DISCONNECT 1 [2]A TO BREAKER 72-LA-18 Q1[2]R18BOO2A-A.
- 12.
RemovekeyA3 RE14256 [RE 11588].
Interlock on disconnect breaker unlocked. (CUE: Disconnect breaker to LA-18 is unlocked.)
Disconnect breaker closed. (CUE:
Disconnect breaker to LA-18 is closed.)
S/U S/U A3 key removed. (CUE: A3 key S / U is removed.)
NOTE:
IF the student inserts the key into the wrong breaker interlock, it will insert but NOT rotate.
CUE IF NECESSARY: The key inserts but will not rotate.
- 13.
Insert key A3 RE14256 [RE 11588] in Interlock on 72-LA-18 unlocked.
S / U interlock on BREAKER BATTERY (CUE: Interlock on breaker is CHARGER 1[2]C 72-LA-18 and turn to unlocked.)
unlock.
NOTE: DEMONSTRATION OF HOW TO RACK IN A DC BREAKER IN THE FOLLOWING ELEMENT IS NOT REQUIRED.
- 14.
Verify BREAKER BATTERY CHARGER Breaker 72-LA-18 verified racked S / U 1[2jC 72-LA-18 racked in.
in.
Racking details below for discussion:
Before rack: CUE: Breaker LA 18 is DISCONNECTED.
AFTER rack: CUE: Breaker 72-LA-18 indicates CONNECTED FNP HL T-33 NRC exam JPM k.
EVALUATION CHECKLIST ELEMENTS:
- 9.
Remove key A2 RE14206 [RE 11587].
STANDARDS:
A2 RE14206 [RE 11587] key removed. (CUE: A2 key is removed.)
Page 5 of 10 RESULTS:
(CIRCLE)
S I U NOTE:
IF the student inserts the key into the wrong breaker interlock, it will insert but NOT rotate.
CUE IF NECESSARY: "The key inserts but will not rotate."
- 10.
Insert key A2 RE14206 [RE 11587] in Interlock on disconnect breaker S/U interlock on 1[2]C BATTERY CHARGER unlocked. (CUE: Disconnect OUTPUT DISCONNECT 1 [2]A TO breaker to LA-I8 is unlocked.)
BREAKER 72-LA-18, Ql[2]RI8B002A-A and turn to unlock.
- II.
Close 1 [2]C BATTERY CHARGER Disconnect breaker closed. (CUE:
S I U OUTPUT DISCONNECT 1 [2]A TO Disconnect breaker to LA-I8 is BREAKER 72-LA-18 Ql[2]RI8B002A-A.
closed.)
- 12.
Remove key A3 RE14256 [RE 11588].
A3 key removed. (CUE: A3 key S I U is removed.)
NOTE:
IF the student inserts the key into the wrong breaker interlock, it will insert but NOT rotate.
CUE IF NECESSARY: "The key inserts but will not rotate."
- 13.
Insert key A3 RE14256 [RE 11588] in interlock on BREAKER BATTERY CHARGER 1[2]C 72-LA-18 and turn to unlock.
Interlock on 72-LA -18 unlocked.
(CUE: Interlock on breaker is unlocked.)
S I U NOTE: DEMONSTRATION OF HOW TO RACK IN A DC BREAKER IN THE FOLLOWING ELEMENT IS NOT REQUIRED.
- 14.
Verify BREAKER BATTERY CHARGER 1 [2]C 72-LA-18 racked in.
Racking details below for discussion:
Breaker 72-LA-18 verified racked S I U Ill.
Before rack: CUE: Breaker LA-18 is DISCONNECTED.
AFTER rack: CUE: Breaker 72-LA-I8 indicates CONNECTED
Page 6 of 10 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE)
GE Circuit Breaker Insertion (125VDC 120/208 VAC circuit breaker per FNP-0-SOP-36.6 section 16.0)
Verify breaker open by observing mechanical indicator on access panel indicating open Insert Racking tool handle on jackscrew shaft Rotate clockwise until position indicator shows breaker in TEST.
Continue clockwise rotation until jackscrew can no longer be rotated. Breaker is in CONNECTED position.
Remove the racking tool from the jackscrew.
- 15.
On 125V DC BUS 1[2]A LOCAL Handswitch for breaker 72-LA-18 S / U CONTROL PANEL Q1 [2]H21E014-A, taken to close. (CUE: Red close BATTERY CHARGER 1 [2]C 72-position indicating light is lit and LA-18.
mechanical indicator indicates closed for breaker 72-LA-18.)
NOTE:
UNIT 1 AC INPUT BREAKER/DC OUTPUT breaker is opened in the reverse sequence as in UNIT 2.
- 16.
(UNIT 1) Close BATTERY CHARGER 1C (UNIT 1) DC OUTPUT breaker S / U DC OUTPUT CIRCUIT BREAKER.
closed. (CUE: DC OUTPUT breaker is closed.)
[UNIT 2] Close BATTERY CHARGER 2C
[UNIT 2] AC iNPUT breaker AC INPUT CIRCUIT BREAKER.
closed. (CUE: AC INPUT breaker is closed.)
- 17.
(UNIT 1) Wait 10 sees then Close (UNIT 1) AC INPUT breaker S / U BATTERY CHARGER 1C AC INPUT closed after 10 seconds.
BREAKER.
(CUE:
AC INPUT breaker is closed.)
[NOTE: UNIT 2 does not require a 10 sec delay]
[UNIT 2] Close BATTERY CHARGER 2C
[UNIT 2] DC OUTPUT breaker is DC OUTPUT BREAKER closed] (CUE:
DC OUTPUT breaker is closed.)
7 18.
(UNIT 1 ONLY) Check MANUAL Checks the Manual Control system CONTROL SYSTEM LIGHT is OFF.
light is OFF (CUE: the Manual Control system light is NOT LIT.)
EVALUATION CHECKLIST ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
Page 6 of 10 RESULTS:
(CIRCLE)
GE Circuit Breaker Insertion (l25VDC 120/208 VAC circuit breaker per FNP-0-SOP-36.6 section 16.0)
Verify breaker open by observing mechanical indicator on access panel indicating open Insert Racking tool handle on jackscrew shaft Rotate clockwise until position indicator shows breaker in TEST.
Continue clockwise rotation until jackscrew can no longer be rotated. Breaker is in CONNECTED position.
Remove the racking tool from the jackscrew.
- 15.
On 125V DC BUS 1 [2]A LOCAL CONTROL PANEL Ql[2]H21EOI4-A, close BATTERY CHARGER 1 [2]C 72-LA-18.
Handswitch for breaker 72-LA -18 S I U taken to close. (CUE: Red position indicating light is lit and mechanical indicator indicates closed for breaker 72-LA-18.)
NOTE:
UNIT 1 AC INPUT BREAKERIDC OUTPUT breaker is opened in the reverse se uence as in UNIT 2.
- 16.
(UNIT 1) Close BATTERY CHARGER lC (UNIT 1) DC OUTPUT breaker DC OUTPUT CIRCUIT BREAKER.
closed. (CUE: DC OUTPUT breaker is closed.)
[UNIT 2] Close BATTERY CHARGER 2C AC INPUT CIRCUIT BREAKER.
- 17.
(UNIT 1) Wait 10 secs then Close BATTERY CHARGER lC AC INPUT BREAKER.
[UNIT 2] AC INPUT breaker closed. (CUE: AC INPUT breaker is closed.)
(UNIT 1) AC INPUT breaker closed after 10 seconds.
(CUE:
AC INPUT breaker is closed.)
[NOTE: UNIT 2 does not require a 10 sec delay]
[UNIT 2] Close BATTERY CHARGER 2C
[UNIT 2] DC OUTPUT breaker is DC OUTPUT BREAKER closed] (CUE:
7
- 18.
(UNIT 1 ONLY) Check MANUAL CONTROL SYSTEM LIGHT is OFF.
DC OUTPUT breaker is closed.)
Checks the Manual Control system light is OFF (CUE: the Manual Control system light is NOT LIT.)
SIU S I U
Page 7 of 10 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE) 19.
Check the charger for proper amps and Voltage and Amps checked. The S / U
- voltage, following CUE includes approximate expected values for the battery charger starting up in equalize mode. (CUE: The charger volt meter reads 138v.
The charger amp meter reads 150 amps).
STOP TIME Terminate after the 1 [2}C battery charger is checked for proper amps and voltage CUE: another operator will complete Appendix 7.
CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical elements are denoted by an asterisk (*) preceding the element number.
EVALUATION CHECKLIST ELEMENTS:
- 19.
Check the charger for proper amps and voltage.
STOP TIME STANDARDS:
Voltage and Amps checked. The following CUE includes approximate expected values for the battery charger starting up in equalize mode. (CUE: The charger volt meter reads 138v.
The charger amp meter reads 150 amps).
Terminate after the 1 [2]C battery charger is checked for proper amps and voltage CUE: another operator will complete Appendix 7.
Page 7 of 10 RESULTS:
(CIRCLE)
S / U CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical elements are denoted by an asterisk (*) preceding the element number.
Page 8 of 10 GENERAL
REFERENCES:
1.
FNP-1 [2]-SOP-37. 1 Ver. 48.0[43.0]
2.
FNP-0-SOP-36.6, Ver 56.0 3.
K/As:
058AA1.02 RO-3.1 SRO-3.1 058AA1.03 RO-3.1 SRO-3.3 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
1.
NONE Critical ELEMENT justification:
STEP Evaluation 1-3 NOT Critical: Verifying components which are already in the required position.
4 Critical: Task completion: required to CLOSE Battery Charger Supply disconnect.
5 Critical: Task completion: required to supply power to Battery Charger Supply Breaker.
6-7 Critical: Task completion: required to allow closing Battery Charger supply breaker.
8 Critical: Task completion: required to supply power to Battery Charger.
9-15 Critical: Task completion: required to supply power from Battery Charger to Batt Bus.
16 Critical: Task completion: required to energize Battery Charger.
17 Critical: Task completion: required to energize DC Bus from Battery Charger.
18-19 NOT Critical: Not required to be performed in order to properly complete task.
COMMENTS:
GENERAL
REFERENCES:
- 1. FNP-l [2]-SOP-37.l Ver. 48.0[43.0]
- 2. FNP-0-SOP-36.6, Ver 56.0
- 3. KlAs:
058AA1.02 058AA1.03 RO-3.1 RO-3.l GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
- 1.
NONE Critical ELEMENT justification:
SRO-3.l SRO-3.3 Evaluation Page 8 of 10 STEP 1-3 4
5 NOT Critical: Verifying components which are already in the required position.
Critical: Task completion: required to CLOSE Battery Charger Supply disconnect.
Critical: Task completion: required to supply power to Battery Charger Supply 6-7 8
9-15 Breaker.
Critical: Task completion: required to allow closing Battery Charger supply breaker.
Critical: Task completion: required to supply power to Battery Charger.
Critical: Task completion: required to supply power from Battery Charger to Batt Bus.
16 Critical: Task completion: required to energize Battery Charger.
17 Critical: Task completion: required to energize DC Bus from Battery Charger.
18-19 NOT Critical: Not required to be performed in order to properly complete task.
COMMENTS:
HANDOUT UNIT 1 Page 1 of 1 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to PLACE THE SWING BATTERY CHARGER IN SERVICE ELECTRICALLY on UNIT 1. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
a.
Unit 1 is in Model.
b.
Directed by Unit 1 Control Room Operator to align 1C BATTERY CHARGER to A Train ELECTRICALLY per FNP-1 -SOP-37. 1, Appendix 7, starting at step 2.0 and completing to step 2.21.
FNP-1-SOP-37.1, Appendix 7, is complete up to step 2.0 All automatic associated fire detection and suppression systems are operable.
HANDOUT UNIT 1 Page 1 of 1 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to PLACE THE SWING BATTERY CHARGER IN SERVICE ELECTRICALL Y on UNIT 1. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
- a.
Unit 1 is in Mode 1.
- b.
Directed by Unit 1 Control Room Operator to align lC BATTERY CHARGER to A Train ELECTRICALLY per FNP-I-S0P-37.1, Appendix 7, starting at step 2.0 and completing to step 2.21.
FNP-I-S0P-37.1, Appendix 7, is complete up to step 2.0 All automatic associated fire detection and suppression systems are operable.
HANDOUT UNIT 2 Page 1 of 1 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to PLACE THE SWING BATTERY CHARGER IN SERVICE ELECTRICALLY on UNIT 2. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
a.
Unit2isinMode 1.
b.
Directed by Unit 2 Control Room Operator to align 2C BATTERY CHARGER to A Train ELECTRICALLY per FNP-2-SOP-37.1, Appendix 7, starting at step 2.0 and completing to step 2.19.
FNP-2-SOP-37.l, Appendix 7, is complete up to step 2.0 All automatic associated fire detection and suppression systems are operable FNP HL T-33 JPM K.
HANDOUT UNIT 2 Page 1 of 1 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to PLACE THE SWING BATTERY CHARGER IN SERVICE ELECTRICALL Y on UNIT 2. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
- a.
Unit 2 is in Mode 1.
- b.
Directed by Unit 2 Control Room Operator to align 2C BATTERY CHARGER to A Train ELECTRICALL Y per FNP-2-S0P-37.1, Appendix 7, starting at step 2.0 and completing to step 2.19.
FNP-2-S0P-37.1, Appendix 7, is complete up to step 2.0 All automatic associated fire detection and suppression systems are operable
12/09/09 14:39:49 FNP-l-SOP-37.1 Version 48.0 APPENDIX 7 ALIGNING 1C BATTERY CHARGER TO A TRAIN H. Fitzwater/
today Performed by:
C.V. Richter!
Date Reviewed by:
Date
This appendix consists of 6 pages 12/09/09 14:39:49 APPENDIX 7 FNP-l-S0P-37.1 Version 48.0 ALIGNING lC BATTERY CHARGER TO A TRAIN H. Fitzwaterl Performed by: C.v. Richter/
Reviewed by:
Date Date today This appendix consists of 6 pages
12/09/09 14:39:49 FNP-1-SOP-37.1 APPENDIX 7 APPENDIX 7 ALIGNING 1C BATTERY CHARGER TO A TRAIN 1.0 1 C Battery Charger Room Cooler Alignment to A Train.
HBF 1.1 Verify this procedure is the current version. (OR 1-98-498)
HBF 1.2 Verify this procedure is the correct unit for the task. (OR 1-98-498)
NOTE:
Placing the 1C Battery Charger in service on A train results in a condition where both trains of safety related DC power are potentially vulnerable to a fire.
HBF 1.3 IF automatic fire detection and suppression are operable, THEN initiate a Fire Protection LCO and establish an hourly fire watch in the following areas:
(NEL-02-0085)
Room 210 121 Non Rad East West hallway Room 210 131 Battery charger room coolers above battery rooms Room 21 1 121 Non Rad East West hallway Room 213 121 Battery & Charger entrance area Room 225 121 1 C Battery Charger room Room 228 121 Non Rad North-South hallway Room 234 121 Non Rad North-South hallway Room 244 131 Battery charger room coolers above battery rooms Room 245 131 Battery charger room coolers above battery rooms N/A 1.4 either fire suppression Q. fire detection becomes inoperable in these areas, THEN establish a continuous fire watch. (NEL-02-0085)
HBF 1.5 Place 1C Battery Charger Room Cooler thermostat switch to OFF.
HBF 1.6 Verify Local Starter For 1C Battery Charger Room Cooler (Q1EI6G0001) power lead in A Train Receptacle For 1C Battery Chg Rm. Clr. Power (QIEI6G0003)
(AB 121, located in battery room access area).
Page 1 of 6 Version 48.0 12/09/09 14:39:49 FNP-1-S0P-37.1 APPENDIX 7 APPENDIX 7 ALIGNING lC BATTERY CHARGER TO A TRAIN 1.0 1 C Battery Charger Room Cooler Alignment to A Train.
HBF HBF 1.1 1.2 NOTE:
HBF 1.3 N/A 1.4 HBF 5
- 1.
HBF 1.6 Verify this procedure is the current version. (OR 1-98-498)
Verify this procedure is the correct unit for the task. (OR 1-98-498)
Placing the 1 C Battery Charger in service on A train results in a condition where both trains of safety related DC power are potentially vulnerable to a fire.
IF automatic fire detection and suppression are operable, THEN initiate a Fire Protection LCO and establish an hourly fire watch in the following areas:
(NEL-02-0085)
Room 210 121' Non Rad East West hallway Room 210 131' Battery charger room coolers above batte~y_ rooms Room 211 121' Non Rad East West hallway Room 213 121' Battery & Charger entrance area Room 225 121' 1 C Battery Charger room Room 228 121' Non Rad North-South hallway Room 234 121' Non Rad North-South hallway Room 244 131' Battery charger room coolers above battery rooms Room 245 131' Battery charger room coolers above battery rooms IF either fire suppression OR fire detection becomes inoperable in these areas, THEN establish a continuous fire watch. (NEL-02-0085)
Place 1 C Battery Charger Room Cooler thermostat switch to OFF.
Verify Local Starter For 1C Battery Charger Room Cooler (Q1EI6GOOOl) power lead in A Train Receptacle For 1C Battery Chg Rm. Clr. Power (QlEI6G0003)
(AB 121', located in battery room access area).
Page 1 of6 Version 48.0
12/09/09 14:39:49 FNP-1 -SOP-37. 1 APPENDIX 7 1.7 Verify closed the following valves:
HBF 1.7.1 SW TRN B SUPP TO BAfl CHG RM CLR IC Q1P16V224C.
HBF 1.7.2 SW TRN B SUPP TO BATT CHG RM CLR 1C Q1P16V224D.
HBF 1.7.3 SW TRN B RETURN FROM BAfl CHG RM CLR 1C QIP16V23OC.
HBF 1.7.4 SW TRN B RETURN FROM BATT CHG RM CLR IC Q1PI6V23OD.
1.8 Verify open the following valves:
1.8.1 SW TRN A SUPP TO BATT CHG RM CLR 1C Q1P16V224A.
HBF 1.8.2 SW TRN A SUPP TO BATT CR0 RM CLR lC Q1P16V224B.
HBF 1.8.3 SW TRN A RETURN FROM BATT CHG RM CLR 1C Q1P16V23OA.
HBF 1.8.4 SW TRN A RETURN FROM BAfl CHG RM CLR IC Q1PI6V23OB.
HBF 1.9 Place IC Battery Charger Room Cooler thermostat in AUTO.
1.10 Independently verify the following valves are closed:
CVR 1.10.1 SW TRN B SUPP TO BATT CR0 RM CLR 1C Q1P16V224C.
IV CVR 1.10.2 SW TRNB SUPP TO BATT CHG RM CLR 1C Q1P16V224D.
IV CVR 1.10.3 SW TRN B RETURN FROM BATT CHG RM CLR 1C Q1PI6V23OC.
IV CVR 1.10.4 SW TRN B RETURN FROM BATT CHG RM CLR IC QIP16V23OD.
IV Page 2 of 6 Version 48.0 12/09/09 14:39:49 FNP-l-S0P-37.1 APPENDIX 7 HBF HBF HBF HBF HBF HBF HBF HBF HBF CVR IV CVR IV CVR IV CVR IV 1.7 Verify closed the following valves:
1.7.1 SW TRN B SUPP TO BATT CHG RM CLR lC QIPI6V224C.
1.7.2 SW TRN B SUPP TO BATT CHG RM CLR lC QIPI6V224D.
1.7.3 SW TRN B RETURN FROM BATT CHG RM CLR lC QIPI6V230C.
1.7.4 SW TRN B RETURN FROM BATT CHG RM CLR IC QIPI6V230D.
1.8 Verify open the following valves:
1.8.1 SW TRN A SUPP TO BATT CHG RM CLR IC QIPI6V224A.
1.8.2 SW TRN A SUPP TO BATT CHG RM CLR IC QIPI6V224B.
1.8.3 SW TRN A RETURN FROM BATT CHG RM CLR IC QIPI6V230A.
1.8.4 SW TRN A RETURN FROM BATT CHG RM CLR IC QIPI6V230B.
1.9 Place 1 C Battery Charger Room Cooler thermostat in AUTO.
1.10 Independently verify the following valves are closed:
1.10.1 SW TRN B SUPP TO BATT CHG RM CLR IC QIPI6V224C.
1.10.2 SW TRN B SUPP TO BATT CHG RM CLR IC QIPI6V224D.
1.10.3 SW TRN B RETURN FROM BATT CHG RM CLR IC QIPI6V230C.
1.10.4 SW TRN B RETURN FROM BATT CHG RM CLR IC QIPI6V230D.
Page 2 of6 Version 48.0
12/09/09 14:39:49 FNP-1 -SOP-37. 1 APPENDIX 7 1.11 Independently verify the following valves are open:
CVR 1.1 1.1 SW TRN A SUPP TO BATT CHG RM CLR 1C Q1P16V224A.
IV CVR 1.11.2 SWTRNA SUPP TO BATT CHG RM CLR 1C Q1P16V224B.
IV CVR 1.11.3 sw TRN A RETURN FROM BATT CHG RM CLR 1C Q1P16V23OA.
IV CVR 1.11.4 SW TRN A RETURN FROM BATT CHG RM CLR 1C Q1P16V23OB.
IV CVR 1.12 Independently verify 1 C Battery Charger Room Cooler thermostat in AUTO.
IV 2.0 Aligning 1C Charger Electrically.
2.1 Obtain Si key (RE 11534) from Shift Support Supervisor.
2.2 Verify 1C Battery Charger AC INPUT CIRCUIT BREAKER open.
2.3 Verify I C Battery Charger DC OUTPUT CIRCUIT BREAKER open.
2.4 Insert key Si (RE 11534) into interlock on 1C BATTERY CHARGER SUPPLY DISCONNECT 1A FROM LCC 1D, Q1R18BOO1A-A, and turn to unlock.
/
2.5 Close 1C BATTERY CHARGER SUPPLY DISCONNECT 1A FROM LCC 1D, CV Q1R18BOO1A-A.
2.6 Remove Al key (RE 14205).
2.7 IF breaker ED-09 BATTERY CHARGER 1C is NOT in its assigned cubicle, THEN perform the following:
2.7.1 Rack the supply breaker, identified as EDO9 on the calibration sticker, to the Remove position in the spare cubicle located below breaker EDO8.
2.7.2 Pull breaker EDO9 out of the spare cubicle until the breaker is clear of the enclosure.
Page 3 of 6 Version 48.0 12/09/09 14:39:49 FNP-l-S0P-37.1 APPENDIX 7 1.11 Independently verify the following valves are open:
CVR 1.11.1 SW TRN A SUPP TO BATT CHG RM CLR lC QIP16V224A.
IV CVR 1.11.2 SW TRN A SUPP TO BATT CHG RM CLR IC QIP16V224B.
IV CVR 1.11.3 SW TRN A RETURN FROM BATT CHG RM CLR lC QIP16V230A.
IV CVR 1.11.4 SW TRN A RETURN FROM BATT CHG RM CLR lC QIPI6V230B.
IV CVR 1.12 Independently verify lC Battery Charger Room Cooler thermostat in AUTO.
IV 2.0 Aligning lC Charger Electrically.
2.1 Obtain SI key (RE 11534) from Shift Support Supervisor.
2.2 Verify 1 C Battery Charger AC INPUT CIRCUIT BREAKER open.
2.3 Verify 1 C Battery Charger DC OUTPUT CIRCUIT BREAKER open.
2.4 Insert key SI (RE 11534) into interlock on lC BATTERY CHARGER SUPPLY DISCONNECT lA FROM LCC ID, QIRI8BOOIA-A, and turn to unlock.
_1_ 2.5 Close lC BATTERY CHARGER SUPPLY DISCONNECT IA FROM LCC ID, CV QIRI8BOOIA-A.
2.6 Remove Al key (RE 14205).
2.7 IF breaker ED-09 BATTERY CHARGER lC is NOT in its assigned cubicle, THEN perform the following:
2.7.1 Rack the supply breaker, identified as ED09 on the calibration sticker, to the "Remove" position in the spare cubicle located below breaker ED08.
2.7.2 Pull breaker ED09 out of the spare cubicle until the breaker is clear of the enclosure.
Page 3 of6 Version 48.0
12/09/09 14:39:49 FNP-1 -SOP-37. I APPENDIX 7 NOTE:
Rails may be extended out after breaker is removed from spare cubicle.
2.7.3 Open the cubicle door and slide the extension rails out of breaker EDO9 cubicle.
2.7.4 Check the cubicle is clear of all foreign material before replacing the breaker.
2.7.5 Transfer the breaker from its spare cubicle, located below breaker EDO8, to breaker EDO9 cubicle.
2.7.6 Insert breaker EDO9 into its cubicle.
2.7.7 Slide the extension rails into breaker EDO9 cubicle.
2.8 Perform the following at breaker ED-09 BATTERY CHARGER 1 C Q1R42EOO1C..AB:
2.8.1 Insert key Al (RE 14205) in interlock on breaker ED-09 BATTERY CHARGER 1C Q1R42EOO1C-AB and turn to unlock.
2.8.2 Rack in breaker ED-09 BATTERY CHARGER 1C Q1R42EOO1C-AB.
2.9 On 600V LOAD CENTER 1D LOCAL CONTROL PANEL Q1H2IEOO9-A, CV close breaker ED-09 BATTERY CHARGER 1C Q1R42EOO1C-AB.
2.10 Remove key A2 (RE 14206).
2.11 Insert key A2 (RE 14206) in interlock on 1 C BATTERY CHARGER OUTPUT DISCONNECT 1A TO BREAKER LA-18, Q1R18BOO2A-A and turn to unlock.
2.12 Close 1C BATTERY CHARGER OUTPUT DISCONNECT 1A TO BREAKER CV LA-18, Q1R18BOO2A-A.
2.13 Remove key A3 (RE 14256).
2.14 Insert key A3 (RE 14256) in interlock on BREAKER BATTERY CHARGER 1C 72-LA 18 and turn to unlock.
2.15 Verify BREAKER BATTERY CHARGER 1C 72-LA18 racked in.
2.16 On 125V DC BUS 1A LOCAL CONTROL PANEL Q1H21EO14-A, close CV BATTERY CHARGER 1C 72-LA18.
Page 4 of 6 Version 48.0 12/09/09 14:39:49 FNP-I-S0P-37.1 APPENDIX 7 NOTE:
Rails may be extended out after breaker is removed from spare cubicle.
2.7.3 Open the cubicle door and slide the extension rails out of breaker ED09 cubicle.
2.7.4 Check the cubicle is clear of all foreign material before replacing the breaker.
2.7.5 Transfer the breaker from its spare cubicle, located below breaker EDOS, to breaker ED09 cubicle.
2.7.6 Insert breaker ED09 into its cubicle.
2.7.7 Slide the extension rails into breaker ED09 cubicle.
2.S Perform the following at breaker ED-09 BATTERY CHARGER lC Q 1 R42EOO 1 C-AB:
_1_ 2.9 CV 2.10 2.11
_1_ 2.12 CV 2.13 2.14 2.15
_1_ 2.16 CV 2.S.1 Insert key Al (RE 14205) in interlock on breaker ED-09 BATTERY CHARGER lC QIR42EOOIC-AB and turn to unlock.
2.S.2 Rack in breaker ED-09 BATTERY CHARGER lC QIR42EOOIC-AB.
On 600V LOAD CENTER ID LOCAL CONTROL PANEL QIH21E009-A, close breaker ED-09 BATTERY CHARGER lC QIR42EOOIC-AB.
Remove key A2 (RE 14206).
Insert key A2 (RE 14206) in interlock on 1 C BATTERY CHARGER OUTPUT DISCONNECT lA TO BREAKER LA-IS, QIRISB002A-A and turn to unlock.
Close lC BATTERY CHARGER OUTPUT DISCONNECT lA TO BREAKER LA-IS, QIRISB002A-A.
Remove key A3 (RE 14256).
Insert key A3 (RE 14256) in interlock on BREAKER BATTERY CHARGER 1 C 72-LAIS and turn to unlock.
Verify BREAKER BATTERY CHARGER lC 72-LAIS racked in.
On 125V DC BUS lA LOCAL CONTROL PANEL QIH21EOI4-A, close BATTERY CHARGER lC 72-LAIS.
Page 4 of6 Version 4S.0
12/09/09 14:39:49 FNP-1 -SOP-37.1 APPENDIX 7
/
2.17 Close BATTERY CHARGER 1C DC OUTPUT CIRCUIT BREAKER.
CV
/
2.18 Wait 10 seconds, then close BATTERY CHARGER 1C AC INPUT CIRCUIT CV BREAKER.
2.19 IF the MANUAL CONTROL SYSTEM LIGHT is ON, THEN perform the following (Al 2005200333):
2.19.1 Open BATTERY CHARGER 1C AC INPUT CIRCUIT BREAKER.
2.19.2 Wait 5 seconds and open BATTERY CHARGER 1C DC OUTPUT CIRCUIT BREAKER.
2.19.3 Contact Electrical Maintenance to correct the as found condition.
2.19.4 Write a CR to document discovery of battery charger control circuit in manual.
2.19.5 WHEN the as found condition has been corrected, THEN return to step 2.17 to continue.
/
2.20 Check MANUAL CONTROL SYSTEM LIGHT is OFF.
CV NOTE:
The battery charger should start up in the EQUALIZE mode and assume load from the off going charger. It will be placed in FLOAT mode after the off going charger is secured.
2.21 Check on-coming charger for proper operation:
Less than or equal to 140 VDC Less than or equal to 600 amps 2.22 If 1A Battery Charger is in service, THEN place 1A Battery Charger charge switch to FLOAT and release.
Page 5 of 6 Version 48.0 12/09/09 14:39:49 FNP-I-S0P-37.l APPENDIX 7
_1_ 2.17 Close BATTERY CHARGER lC DC OUTPUT CIRCUIT BREAKER.
CV 2.18 Wait 10 seconds, then close BATTERY CHARGER lC AC INPUT CIRCUIT CV BREAKER.
2.19 IF the MANUAL CONTROL SYSTEM LIGHT is ON, THEN perform the following (AI 2005200333):
2.l9.l Open BATTERY CHARGER lC AC INPUT CIRCUIT BREAKER.
2.l9.2 Wait 5 seconds and open BATTERY CHARGER lC DC OUTPUT CIRCUIT BREAKER.
2.19.3 Contact Electrical Maintenance to correct the as found condition.
2.19.4 Write a CR to document discovery of battery charger control circuit in manual.
2.l9.5 WHEN the as found condition has been corrected, THEN return to step 2.17 to continue.
_1_ 2.20 Check MANUAL CONTROL SYSTEM LIGHT is OFF.
CV NOTE:
The battery charger should start up in the EQUALIZE mode and assume load from the off going charger. It will be placed in FLOAT mode after the off going charger is secured.
2.21 Check on-coming charger for proper operation:
Less than or equal to 140 VDC Less than or equal to 600 amps 2.22 IF lA Battery Charger is in service, THEN place lA Battery Charger charge switch to FLOAT and release.
Page 5 of6 Version 48.0
12/09/09 14:39:49 FNP-1 -SOP-37. 1 APPENDIX 7 NOTE:
If a Battery Charger that is being removed from service is currently on equalize, notify Supervision/EM to determine if the Battery Charger being placed in service should be placed on equalize.
(Al 2008207726) 2.23 Remove 1A Battery Charger from service as follows:
2.23.1 Open battery charger 1A AC input breaker.
CV 2.23.2 Wait 5 seconds and open battery charger IA DC output breaker.
CV 2.23.3 Open battery charger 125V DC Bus 1A supply breaker LAO9.
CV 2.23.4 Open battery charger IA supply breaker ED-04.
CV 2.23.5 Rack out battery charger 1A supply breaker ED-04.
CV 2.24 On 1 C Battery Charger, place charge switch in FLOAT and release.
NOTE:
Battery Charger amperage is reflective of DC system loading.
Normal system loads (inverters, etc.) will be indicated by amperage greater than 75 amps. Special plant conditions and consequential DC load reduction (e.g. no inverters) may result in charger amperage less than 75 amps. (CR2008111062) 2.25 Check 1C Battery Charger voltage and amperage for proper operation (Al 2005200333):
132to132.5VDC
>75 amps Page 6 of 6 Version 48.0 12/0910914:39:49 FNP-l-S0P-37.1 CV CV CV CV CV APPENDIX 7 NOTE:
If a Battery Charger that is being removed from service is currently on equalize, notify SupervisionlEM to determine if the Battery Charger being placed in service should be placed on equalize.
(AI 2008207726) 2.23 Remove lA Battery Charger from service as follows:
2.23.1 Open battery charger lA AC input breaker.
2.23.2 Wait 5 seconds and open battery charger lA DC output breaker.
2.23.3 Open battery charger 125V DC Bus lA supply breaker LA09.
2.23.4 Open battery charger IA supply breaker ED-04.
2.23.5 Rack out battery charger lA supply breaker ED-04.
2.24 On 1 C Battery Charger, place charge switch in FLOAT and release.
NOTE:
Battery Charger amperage is reflective of DC system loading.
Normal system loads (inverters, etc.) will be indicated by amperage greater than 75 amps. Special plant conditions and consequential DC load reduction (e.g. no inverters) may result in charger amperage less than 75 amps. (CR2008111062) 2.25 Check 1 C Battery Charger voltage and amperage for proper operation (AI 2005200333):
132 to 132.5 VDC
>75 amps Page 6 of6 Version 48.0
12/09/09 14:29:32 FNP-2-SOP-37.1 APPENDIX 7 APPENDIX 7 ALIGNING 2C BATTERY CHARGER TO A TRAIN H. Fitzwater!
today Performed by:
Date C.V. Richter!
today Verified by:
Date Reviewed by:
Date This appendix consists of 6 pages Version 44.0 12/09/09 14:29:32 APPENDIX 7 FNP-2-S0P-37.1 APPENDIX 7 ALIGNING 2C BATTERY CHARGER TO A TRAIN H. Fitzwater/
Performed by:
c.v. Richter/
Verified by:
Reviewed by:
today Date ----------------------
D today ate ----------------------
Date ----------------------
This appendix consists of 6 pages Version 44.0
12/09/09 14:29:32 APPENDIX 7 ALIGNING 2C BATTERY CHARGER TO A TRAIN FNP-2-SOP-37. 1 APPENDIX 7 2C Battery Charger Room Cooler Alignment to A Train.
1.1 Verify this procedure is the current version. (OR 1-98-498) 1.2 Verify this procedure is the correct unit for the task. (OR 1-98-498)
NOTE:
Placing the 2C Battery Charger in service on A train results in a condition where both trains of safety related DC power are potentially vulnerable to a fire.
HBF 1.3 IF automatic fire detection and suppression are operable, THEN initiate a Fire Protection LCO and establish an hourly fire watch in the following areas:
(NEL-02-0085)
Room 2210 121 Non Rad East West hallway Room 221 1 121 Non Rad East West hallway Room 2213 121 Battery & Charger entrance area Room 2225 121 2C Battery Charger room Room 2228 121 Non Rad North-South hallway Room 2234 121 Non Rad North-South hallway Room 2244 131 Battery charger room coolers above battery rooms Room 2245 131 Battery charger room coolers above battery rooms IF either fire suppression or fire detection become inoperable in these areas, THEN establish a continuous fire watch. (NEL-02-0085)
Place 2C Battery Charger Room Cooler thermostat switch to OFF.
Place Local Starter For 2C Battery Charger Room Cooler (Q2E16G0001) power lead in A Train Receptacle For 2C Battery Chg Rm. Clr. Power (Q2E16G0003)
(AB 121, located in battery room access area).
1.0 HBF HBF N/A 1.4 HBF 1.5 HBF 1.6 Page 1 of6 Version 44.0 12/09109 14:29:32 FNP-2-S0P-37.1 APPENDIX 7 APPENDIX 7 ALIGNING 2C BATTERY CHARGER TO A TRAIN 1.0 2C Battery Charger Room Cooler Alignment to A Train.
HBF HBF 1.1 1.2 Verify this procedure is the current version. (OR 1-98-498)
Verify this procedure is the correct unit for the task. (OR 1-98-498)
NOTE:
Placing the 2C Battery Charger in service on A train results in a condition where both trains of safety related DC power are potentially vulnerable to a fire.
HBF 1.3 N/A 1.4 HBF 1.5 HBF 6
- 1.
IF automatic fire detection and suppression are operable, THEN initiate a Fire Protection LCO and establish an hourly fire watch in the following areas:
(NEL-02-0085)
Room 2210 121' Non Rad East West hallway Room 2211 121' Non Rad East West hallway Room 2213 121' Battery & Charger entrance area Room 2225 121' 2C Battery Charger room Room 2228 121' Non Rad North-South hallway Room 2234 121' Non Rad North-South hallway Room 2244 131' Battery charger room coolers above battery rooms Room 2245 131' Battery charger room coolers above battery rooms IF either fire suppression or fire detection become inoperable in these areas, THEN establish a continuous fire watch. (NEL-02-0085)
Place 2C Battery Charger Room Cooler thermostat switch to OFF.
Place Local Starter For 2C Battery Charger Room Cooler (Q2E16G0001) power lead in A Train Receptacle For 2C Battery Chg Rm. Clr. Power (Q2E16G0003)
(AB 121', located in battery room access area).
Page 1 of6 Version 44.0
12/09/09 14:29:32 FNP-2-SOP-37.1 APPENDIX 7 1.7 Verify closed the following valves:
HBF 1.7.1 SW TRN B SUPP TO BATT CHG RM CLR 2C Q2P16V224C.
HBF 1.7.2 SW TRN B SUPP TO BATT CHG RM CLR 2C Q2PI 6V224D.
HBF 1.7.3 sw TRN B RETURN FROM BATT CHG RM CLR 2C Q2P1 6V230C.
HBF 1.7.4 SW TRN B RETURN FROM BATT CHG RM CLR 2C Q2P1 6V230D.
1.8 Verify open the following valves:
HBF 1.8.1 SW TRN A SUPP TO BATT CHG RM CLR 2C Q2P16V224A.
HBF 1.8.2 Sw TRIJ A SUPP TO BATT CHG RM CLR 2C Q2P16V224B.
HBF 1.8.3 SW TRN A RETURN FROM BATT CHG RM CLR 2C Q2P 1 6V230A.
HBF 1.8.4 sw TRN A RETURN FROM BATT CHG RM CLR 2C Q2P16V230B.
HBF 1.9 Place 2C Battery Charger Room Cooler thermostat in AUTO.
1.10 Independently verify the following valves are closed:
CVR 1.10.1 SW TRN B SUPP TO BATT CHG RM CLR 2C Q2P16V224C.
Iv CVR 1.10.2 SW TRN B SUPP TO BATT CHG RM CLR 2C Q2P16V224D.
Iv CVR 1.10.3 SW TRN B RETURN FROM BATT CHG RM CLR 2C iv Q2P16V230C.
CVR 1.10.4 SW TRN B RETURN FROM BATT CHG RM CLR 2C Iv Q2P16V230D.
Page 2 of 6 Version 44.0 12/09/09 14:29:32 FNP-2-S0P-37.1 HBF HBF HBF HBF HBF HBF HBF HBF HBF CVR IV CVR IV CVR IV CVR IV APPENDIX 7 1.7 Verify closed the following valves:
1.7.1 SW TRN B SUPP TO BATT CHG RM CLR 2C Q2P16V224C.
1.7.2 SW TRN B SUPP TO BATT CHG RM CLR 2C Q2P16V224D.
1.7.3 SW TRN B RETURN FROM BATT CHG RM CLR 2C Q2P16V230C.
1.7.4 SW TRN B RETURN FROM BATT CHG RM CLR 2C Q2P16V230D.
1.8 Verify open the following valves:
1.8.1 SW TRN A SUPP TO BATT CHG RM CLR 2C Q2P16V224A.
1.8.2 SW TRN A SUPP TO BATT CHG RM CLR 2C Q2P16V224B.
1.8.3 SW TRN A RETURN FROM BATT CHG RM CLR 2C Q2P16V230A.
1.8.4 SW TRN A RETURN FROM BATT CHG RM CLR 2C Q2P16V230B.
1.9 Place 2C Battery Charger Room Cooler thermostat in AUTO.
1.10 Independently verify the following valves are closed:
1.10.1 1.10.2 1.10.3 1.10.4 SW TRN B SUPP TO BATT CHG RM CLR 2C Q2P l6V224C.
SW TRN B SUPP TO BATT CHG RM CLR 2C Q2P16V224D.
SW TRN B RETURN FROM BATT CHG RM CLR 2C Q2P16V230C.
SW TRN B RETURN FROM BATT CHG RM CLR 2C Q2P16V230D.
Page 2 of6 Version 44.0
12/09/09 14:29:32 FNP-2-SOP-37.1 APPENDIX 7 1.11 Independently verify the following valves are open:
CVR 1.11.1 SW TRN A SUPP TO BATT CHG RM CLR 2C Q2P16V224A.
Iv CVR 1.11.2 SW TRN A SUPP TO BATT CHG RM CLR 2C Q2P16V224B.
Iv CVR 1.11.3 SWTRNARETURN FROM BATT CHG RM CLR2C Iv Q2P16V230A.
CVR 1.11.4 SW TRN A RETURN FROM BATT CHG RM CLR 2C iv Q2P16V230B.
CVR 1.12 Independently verify 2C Battery Charger Room Cooler thermostat in AUTO.
Iv 2.0 Aligning 2C Charger Electrically.
2.1 Obtain 51 key (RE 11592) from Shift Support Supervisor.
2.2 Verify 2C Battery Charger DC OUTPUT CIRCUIT BREAKER open.
2.3 Verify 2C Battery Charger AC INPUT CIRCUIT BREAKER open.
2.4 Insert key Si (RE 11592) into interlock on 2C BATTERY CHARGER SUPPLY DISCONNECT 2A FROM LCC 2D, Q2R18BOO1A-A, and turn to unlock.
/
2.5 Close 2C BATTERY CHARGER SUPPLY DISCONNECT 2A FROM LCC 2D, cv Q2R18BOO1A-A.
2.6 Remove Al key (RE 11586).
Page 3 of 6 Version 44.0 12/09/09 14:29:32 FNP-2-S0P-37.1 APPENDIX 7 CVR IV CVR IV CVR IV CVR IV CVR IV 1.11 Independently verify the following valves are open:
1.12 1.11.1 SW TRN A SUPP TO BATT CHG RM CLR 2C Q2P16V224A.
1.11.2 SW TRN A SUPP TO BATT CHG RM CLR2C Q2P16V224B.
1.11.3 SW TRN A RETURN FROM BATT CHG RM CLR 2C Q2P16V230A.
1.11.4 SW TRN A RETURN FROM BATT CHG RM CLR 2C Q2P 16V230B.
Independently verify 2C Battery Charger Room Cooler thermostat in AUTO.
2.0 Aligning 2C Charger Electrically.
2.1 Obtain S 1 key eRE 11592) from Shift Support Supervisor.
2.2 Verify 2C Battery Charger DC OUTPUT CIRCUIT BREAKER open.
2.3 Verify 2C Battery Charger AC INPUT CIRCUIT BREAKER open.
2.4 Insert key SI eRE 11592) into interlock on 2C BATTERY CHARGER SUPPLY DISCONNECT 2A FROM LCC 2D, Q2RI8BOOIA-A, and turn to unlock.
_1_ 2.5 Close 2C BATTERY CHARGER SUPPLY DISCONNECT 2A FROM LCC 2D, CV Q2RI8BOOIA-A.
2.6 Remove Al key eRE 11586).
Page 3 of6 Version 44.0
12/09/09 14:29:32 FNP-2-SOP-37.1 APPENDIX 7 2.7 IF breaker ED-09 BATTERY CHARGER 2C is NOT in its assigned cubicle, THEN perform the following:
2.7.1 Rack the supply breaker, identified as EDO9 on the calibration sticker, to the Remove position in the spare cubicle located below breaker EDO8.
2.7.2 Pull breaker EDO9 out of the spare cubicle until the breaker is clear of the enclosure.
I I
Rails 2.7.3 Open the cubicle door and slide the extension rails out in breaker EDO9 cubicle.
2.7.4 Check the cubicle is clear of all foreign material before replacing the breaker.
2.7.5 Transfer the breaker from its spare cubicle, below breaker EDO8, to breaker EDO9 cubicle.
2.7.6 Insert breaker EDO9 into its cubicle.
2.7.7 Slide the extension rails into breaker EDO9 cubicle.
2.8 Perform the following at breaker ED-09 BATTERY CHARGER 2C Q2R42E00 1 C-AB:
2.8.1 Insert key Al (RE 11586) in interlock on ED-09 BATTERY CHARGER 2C Q2R42EOO1C-AB and turn to unlock.
2.8.2 Rack in breaker ED-09 BATTERY CHARGER 2C Q2R42EOO1C-AB.
/
2.9 On 600V LOAD CENTER 2D LOCAL CONTROL PANEL Q2H21E009-A, Cv close ED-09 BATTERY CHARGER 2C Q2R42EOO1C-AB.
2.10 RemovekeyA2 (RE 11587).
2.11 Insert key A2 (RE 11587) in interlock on 2C BATTERY CHARGER OUTPUT DTSCOINECT 2A TO BREAKER LA-I 8, Q2RI 8B002A-A and turn to unlock.
/
2.12 Close 2C BATTERY CHARGER OUTPUT DISCONNECT 2A TO BREAKER cv LA-18, Q2R18BOO2A-A.
2.13 RemovekeyA3 (RE 11588).
NOTE:
may be extended out after breaker is removed from spare cubicle.
Page 4 of 6 Version 44.0 12/09/09 14:29:32 FNP-2-S0P-37.1 APPENOIX 7 2.7 IF breaker EO-09 BATTERY CHARGER 2C is NOT in its assigned cubicle, THEN perform the following:
2.7.1 Rack the supply breaker, identified as E009 on the calibration sticker, to the "Remove" position in the spare cubicle located below breaker E008.
2.7.2 Pull breaker E009 out of the spare cubicle until the breaker is clear of the enclosure.
NOTE:
Rails may be extended out after breaker is removed from spare cubicle.
2.7.3 Open the cubicle door and slide the extension rails out in breaker E009 cubicle.
2.7.4 Check the cubicle is clear of all foreign material before replacing the breaker.
2.7.5 Transfer the breaker from its spare cubicle, below breaker E008, to breaker E009 cubicle.
2.7.6 Insert breaker E009 into its cubicle.
2.7.7 Slide the extension rails into breaker E009 cubicle.
2.8 Perform the following at breaker EO-09 BATTERY CHARGER 2C Q2R42EOOIC-AB:
2.8.1 Insert key Al (RE 11586) in interlock on EO-09 BATTERY CHARGER 2C Q2R42EOOIC-AB and turn to unlock.
2.8.2 Rack in breaker EO-09 BATTERY CHARGER 2C Q2R42EOOIC-AB.
_1_ 2.9 On 600V LOAO CENTER 20 LOCAL CONTROL PANEL Q2H21E009-A, cv close EO-09 BATTERY CHARGER 2C Q2R42EOOIC-AB.
2.10 Remove key A2 (RE 11587).
2.11 Insert key A2 (RE 11587) in interlock on 2C BATTERY CHARGER OUTPUT DISCONNECT 2A TO BREAKER LA-18, Q2RI8B002A-A and turn to unlock.
_1_ 2.12 Close 2C BATTERY CHARGER OUTPUT OISCONNECT 2A TO BREAKER CV LA-18, Q2RI8B002A-A.
2.13 Remove key A3 (RE 11588).
Page 4 of6 Version 44.0
12/09/09 14:29:32 FNP-2-SOP.-37.1 APPENDIX 7 2.14 Insert key A3 (RE 11588) in interlock on BREAKER BATTERY CHARGER 2C LA18 and turn to unlock.
2.15 Verify BREAKER BATTERY CHARGER 2C LA18 racked in.
/
2.16 On 125V DC BUS 2A LOCAL CONTROL PANEL Q2H21E014-A, close cv BATTERY CHARGER 2C 72-LA 18.
/
2.17 Close BATTERY CHARGER 2C AC INPUT CIRCUIT BREAKER.
cv
/
2.18 Close BATTERY CHARGER 2C DC OUTPUT CIRCUIT BREAKER.
cv NOTE:
The battery charger will start up in the FLOAT mode; after 5 minutes the battery charger will swap to EQUALIZE mode.
2.19 Check on-coming charger for proper operation:
Less than or equal to 140 VDC Less than or equal to 600 amps Battery charger starts up in FLOAT mode.
NOTE:
If a Battery Charger that is being removed from service is currently on equalize, notify Supervision/EM to determine if the Battery Charger being placed in service should be placed on equalize.
(Al 2008207726) 2.20 IF 2A Battery Charger is in service, THEN place 2A Battery Charger charge switch to FLOAT and release.
Page 5 of 6 Version 44.0 12/09/09 14:29:32 FNP-2-S0P-37.1 APPENDIX 7
_1-cv cv 1
cv 2.14 Insert key A3 (RE 11588) in interlock on BREAKER BATTERY CHARGER 2C LA 18 and turn to unlock.
2.15 2.16 2.17 2.18 Verify BREAKER BATTERY CHARGER 2C LA 18 racked in.
On 125V DC BUS 2A LOCAL CONTROL PANEL Q2H21E014-A, close BATTERY CHARGER2C 72-LA18.
Close BATTERY CHARGER 2C AC INPUT CIRCUIT BREAKER.
Close BATTERY CHARGER 2C DC OUTPUT CIRCUIT BREAKER.
NOTE:
The battery charger will start up in the FLOAT mode; after 5 minutes the battery charger will swap to EQUALIZE mode.
2.19 Check on-coming charger for proper operation:
Less than or equal to 140 VDC Less than or equal to 600 amps Battery charger starts up in FLOAT mode.
NOTE:
If a Battery Charger that is being removed from service is currently on equalize, notify SupervisionlEM to determine if the Battery Charger being placed in service should be placed on equalize.
(AI 2008207726) 2.20 IF 2A Battery Charger is in service, THEN place 2A Battery Charger charge switch to FLOAT and release.
Page 5 of6 Version 44.0
12/09/09 14:29:32 FNP-2-SOP-37.1 APPENDIX 7 2.21 Remove 2A Battery Charger from service as follows:
2.21.1 Open battery charger 2A AC input breaker.
CV 2.2 1.2 Wait 5 seconds and open battery charger 2A DC output breaker.
CV 2.21.3 Open battery charger 125V DC Bus 2A supply breaker LAO9.
CV 2.21.4 Open battery charger 2A supply breaker ED-04.
CV 2.21.5 Rack out battery charger 2A supply breaker ED-04.
CV 2.22 Check 2C Battery Charger swaps to EQUALIZE mode after approximately 5 minutes.
2.23 On 2C Battery Charger, depress FLOAT pushbutton and release.
NOTE:
Battery Charger amperage is reflective of DC system loading. Normal system loads (inverters, etc.) will be indicated by amperage greater than 75 amps. Special plant conditions and consequential DC load reduction (e.g. no inverters) may result in charger amperage less than 75 amps.
(CR20081 11062) 2.24 Check 2C Battery Charger voltage and amperage for proper operation as follows (Al 2005200333):
132to132.5VDC
>75 amps Page 6 of 6 Version 44.0 12/09/09 14:29:32 FNP-2-S0P-37.1 APPENDIX 7 CV CV CV CV CV 2.21 Remove 2A Battery Charger from service as follows:
2.21.1 Open battery charger 2A AC input breaker.
2.21.2 Wait 5 seconds and open battery charger 2A DC output breaker.
2.21.3 Open battery charger 125V DC Bus 2A supply breaker LA09.
2.21.4 Open battery charger 2A supply breaker ED-04.
2.21.5 Rack out battery charger 2A supply breaker ED-04.
2.22 Check 2C Battery Charger swaps to EQUALIZE mode after approximately 5 minutes.
2.23 On 2C Battery Charger, depress FLOAT pushbutton and release.
NOTE:
Battery Charger amperage is reflective of DC system loading. Normal system loads (inverters, etc.) will be indicated by amperage greater than 75 amps. Special plant conditions and consequential DC load reduction (e.g. no inverters) may result in charger amperage less than 75 amps.
(CR2008111062) 2.24 Check 2C Battery Charger voltage and amperage for proper operation as follows (AI 2005200333):
132 to 132.5 VDC
>75 amps Page 6 of6 Version 44.0
10/27/09 10:44:28 FNP-0-SOP-36.6 CAUTION:
PPE, Flash Protection Boundary and Observer requirements have been satisfied per Attachment 1, ELECTRICAL SAFETY MATRIX FOR OPS ACTIVITIES, prior to performing any breaker racking activity.
NOTE:
If a breaker has malfunctioned (i.e., failed to close, open, trip, or charge when expected) STOP, and contact appropriate Maintenance personnel for involvement in troubleshooting. DO NOT attempt restoration until an investigation is completed and the cause of the fault is known. This is to allow for investigation of the as-found condition of the breaker. The Shift Supervisor or Shift Manager may waive this requirement in an emergency.
12.0 Westinghouse 600V Load Center Circuit Breaker Insertion with Key-Interlock 12.1 Verify control power de-energized by fuses removed or in off position, and by observing breaker position off on front panel of breaker to be racked in.
CAUTION:
Failure to deenergize all sources of DC control power while engaged in breaker racking could result in equipment damage AND severe personal injury OR death.
12.2 Refer to Table ito determine if breaker has alternate DC control power and if additional action is required.
12.3 IF supply breaker being closed is in Load Center 1(2)A, 1(2)C, 1(2)D, or 1(2)E, AND was placed in the spare cubicle THEN perform the following steps 12.3.1 Open the access door to the breaker and verify mechanical indicator shows the breaker is open.
12.3.2 Pull the cubicle extension rails out of the spare storage cubicle listed in Table 2 for the supply breaker to be closed.
12.3.3 Rack the supply breaker to the Remove position in the spare cubicle.
12.3.4 Pull the breaker out of the spare cubicle until the breaker is clear of the enclosure.
12.3.5 Open the cubicle door and slide the extension rails out in the supply breaker cubicle for the supply breaker to be closed.
12.3.6 Transfer the breaker from its spare cubicle to the supply breaker cubicle.
12.3.7 Insert the breaker into the supply breaker cubicle to the rail stops.
12.3.8 Proceed to step 12.7. Version 56.0 10/27/09 10:44:28 FNP-0-SOP-36.6 CAUTION:
PPE, Flash Protection Boundary and Observer requirements have been satisfied per Attachment 1, ELECTRICAL SAFETY MATRIX FOR OPS ACTIVITIES, prior to performing any breaker racking activity.
NOTE: If a breaker has malfunctioned (i.e., failed to close, open, trip, or charge when expected) STOP, and contact appropriate Maintenance personnel for involvement in troubleshooting. DO NOT attempt restoration until an investigation is completed and the cause of the fault is known. This is to allow for investigation of the as-found condition of the breaker. The Shift Supervisor or Shift Manager may waive this requirement in an emergency.
12.0 Westinghouse 600V Load Center Circuit Breaker Insertion with Key-Interlock 12.1 Verify control power de-energized by fuses removed or in off position, and by observing breaker position off on front panel of breaker to be racked in.
CAUTION:
Failure to deenergize all sources of DC control power while engaged in breaker racking could result in equipment damage AND severe personal injury OR death.
12.2 Refer to Table 1 to determine if breaker has alternate DC control power and if additional action is required.
12.3 IF supply breaker being closed is in Load Center 1(2)A, 1(2)C, 1 (2)D, or 1(2)E, AND was placed in the spare cubicle THEN perform the following steps 12.3.1 Open the access door to the breaker and verify mechanical indicator shows the breaker is open.
12.3.2 Pull the cubicle extension rails out of the spare storage cubicle listed in Table 2 for the supply breaker to be closed.
12.3.3 Rack the supply breaker to the "Remove" position in the spare cubicle.
12.3.4 Pull the breaker out of the spare cubicle until the breaker is clear of the enclosure.
12.3.5 Open the cubicle door and slide the extension rails out in the supply breaker cubicle for the supply breaker to be closed.
12.3.6 Transfer the breaker from its spare cubicle to the supply breaker cubicle.
12.3.7 Insert the breaker into the supply breaker cubicle to the rail stops.
12.3.8 Proceed to step 12.7. Version 56.0
10/27/09 10:44:28 FNP-0-SOP-36.6 12.4 Open the access door to the breaker and verify mechanical indicator shows the breaker is open.
12.4.1 IF the breaker is racked to the DISCONNECT position, THEN proceed to step 12.9.
12.5 Pull the breaker out to the rails stops. (The extension rails are not required.)
12.6 Crank the breaker to the Remove position.
12.7 Insert key into interlock and turn 180°. (rod at the left of the key will release.)
12.8 Push the breaker into the cubicle until it is in the Remove position.
12.9 With breaker in REMOVE/DISCONNECT position place crank on levering device shaft.
12.10 Turn crank clockwise to draw breaker into cubicle to the TEST position.
12.11 IF desired to place breaker in CONNECTED position, THEN continue turning clockwise until CONNECTED position stop is reached, as indicated by an increase in load on the crank.
NOTE:
An increase in load on the crank handle will be felt as the main disconnecting contacts are engaged. As cranking is continued, the load will decrease some and then suddenly increase as the final CONNECTED position stop is reached.
12.12 Remove levering device crank, the levering device shaft shutter will close over the shaft.
12.13 Close access door.
12.14 Reinstall the control power fuses in the fuse holder in the ON position.
12.15 Verify control power on by observing breaker position indicator illuminated on the front of the panel.
12.16 Verify the breaker closing spring is charged.
12.17 Refer to Table 1 to determine IF breaker has alternate DC control power AND for additional actions required to restore DC control power. Version 56.0 10/27/09 10:44:28 FNP-0-SOP-36.6 12.4 Open the access door to the breaker and verify mechanical indicator shows the breaker is open.
12.4.1 IF the breaker is racked to the DISCONNECT position, THEN proceed to step 12.9.
12.5 Pull the breaker out to the rails stops. (The extension rails are not required.)
12.6 Crank the breaker to the "Remove" position.
12.7 Insert key into interlock and turn 180°. (rod at the left of the key will release.)
12.8 Push the breaker into the cubicle until it is in the "Remove" position.
12.9 With breaker in REMOVE/DISCONNECT position place crank on levering device shaft.
12.10 Turn crank clockwise to draw breaker into cubicle to the TEST position.
12.11 IF desired to place breaker in CONNECTED position, THEN continue turning clockwise until CONNECTED position stop is reached, as indicated by an increase in load on the crank.
NOTE:
An increase in load on the crank handle will be felt as the main disconnecting contacts are engaged. As cranking is continued, the load will decrease some and then suddenly increase as the final CONNECTED position stop is reached.
12.12 Remove levering device crank, the levering device shaft shutter will close over the shaft.
12.13 Close access door.
12.14 Reinstall the control power fuses in the fuse holder in the ON position.
12.15 Verify control power on by observing breaker position indicator illuminated on the front of the panel.
12.16 Verify the breaker closing spring is charged.
12.17 Refer to Table 1 to determine IF breaker has alternate DC control power AND for additional actions required to restore DC control power. Version 56.0
10/27/09 10:44:28 FNP-0-SOP-3 6.6 16.0 General Electric Circuit Breaker Insertion (125VDC & 120/208 V.A.C. Circuit Breaker) 16.1 Verify breaker open by observing mechanical indicator on access panel indicating open.
16.2 Tnsert racking tool handle onjackscrew shaft.
16.3 Rotate clockwise until position indicator shows breaker in TEST position. jf breaker is to be left in this position, THEN remove racking tool, IF NOT, THEN proceed to next step.)
16.4 Continue clockwise rotation until jackscrew can no longer be rotated. Breaker is in the CONNECTED position.
16.5 Remove racking tool from jackscrew shaft.
CAUTION:
PPE, Flash Protection Boundary and Observer requirements have been satisfied per Attachment 1, ELECTRICAL SAFETY MATRIX FOR OPS ACTIVITIES, prior to performing any breaker racking activity.
NOTE:
If a breaker has malfunctioned (i.e., failed to close, open, trip, or charge when expected) STOP, and contact appropriate Maintenance personnel for involvement in troubleshooting. jQ NOT attempt restoration until an investigation is completed and the cause of the fault is known. This is to allow for investigation of the as-found condition of the breaker. The Shift Supervisor or Shift Manager may waive this requirement in an emergency. Version 56.0 10/27/09 10:44:28 FNP-0-SOP-36.6 CAUTION:
PPE, Flash Protection Boundary and Observer requirements have been satisfied per Attachment 1, ELECTRICAL SAFETY MATRIX FOR OPS ACTIVITIES, prior to performing any breaker racking activity.
NOTE: If a breaker has malfunctioned (i.e., failed to close, open, trip, or charge when expected) STOP, and contact appropriate Maintenance personnel for involvement in troubleshooting. DO NOT attempt restoration until an investigation is completed and the cause of the fault is known. This is to allow for investigation of the as-found condition of the breaker. The Shift Supervisor or Shift Manager may waive this requirement in an emergency.
16.0 General Electric Circuit Breaker Insertion (125VDC & 120/208 V.A.c. Circuit Breaker) 16.1 Verify breaker open by observing mechanical indicator on access panel indicating open.
16.2 Insert racking tool handle on jackscrew shaft.
16.3 Rotate clockwise until position indicator shows breaker in TEST position. aE breaker is to be left in this position, THEN remove racking tool, IF NOT, THEN proceed to next step.)
16.4 Continue clockwise rotation until jackscrew can no longer be rotated. Breaker is in the CONNECTED position.
16.5 Remove racking tool from jackscrew shaft. Version 56.0